CUMBERLAND ISLAND NATIONAL SEASHORE
Stabilization of Chimneys at Stafford Slave Settlement
PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS
100% SUBMITTAL
NPS INTERIOR REGIONS 1, 2, AND 4 ATLANTA FEDERAL CENTER 1924 BUILDING 100 ALABAMA STREET, SW ATLANTA, GEORGIA 30303
Joseph K. Oppermann – Architect, P.A. 539 North Trade Street Winston-Salem, NC 27101
August 21, 2020 REVISED: January 19, 2021
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 11 00 Summary of Work 01 26 01 Contract Modification Procedures 01 27 00 Definition of Contract Line Items 01 31 00 Project Management and Coordination 01 32 16 Construction Schedule 01 32 33 Photo Documentation for Historic Preservation Projects 01 33 23 Submittal Procedures 01 35 13.22 Archeological Protection 01 35 23 Safety Requirements 01 35 91 Historic Preservation Treatment Procedures 01 40 00 Quality Requirements 01 42 00 Reference Standards 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 67 00 Product Requirements 01 73 40 Execution 01 74 19 Construction Waste Management and Disposal 01 77 00 Closeout Procedures 01 78 23 Operation and Maintenance Data
DIVISION 02 – EXISTING CONDITIONS 02 42 96 Historic Removal and Dismantling
DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE 03 30 00 Cast-in-place Concrete
DIVISION 04 - MASONRY 04 03 22 Historic Brick Unit Masonry Repair 04 03 23 Historic Brick Unit Masonry Repointing
DIVISION 05 - METALS 05 12 00 Structural Steel Framing
DIVISION 06 – DIVISION 08 Not Used
DIVISION 09 – FINISHES 09 91 13 Exterior Painting
DIVISION 10 – DIVISION 49 Not Used
APPENDICES Appendix 1 Masonry Materials Analysis and Testing Report, February 2020
CUIS – 189275 TOC – 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 01 11 00 - SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Work covered by the Contract Documents. 2. Contractor use of premises. 3. Public use of site. 4. Work Restrictions. 5. Special Construction Requirements. 6. Additional Reports.
1.2 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. Project Location: Cumberland Island National Seashore, Stafford Slave Settlement, St. Marys, Georgia.
B. The Work consists of the following:
1. The Work includes stabilization of the remnant chimneys at the Stafford Slave Settlement, including structural steel bracing, wood lintel replacement, and tabby brick and fired brick masonry repair, replacement and repointing.
C. Project will be constructed under a single prime contract.
1.3 CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE
A. General: Contractor shall have full use of the site for construction operations during the construction period. Contractor's use of the site is limited only by the Government's right to perform work or to retain other contractors on portions of Project.
B. Storage of Materials: Confine storage of materials to the site or the Captain’s House. Contractor shall provide any temporary structures or equipment required for storage of materials.
C. Preservation of Natural Features:
1. Prevent damage to natural surroundings. Restore damaged areas, repairing or replacing damaged trees and plants, at no additional expense to the Government. 2. Provide temporary barriers to protect existing trees and plants and root zones. 3. Do not remove, injure, or destroy trees or other plants without prior approval. Consult with Contracting Officer and remove agreed-on roots and branches that interfere with construction. 4. Do not fasten ropes, cables, or guys to existing trees.
CUIS - 189275 01 11 00 - 1 091015 SUMMARY OF WORK 5. Carefully supervise excavating, grading, filling, and other construction operations near trees to prevent damage. 6. General mowing provided by nearby homeowner.
D. Driveways and Entrances: Keep driveways and entrances serving premises clear and available to Government, Government's employees, residents, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials.
1. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances. 2. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on-site.
DI. Construction Camp: Establishing a camp in the park will not be permitted. Overnight camoing for any reason, including personal use, is prohibited.
DII. Hauling Restrictions: Follow all legal load restrictions in the hauling of materials. Load restrictions on park roads are identical to the state load restrictions with such additional regulations as may be imposed by the Park Superintendent. Information regarding rules and regulations for vehicular traffic on park roads may be obtained from the Office of the Park Superintendent. A special permit will not relieve Contractor of liability for damage which may result from moving of equipment.
1.4 PUBLIC USE OF SITE
A. The road will not be closed to the public during construction.
1.5 CONDUCT OF OPERATIONS
A. The contractor shall conduct their operations to follow the rules and regulations the Secretary of U.S. Department of the Interior Service promulgates, and the applicable park rules and regulations.
B. Work on Saturdays, Sundays, Federal holidays or at night may not be performed without the Contracting Officer's prior consent. Submit requests 48 hours before the work to the Contracting Officer for approval.
C. No signs or advertisements (except those required) shall be displayed on the construction site or in the park unless the Contracting Officer approved it.
1.6 WORK RESTRICTIONS
A. On-Site Work Hours: Work shall be generally performed during normal business working hours of 7:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, except when otherwise indicated.
1. Weekend Hours: 8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. Work on weekends may not be performed without the Contracting Officer's prior consent. Submit requests 48 hours before the work to the Contracting Officer for approval.
CUIS - 189275 01 11 00 - 2 091015 SUMMARY OF WORK 2. Early Morning Hours: Work earlier than 7:00 a.m. may not be performed without the Contracting Officer's prior consent. Submit requests 48 hours before the work to the Contracting Officer for approval. 3. Hours for Noise-producing Equipment: 8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m.
B. Existing Utilities
1. Contractor shall be responsible for locating and preventing damage to known utilities. If damage occurs, repair utility at no additional expense to the Government. 2. If damage occurs to an unknown utility, repair utility. An equitable adjustment will be made per the contract's Changes clause.
C. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Government or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated:
1. Notify Contracting Officer not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. 2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Contracting Officer’s written permission. 3. Hours for Utility Shutdowns: 8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m.
D. Nonsmoking Site: Smoking is not permitted on site.
1.7 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
A. NPS Ranger Access
1. If involvement by NPS CUIS personnel is required on site, Contractor shall provide at least 24 hours advance notice, if possible.
B. Site Access
1. Water Vehicles a. Transport shall not be provided by NPS. b. Contractor to provide water transportation for personnel, equipment, and materials. c. In St. Marys, NPS to provide docking facilities for one (1) vessel up to 23 feet. d. On Cumberland Island, NPS to provide docking facilities at Captain’s House. e. Contractor to provide all required fuel and maintenance. f. Contractor to obtain NPS approval of all proposed vehicles. Only NPS approved vehicles may be used to access Cumberland Island. g. Contractor to check in daily with NPS and notify NPS in advance of docking times.
2. Land Vehicles a. Transport shall not be provided by NPS.
CUIS - 189275 01 11 00 - 3 091015 SUMMARY OF WORK b. Contractor to provide and transport land vehicle to Cumberland Island. c. Land vehicle may be kept at Captain’s House when not being used for transport to site. d. Contractor to provide all required fuel and maintenance. Fuel may be provided via fuel cans or fuel trailer. Travel may be assumed to be approximately 12 miles per day. e. Contractor to obtain NPS approval of all proposed vehicles. f. Contractor vehicle use limited to project use only, from point A to point B, including Captain’s House, project site, Stafford comfort station, and fire truck location (water source). No personal use or travel to other areas of the island shall be permitted.
3. Parking a. Parking in St. Marys shall be on the roadway adjacent to the NPS docks. b. Parking on Cumberland Island shall be restricted to the project site and the Captain’s House.
1.8 ADDITIONAL REPORTS
A. Masonry Materials Analysis and Testing Report, Stafford Slave Settlement, Cumberland Island National Seashore, Georgia, prepared by Building Conservation Associates, Inc., dated February 2020.
B. Chimneys Revisited: Archeological Testing of Selected Slave Cabins at the Stafford Plantation, 9CM104 Cumberland Island National Seashore, Cumberland Island, Georgia, prepared by John E. Cornelison, Jr., and Meredith D. Hardy, dated 2014.
C. Copies of these reports are available to all plan holders with this package.
D. If conflicts occur between the report and drawings or specifications, the drawings and specifications govern.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 11 00
CUIS - 189275 01 11 00 - 4 091015 SUMMARY OF WORK SECTION 01 26 01 – CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. The work of this section consists of administrative and procedural requirements for contract modifications.
1.2 DEFINITIONS AND ALLOWANCES
A. Home Office Overhead: Those costs incurred in support of all of a contractor’s projects and not attributable to a specific job. The cost for home office overhead is only allowed as a percentage of all direct work excluding profit. The following items represent allowable home office overhead costs identified in Part 31 of the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR):
1. Rent 2. Utilities 3. Furnishings 4. Office equipment 5. Executive and management staff not exclusively assigned to the project 6. Support, accounting, and administrative staff 7. Preparation of cost proposals, estimating, and schedule analyses connected with Modifications 8. Estimating and preconstruction services 9. Mortgage costs 10. Real estate and corporate taxes 11. Automobile maintenance and travel costs for home office personnel 12. Home office insurances i.e. structure, automotive, umbrella, flood, etc. 13. Depreciation of equipment and other assets 14. Home office supplies (paper, staples, etc.) 15. Legal services 16. Accounting and data processing 17. Professional fees/registration
B. General Conditions (Field Office Overhead): Management and administrative costs incurred on site for the designated project. Costs associated with the preparation of modifications will not be allowed. The costs for these items are to be included only in the general conditions of the modification estimate. Only in the case of a contract time extension are additional general conditions included in modifications. The following items, if applicable, are considered allowable costs for calculating General Conditions:
1. Project Manager, Assistant Project Manager 2. Superintendent, Assistant Superintendent 3. Quality Control, Safety Officer, Environmental Manager, etc. 4. Engineers 5. Travel, lodging, and per diem (as established by Federal Travel Regulations)
CUIS - 189275 01 26 01 - 1 031414 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 6. Scheduling 7. Field Office Trailers and associated temporary utilities 8. Field office supplies
a. Mailing and couriers b. Reproduction costs c. Storage d. Phones e. Computers f. Copiers
9. Personal vehicles i.e. Superintendent Pickup trucks
C. General Requirements: These are costs directly associated with the project and are necessary to perform the actual work of the modification. These costs shall be shown as direct costs in the estimate. The following items, if applicable, are considered allowable costs for calculating General Requirements:
1. Hoisting 2. Material handling 3. Temporary fencing 4. Port-a-lets 5. Trash removal, dumpsters 6. Barricades 7. Small tools 8. Safety supplies 9. Scaffolding 10. Daily cleaning 11. Traffic control 12. Temporary signage 13. Temporary heating and power
CI. Personnel Costs: Costs included in the modification must only be for General Conditions staff and workers actually present and working on the project site. Modification costs for salaried workers are only allowed in the structure of a 40 hour week and no overtime or holiday pay will be allowed.
1. Worker Hourly Rates are costs directly associated with the individual worker and consist of the following:
a. Base Rate: This is the hourly rate paid directly to the worker b. Labor Burden: Employer payments of all applicable burdens, this includes insurance and taxes that the business must pay on behalf of the worker to government entities and educational forums , such as:
1) Social Security 2) Medicare 3) Workers Compensation– Policy and company calculation to be made available. 4) FUTA– Cap Rate and percentage to be proportionally allocated over one year. 5) SUTA– Cap Rate and percentage to be proportionally allocated over one year.
CUIS - 189275 01 26 01 - 2 031414 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 6) Union agreement costs – Other costs required under an enforceable collective bargaining agreement.
c. Fringe Benefits: Various non-wage compensations provided to employees such as:
1) Health Care Insurance Premiums 2) Cell Phone 3) Clothing 4) 401K and Pensions 5) Vehicle allowances 6) Gas allowance 7) Life insurance premiums 8) Disability insurance 9) Other Fringe Benefits required under an enforceable collective bargaining agreement
E. Bonuses or Deferred Compensation: No Bonus or Deferred Compensation will be allowed within any components of pricing including Home Office Overhead, General Conditions, General Requirements, Hourly Worker Rates, or the direct costs of work.
F. General Liability Insurance: An insurance policy that protects the contractor from claims resulting from bodily injury or property damage to a third party. Include this as a separate line item within all modification proposals and provide a current insurance quote upon request.
G. Performance and Payment Bonds: A performance bond is a surety bond issued by an insurance company or bank to guarantee satisfactory completion of a project. The Payment Bond guarantees that the contractor will pay the labor and material costs they have incurred. Banks and Insurance companies charge a premium for each individual project based on a sliding scale which relates to the size of the project. Include this as a separate line item in modification proposals and provide current company bonding rates upon request.
H. Builder’s Risk Insurance: This covers the contractor’s loss due to fire, high winds, or other natural forces. This is not reimbursed by the National Park Service (NPS) and shall not be included in modification proposals.
1.3 MODIFICATION PROPOSAL PRICING REQUIREMENTS
A. General:
1. Your proposal must be received in the format and within the time frame specified in the Request for Proposal letter. Costs or delays resulting from failure of contractor to submit within the time frame specified will not be compensable. 2. The proposal must be detailed with itemized lists of equipment, materials, labor, production rates, overhead, profit, and bond markup for each item. Labor costs must be itemized by craft and hourly rate, including Fringe Benefits and Labor Burden. If the costs of Fringe Benefits and Labor Burden are not itemized, it is assumed that that they are included in the hourly rate shown, or contractor is not requesting reimbursement. Contractor may utilize the government provided Contractor Estimate, or their
CUIS - 189275 01 26 01 - 3 031414 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES own form, provided that it contains the same information and level of detail as the Gov’t provided form. 3. Requests for extensions of contract time as a result of this change must be justified with a Time Impact Analysis (TIA). Refer to Division 01 Specification, “Construction Schedule”, for time impact analysis requirements. TIA and associated costs must be received with the proposal by the date shown within the Request for Proposal letter. Contractor’s failure to submit within the specified time frame will be construed as the Contractor waiving the right for additional time and no time extension will be allowed. 4. All supporting documentation used to justify the proposed modification will be made available to the Contracting Officer upon request. 5. Contractor must review and approve all subcontractor/supplier pricing in detail for proper format, scope, production rates, and pricing prior to submission to the NPS. All delay costs associated with not reviewing and approving subcontractor/supplier pricing will be borne by the Contractor. 6. All pricing and production rates within the estimate must be based on fair and reasonable pricing and cannot include built-in contingency.
B. Labor:
1. Contractor shall estimate the cost of labor by itemizing each craft involved, indicating worker hourly rate (base rate + labor burden + fringe benefits) for each and itemizing the hours required for each craft that will be directly engaged in modification work. Any work proposed that will require overtime work or premium pay shall be itemized separately. All rates shall be in accordance with the Davis-Bacon Act as incorporated herein. Labor Burden may include payroll taxes, Social Security, unemployment insurances, workers compensation insurance, FICA, FUTA, and other direct costs resulting from Federal, State or local laws. 2. Itemize labor costs for equipment operators separate from equipment costs. 3. The labor cost for foremen shall only be costs for related work required for the modification.
C. Materials:
1. The estimated cost for materials shall include quotes from multiple sources. Material prices must include all applicable fees and credits, including but not limited to, sales tax, freight and delivery charges, and tax rebates. 2. No markup shall be applied to any material provided by the NPS.
D. Equipment:
1. Equipment used for the project must be appropriately sized for the work being performed. 2. Do not include costs for “miscellaneous tools and equipment”, in your proposal for a replacement value of $500 or less. Costs shown in excess of $500 must be broken out separately. 3. Regardless of ownership, the rates to be used in determining equipment rental costs shall be the lowest cost from one of the following sources:
a. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers , Ownership and Operating Expense Schedule (use latest edition and applicable region) b. Construction Blue Book
CUIS - 189275 01 26 01 - 4 031414 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES c. Local equipment rental rates, documented by actual invoice charges, or itemized vendor quotes.
4. The estimated equipment rates shall include the operating costs of all fuel, oil, lubrication, supplies, small tools, necessary attachments, ground engaging components, tires & tracks, routine repairs and maintenance (cost of major repair and overhaul is not allowed per FAR 31.105(d)(2)), depreciation, storage, insurance, and all incidentals. Mobilization, if applicable, may be included for equipment solely used on the modification work but must be listed separately. 5. Estimate the full rate for equipment only for the duration that the equipment will be utilized to accomplish the work of the modification. 6. Standby unit rates used are to be in accordance with paragraph 1.3, D, 2, above. If the US Army Corp of Engineers is utilized then their standby rates prevail. If Bluebook or local equipment pricing is accepted, then ½ of the equipment costs minus any operating costs, major repair and overhaul will be accepted. 7. If equipment is in standby mode due solely to a documented NPS delay, the established standby rate shall apply from the first day of the delay. 8. Equipment that is not used and on the jobsite for up to five consecutive days may be classified at standby rates, provided that the equipment is or has been used solely to perform work on the modification and will be necessary to complete additional modification work. Equipment that is still on the jobsite but not in use after five consecutive days will not be considered in the modification pricing. 9. Requests for compensation for equipment stand by time must be justified, documented and itemized separately. 10. The estimated timeframe (daily, weekly, monthly) for use of the equipment must reflect the lowest cost to the Government.
E. Establishment and Application of Overhead and Profit Percentages:
1. Home Office Overhead and Profit (OH&P) shall be applied to direct costs only. Profit shall not be applied to overhead amounts; and overhead shall not be applied to profit. Home office overhead shall contain only allowable, allocable, and reasonable costs per the contract documents and FAR Part 31. Profit percentages are based on risk factors found in FAR Part 31which have been applied to the specific type of work included in this project. Negotiated rates shall not exceed the following percentages for OH&P for contractor self-performed work: Overhead ...... 10.00% Profit ...... 10.00%
2. Total aggregate limit of markup (OH&P) for contractor and subcontractors on modification work shall not exceed 25%. The NPS will not be responsible for allocation of percentages between contractor and subcontractors at any tier. 3. If contractors form a partnership, than the partnership may only receive home office overhead and profit in the same amount as an individual contractor (refer to par 1.3,E,1 above). It is the responsibility of the partners to decide on the division of revenue. 4. Combined Increases and Decreases: On proposals involving both increases and decreases in the Contract Price, the overhead and profit mark-ups are required on the net increases and deducted on net decreases. 5. At no time can profit be calculated on Overhead or itself, it must be calculated on direct costs of work only.
CUIS - 189275 01 26 01 - 5 031414 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES PART 2 - PRODUCTS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
END OF SECTION 012601
CUIS - 189275 01 26 01 - 6 031414 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES SECTION 01 27 00 – DEFINITION OF CONTRACT LINE ITEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. The intent of this section is to explain, in general, the base bid line item and the potential additives for this project.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 LIST OF BID SHEET LINE ITEMS
A. Bid Sheet Line Item No. 0001: Base Bid. 1. Historic brick unit masonry repair, repointing, mortar parging, lintel replacement, and structural stabilization as indicated in the Drawings and Specification Sections 033000, 040322, 040323, 051200 and 099113
Bid Sheet Line Item No. 0002: Additive. 2. Additive 0001: Historic brick unit masonry repair, repointing, and mortar parging as indicated in the Drawings and Specifications for Chimneys 1, 5, 10, 20, and 22.
Bid Sheet Line Item No. 0003: Additive. 3. Additive 0002: Historic brick unit masonry repair, repointing, and mortar parging as indicated in the Drawings and Specifications for Chimneys 6 and 16.
CUIS - 189275 01 27 00 - 1 082714 DEFINITION OF CONTRACT LINE ITEMS
SECTION 01 31 00 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Definitions 2. Construction Coordination. 3. Submittals 4. Coordination Drawings. 5. Requests for Information (RFIs). 6. Project meetings. 7. Environmental Coordination. 8. Permits
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01 32 16 “Construction Schedule” for preparing and submitting Contractor’s construction schedule. 2. Section 01 73 40 “Execution” for procedures for coordinating general installation and field- engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and control points. 3. Section 01 77 00 “Closeout Procedures” for coordinating closeout of the Contract.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Agency with Jurisdiction B. Construction Permits – Contractor Provided C. Government Furnished Permits
1.3 CONSTRUCTION COORDINATION
A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations, included in different Sections, which depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation.
1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation. 2. Coordinate installation of different components with other Contractors to ensure maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair. 3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.
CUIS - 189275 01 31 00 - 1 091015 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 4. Where availability of space is limited, coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair of all components, including mechanical and electrical. 5. Properly plan construction operations to include permit requirements. Allow enough time to perform permit provisions to maintain work schedule, site visits, inspections, and reporting deadlines.
B. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings.
C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities and activities of other contractors to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Preparation of the Schedule of Values. 3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls. 4. Delivery and processing of submittals. 5. Progress meetings. 6. Permit requirements. 7. Pre-installation conferences. 8. Project closeout activities.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Division 01 documents: The following items shall be submitted a minimum of one week prior to the Preconstruction Conference. Contracting Officer will notify Contractor of tentative date for the Pre-Construction Conference.
1. Letter designating Project Superintendent. 2. Construction Schedule. 3. A comprehensive breakdown of the Schedule of Values. 4. Accident Prevention Plan. 5. A list of Subcontractors for this project. 6. Written statements from subcontractors certifying compliance with applicable labor standard clauses. 7. Satisfactory evidence of liability insurance coverage and workman’s compensation for the Contactor and all subcontractors. 8. Waste Management Plan. 9. Quality Control Plan. 10. Historic Preservation Treatment Plan. 11. List of Required Construction Permits. Include the following information for each permit: a. Name of Permit. b. The Agency(ies) with Jurisdiction issuing the permit. c. Information required from the Government to complete the permit application.
B. All items listed must be provided to the Contracting Officer before the Pre-Construction Conference is held. If all of these documents have not been received one week prior to the
CUIS - 189275 01 31 00 - 2 091015 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION scheduled Pre-Construction Conference date, the conference will be cancelled, Notice to Proceed will not be issued, and the Contracting Officer will consider other contractual remedies. Work shall not commence until written Notice to Proceed has been issued.
1.5 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFIs)
A. General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information or interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI utilizing the form created on the NPS/DSC SharePoint Project website.
1. CO will not respond to RFIs submitted by other entities controlled by Contractor. 2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner to avoid delays in the work.
B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing information or interpretation and the following:
1. RFI number, numbered sequentially. 2. Date. 3. RFI subject. 4. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate. 5. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 6. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate. 7. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's suggested resolution impacts the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI. 8. Contractor's signature. 9. Requested date for response. 10. Attachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop Drawings, coordination drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation.
a. Include dimensions, thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of affected materials, assemblies, and attachments on attached sketches.
C. Contracting Officer’s Action: CO will review each RFI, determine action required, and respond. CO will determine the critical nature of each RFI and issue a response accordingly.
1. The following are not considered to be RFIs and will receive no action:
a. Requests for approval of submittals. b. Requests for approval of substitutions. c. Requests for approval of Contractor's means and methods. d. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents.
CUIS - 189275 01 31 00 - 3 091015 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION e. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. f. Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals. g. Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs.
2. CO's action may include a request for additional information, in which case time for response will date from time of receipt of additional information. 3. CO's action on RFIs may result in the need for a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. All contract changes will be processed following the terms and conditions of the contract.
CUIS - 189275 01 31 00 - 4 091015 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 1.6 PROJECT MEETINGS
A. Preconstruction Conference: Before start of construction, Contracting Officer will arrange an on-site meeting with Contractor. The meeting agenda will include the following as a minimum:
1. Roles & Responsibilities/ Lines of Authority. 2. Park rules and regulations. 3. Jobsite Safety. 4. Resolution of comments on required Division 01 documents. 5. Coordination of Subcontractors. 6. Labor law application. 7. Modifications. 8. Payments to Contractor. 9. Payroll reports. 10. Contract time. 11. Liquidated damages. 12. Contractor Performance Evaluation. 13. Display of Hotline posters. 14. Notice to proceed. 15. Correspondence procedures. 16. NPS/DSC SharePoint Project website. 17. Acceptance/rejection of work. 18. Progress meetings. 19. Submittal procedures. 20. NPS Final Accessibility Inspection. 21. Environmental requirements. 22. Permit requirements. 23. As-constructed drawings/operation and maintenance (O&M) manuals. 24. Saturday, Sunday, holiday and night work. 25. Reference materials. 26. Value engineering.
B. Progress Meetings: The Contracting Officer will schedule weekly meetings with the Contractor.
1. Attendees: In addition to Government Representatives, each Contractor, Subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the meeting shall be familiar with the Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. The meeting agenda will include the following:
a. Approval of minutes of previous meetings. b. Submittal status. c. Review of off-site fabrication and delivery schedules. d. Requests for information (RFI) and other issues. e. Modifications. f. Work in progress and projected. 1) Status of required inspections (Special Inspections, Accessibility, etc.) g. Inspections of work in progress and projected (Special inspections,
CUIS - 189275 01 31 00 - 5 091015 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION h. Construction Schedule update (provide updated CPM). i. Status of Project Record Drawings and O&M manuals. j. Other business relating to work. k. Permit requirements.
C. Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction.
1. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise CO of scheduled meeting dates. 2. Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the following:
a. Contract Documents. b. Options. c. Related RFIs. d. Related Change Orders. e. Purchases. f. Deliveries. g. Submittals. h. Sustainable design requirements. i. Review of mockups. j. Possible conflicts. k. Compatibility requirements. l. Time schedules. m. Weather limitations. n. Manufacturer's written instructions. o. Warranty requirements. p. Compatibility of materials. q. Acceptability of substrates. r. Temporary facilities and controls. s. Space and access limitations. t. Regulations of agency(ies) with jurisdiction. u. Testing and inspecting requirements. v. Installation procedures. w. Coordination with other work. x. Required performance results. y. Protection of adjacent work. z. Protection of construction and personnel.
3. Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements, including required corrective measures and actions. 4. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to other parties requiring information. 5. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date.
CUIS - 189275 01 31 00 - 6 091015 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL COORDINATION
A. Contractor’s Environmental Manager: Designate an on-site party responsible for overseeing the Contractor’s conformance to environmental goals for the project and implementing procedures for environmental protection.
1. Qualifications: Minimum 3 years Construction experience on projects of similar size and scope; with environmental procedures similar to those of this project; must be familiar with environmental regulations applicable to construction operations. 2. Responsibilities: Responsibilities shall include:
a. Compliance with applicable Federal, State, and local environmental regulations, including maintaining required documentation. b. Implementation of the Waste Management Plan(WMP). c. Present an overview of environmental issues and summarize site specific procedures relating to management plans at the Preconstruction conference. d. Training for Contractor personnel in accordance with their position requirements. e. Monitoring and documentation of environmental procedures.
B. Perform project quality control in accordance with requirements specified in Related Sections, including:
1. Quality Requirements. 2. Regulatory Requirements. 3. Construction Waste Management.
C. Contractor’s Environmental Training Program: Contractor shall provide environmental training for workers performing work on the project site. Training shall include the following:
1. Overview of environmental issues related to the building industry. 2. Overview of environmental issues related to the Project. 3. Review of site specific procedures and management plans:
a. Construction Waste Management.
4. Pollution Prevention (P2) practices: Submit evidence of P2 training. 5. Compliance with environmental regulations: As specified in Regulatory Requirements. Submit Contractor 40 CFR employee training records upon request of Contracting Officer.
D. Provide documentation for environmental procedures as specified herein and in accordance with approved Waste Management Plan.
1.8 PERMITS
A. General: 1. Permits and Responsibilities: The Contractor shall, without additional expense to the Government, be responsible for obtaining any necessary licenses and permits, and for complying with any Federal, State and municipal laws, codes, and regulations applicable to the performance of the work. The Contractor shall also be responsible for all damages to persons or property that occur as a result of the Contractor’s fault or negligence. The
CUIS - 189275 01 31 00 - 7 091015 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION Contractor shall also be responsible for all materials delivered and work performed until completion and acceptance of the work. 2. For the purpose of this contract the Contractor will not be considered an agent of the Government. Therefore the Contractor will follow the appropriate Federal, State and local laws.
B. Coordination with Agency(ies) with Jurisdiction Issuing Permits 1. Coordination: Contact the Agency(ies) with Jurisdiction as needed and sufficiently in advance to avoid delaying the work: Coordinate meetings, reporting requirements, inspections, or any other requirements.
C. Administrative Procedures: 1. Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative provisions of project permits with Agency(ies) with Jurisdiction, Construction Manager, and Park to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly execution of the Work. 2. Supply all needed information to Agency(ies) with Jurisdiction issuing permits, pay any fees required and provide all material needed to follow the permit’s conditions and provisions. 3. Upload permits to the NPS/DSC SharePoint project website when the permits are obtained.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 31 00
CUIS - 189275 01 31 00 - 8 091015 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION SECTION 01 32 16 – CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section consists of Construction Schedule requirements including but not limited to the following:
1. Schedule of Values 2. Construction Schedule Requirements. 3. Construction Schedule Updates. 4. Time Impact Analysis.
B. Purpose: The purpose of the Construction Schedule is to ensure adequate planning, coordination, scheduling, and reporting during execution of the work by the Contractor. The Construction Schedule will assist the Contractor and Contracting Officer in monitoring the progress of the work, evaluating proposed changes, and processing the Contractor's monthly progress payment.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling, monitoring, and controlling the construction project. Activities included in a construction schedule consume time and resources.
1. Critical activities are activities on the critical path. They must start and finish on the planned early start and finish times. 2. Predecessor Activity: An activity that precedes another activity in the network. 3. Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the network.
B. Cost Loading: The allocation of the Schedule of Values for the completion of an activity as scheduled. The sum of costs for all activities must equal the total Contract Sum, unless otherwise approved by the Contracting Officer.
C. CPM: Critical path method, which is a method of planning and scheduling a construction project where activities are arranged based on activity relationships. Network calculations determine when activities can be performed and the critical path of Project.
D. Critical Path: The longest connected chain of interdependent activities through the network schedule that establishes the minimum overall Project duration and contains no float.
E. Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity.
1. Float: Float is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the Government or the Contractor but is jointly owned. 2. Free float is the amount of time an activity can be delayed without adversely affecting the early start of the successor activity.
CUIS - 189275 01 32 16 - 1 031414 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 3. Total float is the measure of leeway in starting or completing an activity without adversely affecting the planned Project completion date.
F. Resource Loading: The allocation of manpower and equipment necessary for the completion of an activity as scheduled.
G. Fragnet: A partial or fragmentary network that breaks down activities into smaller activities for greater detail.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Electronic Copies: All schedules and reports submitted shall be posted on the NPS DSC SharePoint project website, provided in the native electronic file format. It is the intent of the Government to limit the number of printed reports to only those reports determined by the project team to be essential.
B. Schedule of Values: After contract award and before the Pre-Construction conference submit a schedule of dollar values based on the Contract Price Schedule.
C. Construction Baseline Schedule: After contract award and before the Pre-Construction conference, submit three paper copies of baseline schedule, large enough to show entire schedule for entire construction period.
D. CPM Reports: Concurrent with CPM schedule, submit three paper copies of each of the following computer-generated reports. Format for each activity in reports shall contain activity number, activity description, resource loading, original duration, remaining duration, early start date, early finish date, late start date, late finish date, and total float in calendar days.
1. Activity Report: List of all activities sorted by activity number and then early start date, or actual start date if known. 2. Logic Report: List of predecessor and successor tasks for all activities, sorted in ascending order by activity number and then early start date, or actual start date if known. 3. Total Float Report: List of all activities sorted in ascending order of total float.
E. Construction Schedule Updates: On or before the 7th day preceding the progress payment request date, submit estimates of the percent completion of each schedule activity and necessary supporting data. Provide two paper copies.
F. Construction Schedule Revisions and Time Impact Analysis: For each Construction Schedule revision submit three paper copies of a Time Impact Analysis. Each Time Impact Analysis shall include a Fragmentary Network (Fragnet), incorporated into the currently accepted Construction Schedule, demonstrating how the Contractor proposes to incorporate a modification, change, delay, or Contractor request.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The Contractor shall meet with the Contracting Officer on the day of the preconstruction conference to go over the following:
CUIS - 189275 01 32 16 - 2 031414 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 1. Review software limitations, content and format for reports. 2. Verify availability of qualified personnel needed to develop and update schedule. 3. Discuss constraints, including phasing, work stages, and interim milestones. 4. Review delivery dates for Government-furnished products. 5. Review schedule for work of separate Government contracts. 6. Review time required for review of submittals and re-submittals. 7. Review requirements for tests and inspections by independent testing and inspecting agencies. 8. Review time required for completion and startup procedures. 9. Review time required for obtaining and activating permits. 10. Review and finalize list of construction activities to be included in schedule. 11. Review baseline schedule comments, resolve issues and progress on incorporating them 12. Review procedures for updating schedule. 13. Discuss reporting requirements and establish a protocol for naming and transmitting electronic schedules.
B. Contractor's Schedule Representative: Before or at the preconstruction conference, designate an authorized representative to be responsible for the preparation and maintenance of the Construction Schedule. A resume outlining the qualifications of the Scheduler shall be submitted to the Contracting Officer for acceptance. The Scheduler shall have prepared and maintained at least 5 previous schedules of similar size and complexity similar to this Contract, demonstrating proficiency in the use of scheduling software. The authorized representative will be responsible for preparing the Baseline Schedule, all required updates, revisions, Time Impact Analyses, and preparation of reports.
1.5 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate preparation and processing of schedules and reports with performance of construction activities and with scheduling and reporting of separate Contractors.
B. Coordinate Construction Baseline Schedule with the Schedule of Values, list of subcontracts, Submittals Schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required schedules and reports.
1. In developing the Construction Baseline Schedule, ensure that the Subcontractor’s work at all tiers, as well as the prime Contractor’s work, is included and coordinated. 2. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from parties involved. 3. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule them in proper sequence.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A. Breakdown each lump-sum item into component work activities used in the schedule, for which progress payments may be requested. The work activities broken out within the schedule of values shall be integrated into and made a logical part of the construction baseline schedule submitted
CUIS - 189275 01 32 16 - 3 031414 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE under this specification. The total costs for the component work activities shall equal the contract price for that lump-sum item. The Contracting Officer may request data to verify accuracy of dollar values. Include mobilization, general condition costs, overhead and profit in the total dollar value of unit price items and in the component work activities for each lump-sum item. Do not include mobilization, general condition costs, overhead or profit as a separate item.
B. Do not break down unit price items. Use only the contract price for unit price items.
C. The total cost of all items shall equal the contract price. The Schedule of Values will form the basis for progress payments.
D. An acceptable Schedule of Values shall be agreed upon by the Contractor and Contracting Officer before the first progress payment is processed.
2.2 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS
A. Construction Baseline Schedule: Prepare Construction Baseline Schedule using a computerized, resource-loaded, time-scaled CPM network analysis diagram for the Work.
1. Develop and finalize Construction Baseline Schedule so it can be accepted for use no later than 30 days after date established for the Notice of Award.
a. Failure to include any work item required for performance of this Contract shall not excuse Contractor from completing all work within applicable completion dates, regardless of Governments acceptance of the schedule.
2. Establish procedures for monitoring and updating Construction Baseline Schedule and for reporting progress. Coordinate procedures with progress meeting and payment request dates.
B. Construction Baseline Schedule Preparation: Prepare a list of all activities required to complete the Work. Using the preliminary CPM network diagram, prepare a skeleton network to identify probable critical paths.
1. Activities: Indicate the estimated duration, sequence requirements, and relationship of each activity in relation to other activities. 2. Critical Path Activities: Identify critical path activities, including those for interim completion dates. Scheduled start and completion dates shall be consistent with Contract milestone dates. 3. Processing: Process data to produce output data on a computer-drawn, time-scaled network. Revise data, reorganize activity sequences, and reproduce as often as necessary to produce the CPM schedule within the limitations of the Contract Time. 4. The Construction Baseline Schedule as developed shall show the sequence and interdependence of activities required for complete performance of the work. Ensure all work sequences are logical and the Construction Baseline Schedule shows a coordinated plan of the work. 5. Resource loading of each activity shall include all personnel by labor category and equipment type and capacity proposed to complete the activity in the duration shown.
CUIS - 189275 01 32 16 - 4 031414 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 6. Consider seasonal weather conditions in planning and scheduling all work influenced by high and low ambient temperatures, wind, or precipitation to ensure completion of all work within the contract time. 7. Time Frame: Proposed duration assigned to each activity shall be the Contractor's best estimate of time required to complete the activity considering the scope and resources planned for the activity.
a. An early finish date may be shown but the late finish date must be the same date as the last day of the contract period. An early completion schedule must contain the following:
1) Insert an activity titled “Project Float” as a successor to the last activity in the early project completion schedule network. 2) Add a milestone titled “Contract End Date” as a successor to the activity “Project Float”. 3) Add duration to the activity “Project Float” as required so the milestone “Contract End Date” equals the last day of the Contract Period.
b. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an early completion date. c. The Contractor shall limit use of lead or lag duration’s between schedule activities. d. Project Calendars: Develop and incorporate the following calendars:
1) Administrative Calendar: Include a calendar that is based on a 7 day week to be used on any activities that are based on calendar days. Apply this calendar to administrative tasks or any other tasks that are not affected by non-working days (Federal Holidays, weather, etc.). 2) Project Calendar: Include a calendar that is based on the planned work week for the project. Include Federal Holidays, weekends, and any other non-work days indicated in the contract documents. Apply this calendar to activities which are not anticipated to be affected by weather. 3) Weather Calendar: Utilize the Project Calendar and show anticipated normal downtime related to weather as non-working time. Weather days shall be based on data for the local area from a reliable source like the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), National Park Service records, or source acceptable to the Contracting Officer. Apply this calendar to activities that are anticipated to be affected by weather.
e. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than 15 days, except for non-construction activities including mobilization, shop drawings and submittals, fabrication and delivery of materials and equipment. f. Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for long lead items and major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 calendar days, as separate activities in the schedule. Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to, submittals, approvals, purchasing, fabrication, and delivery. g. Submittal Review Time: Include review and re-submittal times indicated. Coordinate submittal review times in Construction Baseline Schedule. h. Substantial Completion: Allow time for Government administrative procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion. (For more information, refer to Division 01 Specification 01 77 00 Closeout Procedures.)
CUIS - 189275 01 32 16 - 5 031414 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 8. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected.
a. Phasing: Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase. b. Work under More Than One Contract: Include a separate activity for each contract. c. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule:
1) Coordination with existing construction. 2) Limitations of continued occupancies. 3) Uninterruptible services. 4) Partial occupancy before Substantial Completion. 5) Use of premises restrictions. 6) Provisions for future construction. 7) Seasonal variations. 8) Environmental control. 9) Permit provisions.
d. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the Work.
1) Subcontract awards. 2) Submittals. 3) Purchases. 4) Mockups. 5) Fabrication. 6) Sample testing. 7) Deliveries. 8) Installation. 9) Tests and inspections. 10) Adjusting. 11) Curing. 12) Building flush-out. 13) Building commissioning activities.
9. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but not limited to, the Notice to Proceed and Substantial Completion.
C. Joint Review, Revision, and Acceptance:
1. Within seven calendar days of receipt of the Contractor's proposed Construction Baseline Schedule, the Contracting Officer and Contractor shall meet for joint review, correction, or adjustment of the initial Construction Baseline Schedule. Any areas which, in the opinion of the Contracting Officer, conflict with timely completion of the project shall be subject to revision by the Contractor. 2. Within seven calendar days after the joint review between the Contractor and Contracting Officer, the Contractor shall revise and resubmit the Construction Baseline Schedule in accordance with agreements reached during the joint review. 3. In the event the Contractor fails to define any element of work, activity, or logic, and the Contracting Officer review does not detect this omission or error, such omission or error, when discovered by the Contractor or Contracting Officer, shall be corrected by the Contractor within seven calendar days and shall not affect the contract period.
CUIS - 189275 01 32 16 - 6 031414 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 4. Upon acceptance of the Construction Baseline Schedule by the Contracting Officer, save the schedule as a baseline and update on a monthly basis. The construction schedule update will be used to evaluate the Contractor's monthly applications for payment based upon information developed at the monthly Construction Schedule update meeting.
D. Recovery Schedule: When periodic schedule update indicates the Work is 14 or more calendar days behind the current accepted schedule, a separate recovery schedule indicating means by which Contractor intends to regain compliance with the schedule must also be submitted. Indicate changes to working hours, working days, crew sizes, and equipment required to achieve compliance, and date by which recovery will be accomplished.
E. Computer Software: Prepare schedules using a program that has been developed specifically to manage construction schedules.
1. Use Microsoft Project or Primavera, for Windows 10 operating system.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE UPDATES
A. Progress Meeting Updates: Provide a 2 week look-ahead schedule, derived from the currently accepted schedule, before each weekly progress meeting. Utilize the look-ahead schedule to facilitate and take notes on discussions held during the progress meeting.
B. Monthly Schedule Updates:
1. General: Update the Construction Schedule on a monthly basis to reflect actual construction progress and activities throughout the entire contract period and until project substantial completion. The status date of each schedule update shall be the 7th day preceding the progress payment request date. 2. Procedure: The Contractor shall meet with the Contracting Officer each month at a Construction Schedule update meeting to review actual progress made through the status date of the Construction Schedule update, including dates activities were started and/or completed and the percentage of work completed on each activity started and/or completed. 3. Reports: Concurrent with making revisions to schedule, prepare tabulated reports showing the following:
a. Identification of activities that have changed. b. Changes in early and late start dates. c. Changes in early and late finish dates. d. Changes in activity durations in workdays. e. Changes in the critical path. f. Changes in total float or slack time. g. Changes in the Contract Time.
4. Narrative: The report shall include a brief description of the actual progress made during the update period; actual and potential delaying activities; any impediments to progress; issues related to inclement weather; progress toward established milestones and project float. The report shall include a brief description of the work anticipated to be performed
CUIS - 189275 01 32 16 - 7 031414 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE in the next month. Any minor revisions to the schedule should be identified so they can be evaluated and accepted or rejected. 5. As the Work progresses, indicate Actual Completion percentage for each activity. 6. If the schedule update shows a late finish date after the contract completion date, at a minimum, include the following in the narrative with your submission:
a. Any known delays. b. Actions that will be taken to get back on schedule. c. Pending modifications. d. Impediments or constraints affecting progress.
7. Progress Payments: The monthly updating of the currently accepted Construction Schedule shall be an integral part of the process upon which progress payments will be made under this contract. If the Contractor fails to provide schedule updates or revisions, then a portion of the monthly payment may be retained until such corrections have been made.
C. Distribution: Distribute copies of accepted schedule to Contracting Officer, Contracting Officers Representative, Construction Management Representative, Subcontractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need-to-know schedule responsibility.
1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices. 2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities.
D. Construction Schedule Revisions:
1. Required Revisions: If, as a result of the monthly schedule update, it appears the currently accepted Construction Schedule no longer represents the actual prosecution and progress of the work, the Contracting Officer will request, and the Contractor shall submit, a revision to the Construction Schedule. The Contractor may also request reasonable revisions to the currently accepted Construction Schedule in the event the Contractor's planning for the work is revised. If the Contractor desires to make changes, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing, stating the reason for the proposed revision. Accepted revisions will be incorporated into the currently accepted Construction Schedule for the next monthly schedule update. 2. Procedure: If revision to the currently accepted Construction Schedule is contemplated, the Contractor or Contracting Officer shall so advise the other in writing at least seven calendar days prior to the next monthly schedule update meeting, describing the revision and reasons for the revision. Government-requested revisions will be presented in writing to the Contractor, who shall respond in writing within seven calendar days. 3. Reports: Concurrent with making revisions to schedule, prepare tabulated reports showing the following:
a. Identification of activities that have changed. b. Changes in early and late start dates. c. Changes in early and late finish dates. d. Changes in activity durations in workdays. e. Changes in the critical path. f. Changes in total float or slack time.
CUIS - 189275 01 32 16 - 8 031414 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 3.2 TIME IMPACT ANALYSIS FOR CONTRACT MODIFICATIONS CHANGES DELAYS AND CONTRACTOR REQUESTS:
1. Requirements: When contract modifications or changes are initiated, delays are experienced, or the Contractor desires to revise the currently accepted Construction Schedule, the Contractor shall submit to the Contracting Officer a written time impact analysis illustrating the influence of each modification, change, delay, or Contractor request on the contract time. 2. Time Extensions: Activity delays, which result in projecting a late completion date, shall not automatically mean that an extension of the contract time is warranted or due the Contractor. It is possible that a modification, change, or delay will not affect existing critical path activities or cause non-critical activities to become critical. A modification, change, or delay may result in only absorbing a part of the available total float that may exist within an activity chain of the Schedule, thereby not causing any effect on the contract time. Time extensions will be granted in accordance with the terms of the contract. 3. Extension of the contract time will be granted only to the extent the equitable time adjustments to the activity or activities affected by the modification, change, or delay exceeds the total (positive or zero) float available on a particular activity. 4. Procedure: Each time impact analysis shall be submitted within the time period stated in a request for proposal, or the time period designated under the clauses entitled Changes or Default. In cases where the Contractor does not submit a written request for extension of time and a time impact analysis within the designated time, it is mutually agreed that the particular modification, change, delay, or Contractor request does not require an extension of the contract time. Upon acceptance, the time impact analysis shall be incorporated into the currently accepted Construction Schedule at the next monthly schedule update. 5. Contract Modifications: For each proposed contract modification and concurrent with its submission, prepare a time-impact analysis using fragnets to demonstrate the effect of the proposed change on the overall Construction Schedule.
END OF SECTION 01 32 16
CUIS - 189275 01 32 16 - 9 031414 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE SECTION 01 32 33 – PHOTO DOCUMENTATION FOR HISTORIC PRESERVATION PROJECTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following:
1. Existing Condition images. 2. Periodic construction images.
B. See Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for a complete listing of closeout documents.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Construction Images: Submit images electronically within seven days of taking the image. Include the following for each:
1. Include Date, time and number (sequentially number all images) in filename. 2. Description of vantage point, indicating location, direction (by compass point), and elevation or story of construction. 3. Submit digital images exactly as originally recorded in the digital camera, without alteration, manipulation, editing, or modifications using image-editing software.
B. Closeout: Submit a complete set of digital image electronic files as a Project Record Document. Submit on either a Compact Disc (CD) or Digital Video Disc (DVD).
1. Provide an index as a separate file on the Disc. List each image as a file name with number, date, and time. Include description and or vantage point image was taken. 2. Submit images that have the same aspect ratio as the sensor, un-cropped.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 FORMAT REQUIREMENTS
A. Media: CD-R Archival Gold or DVD-R Archival Gold.
B. Media Labels: Archival CD/DVD labeling markers, archival labels, or direct print CD.
C. Images: Provide sRGB color images in JPEG format. Minimum sensor size of 8 mega pixels, and at an image resolution of not less than 3200 by 2400 pixels.
CUIS - 189275 01 32 33 - 1 031414 PHOTO DOCUMENTATION FOR HISTORIC PRESERVATION PROJECTS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CONSTRUCTION IMAGES
A. General: Take digital images using the maximum range of depth of field, and that are in focus, to clearly show the Work. Images with blurry or out-of-focus areas will not be accepted.
1. Maintain index with each set of Construction images that identifies the number, date, time, and description for each. 2. Maintain one set of images accessible in the field office at the Project site, available at all times for reference.
B. Existing Condition Images: Before starting construction, take color digital images of Project site and surrounding properties, including existing items to remain during construction, from different vantage points, as directed by Contracting Officer.
1. Flag construction limits before recording construction images. 2. Take four separate images of each chimney to show existing conditions adjacent to property before starting the Work. 3. Take eight separate images of existing buildings on adjoining property to accurately record physical conditions at start of construction.
C. Periodic Construction Images: Take four color, digital images weekly of each chimney under construction, with timing each month adjusted to coincide with the cutoff date associated with each Application for Payment. Select vantage points to show status of construction and progress since last images were taken.
D. Additional Images: Contracting Officer may issue requests for additional images, in addition to periodic Construction images specified.
1. Three days notice will be given, where feasible. 2. In emergency situations, take additional images within 24 hours of request. 3. Circumstances that could require additional images include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Immediate follow-up when on-site events result in construction damage or losses. b. Images to be taken at fabrication locations away from Project site. c. Substantial Completion of a major phase or component of the Work. d. Extra record images at time of final acceptance.
END OF SECTION 01 32 33
CUIS - 189275 01 32 33 - 2 031414 PHOTO DOCUMENTATION FOR HISTORIC PRESERVATION PROJECTS
SECTION 01 33 23 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other submittals.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information that requires Government’s responsive action.
B. Informational Submittals: Written information that does not require Government’s responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not following the requirements.
1.3 GENERAL SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. Review them for legibility, accuracy, completeness, and compliance with Contract Documents.
1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity. 2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination.
a. Contracting Officer reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received.
B. Submittal List: A submittal list has been attached to the end of this Specification Section. The intent is to provide an overall summary of submittal requirements and not a comprehensive list. The requirements of the individual Specification Sections, terms and conditions of the Contract still apply regardless of what is shown on the submittal list.
C. Processing Time: Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for re-submittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Contracting Officer’s receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including re-submittals.
1. Action Submittals
a. Initial Review: Allow 30 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. b. Re-submittal Review: Allow 30 days for review of each re-submittal.
CUIS - 189275 01 33 23 - 1 031414 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
2. Informational Submittals
a. Review: Allow 10 days for review of each submittal.
D. Approved Equals:
1. For each item proposed as an “approved equal,” submit supporting data, including:
a. Drawings and samples as appropriate. b. Comparison of the characteristics of the proposed item with that specified. c. Changes required in other elements of the work because of the substitution. d. Name, address, and telephone number of vendor. e. Manufacturer’s literature regarding installation, operation, and maintenance, including schematics for electrical and hydraulic systems, lubrication requirements, and parts lists. Describe availability of maintenance service, and state source of replacement materials.
2. A request for approval constitutes a representation that Contractor:
a. Has investigated the proposed item and determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to that specified. b. Will provide the same warranties for the proposed item as for the item specified. c. Has determined that the proposed item is compatible with interfacing items. d. Will coordinate the installation of an approved item and make all changes required in other elements of the work because of the substitution. e. Waives all claims for additional expenses that may be incurred as a result of the substitution.
E. Additional Copies: Unless additional copies are required for final submittal, and unless Contracting Officer observes noncompliance with provisions in the Contract Documents, initial submittal may serve as final submittal.
1. Additional copies submitted for maintenance manuals will not be marked with action taken and will be returned.
F. Transmittal: Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. Contracting Officer will return submittals, without review, received from sources other than Contractor.
1. CM-16 Transmittal Form: All material submittals shall be transmitted using National Park Service form CM-16. (This form can be downloaded from the Workflows website at http://www.nps.gov/dscw/con_subreview21.htm.) No action will be taken on a material submittal item unless accompanied by the transmittal form. 2. Documents required in division 1 are to be delivered under separate cover letter. Do not use the CM-16 Transmittal form for these documents.
G. Identification: Place a permanent label 1 by 4 inches on each submittal for identification.
1. Include the following information on label for processing and recording action taken:
a. Project name, Park, PMIS number, Contract number.
CUIS - 189275 01 33 23 - 2 031414 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
b. Date. c. Submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier.
i. Submittal number shall be a sequential number (e.g., 001). Re-submittals shall include an alphabetic suffix after another decimal point (e.g., 001.A).
H. Re-submittals: Make re-submittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal.
1. Note date and content of previous submittal. 2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of revision. 3. Re-submit submittals until they are marked “Approved” or “Approved with notations”.
I. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.
J. Use for Construction: Use only final submittals with mark indicating “Approved” or “Approved with notations.
1.4 CONTRACTOR’S USE OF CAD FILES
A. General: At Contractor’s written request, copies of CAD files will be provided to Contractor for Contractor’s use in connection with Project, subject to the following conditions:
1. Files will be provided as is; no format or other changes to files or changes to the objects in the drawing will be done by the Government.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. General: Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification Sections.
1. Contracting Officer reserves the right to require submittals in addition to those called for in individual sections.
B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment.
1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard printed data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data. 2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. 3. Include the following information, as applicable:
a. Manufacturer’s written recommendations. b. Manufacturer’s product specifications.
CUIS - 189275 01 33 23 - 3 031414 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
c. Manufacturer’s installation instructions: When Contract Documents require compliance with manufacturer’s printed instructions, provide one complete set of instructions to Contracting Officer and keep another complete set of instructions at the project site until substantial completion. d. Manufacturer’s catalog cuts: Submit only pertinent pages; mark each copy of standard printed data to identify specific products proposed for use. e. Compliance with specified referenced standards. f. Testing by recognized testing agency.
4. Number of Copies: Submit four copies of Product Data, unless otherwise indicated. Contracting officer will return one copy. Retain copy as a Project Record Document.
C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data, unless submittal of CAD Drawings is otherwise permitted.
1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the following information, as applicable:
a. Dimensions. b. Identification of products. c. Fabrication and installation drawings. d. Roughing-in and setting diagrams. e. Shopwork manufacturing instructions. f. Templates and patterns. g. Schedules. h. Notation of coordination requirements. i. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. j. Relationship to adjoining construction clearly indicated. k. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified.
2. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than 30 by 40 inches. 3. Number of Copies: Submit four copies of each submittal. Contracting Officer will return one copy.
D. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between submittal and actual component as delivered and installed.
1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories together in one submittal package. 2. Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following:
a. Generic description of Sample. b. Product name and name of manufacturer. c. Sample source. d. Submittal Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.
CUIS - 189275 01 33 23 - 4 031414 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
3. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality- control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. 4. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer’s color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available.
a. Number of Samples: Submit four full set(s) of available choices where color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer’s product line. Contracting Officer will return submittal with options selected.
5. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical with material or product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection.
a. Number of Samples: Submit four sets of Samples. Contracting Officer will retain three Sample sets; remainder will be returned. Retain Sample set as a Project Record Sample.
E. Construction Materials: The Contractor is encouraged to submit for approval products made out of recycled or environmentally responsible material. Every effort will be made by the National Park Service to approve these materials.
2.2 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. General: Prepare and submit Informational Submittals required by other Specification Sections.
1. Number of Copies: Submit three copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated. Contracting Officer will not return copies. 2. Certificates and Certifications: Provide a notarized statement that includes signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity. 3. Informational submittals that do not follow the requirements specified in the Contract Documents will be rejected and one copy will be returned.
B. Coordination Drawings: Follow the requirements specified in Section 01 31 00 “Project Management and Coordination.”
C. Contractors Construction Schedule: Follow the requirements specified in Section 01 32 16 “Construction Schedule.”
D. Accident Prevention Plan: Follow the requirements specified in Section 01 35 23 “Safety Requirements.”
CUIS - 189275 01 33 23 - 5 031414 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
E. Schedule of Values: Follow the requirements specified in Section 01 32 16 “Construction Schedule”.
F. Waste Recycling Plan: Follow the requirements specified in Section 01 74 19 “Construction Waste Management and Disposal.”
G. Quality Control Plan: Follow the requirements specified in Section 01 40 00 “Quality Requirements.”
H. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified.
I. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel follow the requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) and Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) on AWS forms. Include names of firms and personnel certified.
J. Installer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer’s letterhead certifying that Installer complies with the requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project.
K. Manufacturer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer’s letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with the requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required.
L. Product Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer’s letterhead certifying that product complies with the requirements in the Contract Documents.
M. Material Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer’s letterhead certifying that material complies with the requirements in the Contract Documents.
N. Material Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency’s standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with the requirements in the Contract Documents.
O. Product Test Reports: Prepare written reports indicating current product produced by manufacturer complies with the requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency.
P. Research/Evaluation Reports: Prepare written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect for Project.
Q. Preconstruction Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency’s standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before installation of product, for compliance with performance requirements in the Contract Documents.
R. Compatibility Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency’s standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed before
CUIS - 189275 01 33 23 - 6 031414 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion.
S. Field Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency’s standard form, indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with the requirements in the Contract Documents.
T. Maintenance Data: Prepare written and graphic instructions and procedures for operation and normal maintenance of products and equipment. Follow the requirements specified in Section 01 78 23 “Operation and Maintenance Data.”
U. Design Data: Prepare written and graphic information, including, but not limited to, performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations. Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Include page numbers.
V. Manufacturer’s Instructions: Prepare written or published information that documents manufacturer’s recommendations, guidelines, and procedures for installing or operating a product or equipment. Include name of product and name, address, and telephone number of manufacturer.
W. Manufacturer’s Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting factory-authorized service representative’s tests and inspections. Include the following, as applicable:
1. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product. 2. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they follow the requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken. 3. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with the requirements.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CONTRACTOR’S REVIEW
A. Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions.
3.2 CONTRACTING OFFICER’S ACTION
A. General: Submittals will be returned disapproved without technical review if identification information is missing, not filled in, or if placed on the back of the submittal; an incorrect number or format of submittals is provided; the transmittal form is incorrectly filled out; submittals are not coordinated; or submittals do not show evidence of Contractor’s approval.
1. Any work done or orders for materials or services placed before approval shall be at the Contractor’s own risk.
CUIS - 189275 01 33 23 - 7 031414 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
B. Action Submittals: Contracting Officer will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or modifications required, and return one copy. Contracting Officer will annotate the CM- 16 Transmittal Form indicating the action taken, as follows:
CMI- The returned submittal will be marked in one of three ways as defined below:
a. APPROVED: Acceptable with no corrections. b. APPROVED WITH NOTATIONS: Minor corrections or clarifications required. All comments are clear and no further review is required. The Contractor shall address all review comments when proceeding with the work. c. DISAPPROVED - RESUBMIT: Rejected as not in accordance with the contract or as requiring major corrections or clarifications. The Contracting Officer will identify the reasons for disapproval. The Contractor shall revise and resubmit with changes clearly identified.
C. Informational Submittals: Contracting Officer will review each submittal and will not return it, or will reject and return one copy if it does not follow the requirements. Contracting Officer will forward each submittal to appropriate party.
D. Partial submittals are not acceptable, will be considered non-responsive, and will be returned without review.
CUIS - 189275 01 33 23 - 8 031414 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
PROJECT SUBMITTAL LIST
Project submittals are listed for each section of the Specifications. This list is included for information and is intended to serve as an overall summary of submittals for this project. The requirements of the individual Specification Sections, terms and conditions of the Contract still apply regardless of what is shown in the submittal list.
DIVISION ONE 01 31 00 Project Management and Coordination • See section 1.4 listing the following items: 1. Letter designating Project Superintendent 2. Construction Schedule 3. A comprehensive breakdown of the Schedule of Values 4. Accident Prevention Plan 5. A list of Subcontractors for this project 6. Written statements from subcontractors certifying compliance with applicable labor standard clauses 7. Satisfactory evidence of liability insurance coverage and workman’s compensation for the Contactor and all subcontractors 8. Waste Management Plan 9. Quality Control Plan 10. Historic Preservation Treatment Plan 11. List of Required Construction Permits. Include the following information for each permit: a. Name of Permit b. The Agency(ies) with Jurisdiction issuing the permit c. Information required from the Government to complete the permit application • Other action and informational submittals as noted in the specifications
01 32 16 Construction Schedule • Schedule of Values • Construction Baseline Schedule • CPM Reports • Other action and informational submittals as noted in the specifications
01 32 33 Photo Documentation for Historic Preservation Projects • Existing Condition Images • Periodic Construction Images • Other action and informational submittals as noted in the specifications
01 35 13.22 Archeological Protection • Daily Work Schedule • Other action and informational submittals as noted in the specifications
01 35 23 Safety Requirements • Accident Prevention Plan • Other action and informational submittals as noted in the specifications
CUIS - 189275 01 33 23 - 9 031414 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01 35 91 Historic Preservation Treatment Procedures • Historic Preservation Treatment Plan • Alternative Methods and Materials (written description) • Photographs or Videotape of existing conditions
01 40 00 Quality Requirements • Quality Control Plan • Qualification Data • Quality Control Daily Reports • Test Reports • Permits, Licenses, and Certificates • Other action and informational submittals as noted in the specifications
01 67 00 Product Requirements • Affirmative Procurement Reporting Form • Environmental Data • Material Safety Data Sheets • Chain of Custody • Other action and informational submittals as noted in the specifications
01 73 40 Execution • Certificates • Landfill Receipts • Quantity Surveys
01 74 19 Construction Waste Management and Disposal • Waste Management Plan • Progress Documentation • Waste Reduction Calculations • Records of Donations • Records of Sales • Recycling and Processing Facility Records • Landfill and Incinerator Disposal Records • Qualification Data: For Waste Management Coordinator • Progress payment requirements: 1. With each Application for payment, submit updated Project Waste Management Plan worksheet for solid waste disposal and diversion. 2. With each Application for Payment, submit manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and in- voices specifically identifying the Project and waste material. • Closeout Submittals 1. With Closeout Submittals, submit a summary of the Project Waste Management Plan worksheet for solid waste disposal and diversion. Submit on form in Appendix A of this Section.
01 77 00 Closeout Procedures • Closeout Submittals 1. Specific warranties, guarantees, workmanship bonds, final certifications, and similar documents 2. NPS required forms for occupancy and any other similar forms or certificates CUIS - 189275 01 33 23 - 10 031414 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
3. Project Record Documents, operation and maintenance manuals, final completion con- struction digital images recorded on CD-R or DVD-R with index and descriptions, and similar final record information 4. Environmental Record Documents 5. Tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items
01 78 23 Operations & Maintenance Data • Manuals as specified • Other action and informational submittals as noted in the specifications
01 81 13.13 Sustainable Design Requirements for Non LEED Projects • Federal Sustainability Documentation 1. Recycled Content 2. Certified Wood
DIVISION TWO 02 42 96 Historic Removal and Dismantling • Qualification Data • Preconstruction Documentation • Removal and Dismantling Historic Treatment Program • List of Items Indicated to be Salvaged • Inventory of Salvaged Items • Other action and informational submittals as noted in the specifications
DIVISION THREE 03 30 00 Cast in Place Concrete • Product Data • Design Mixtures • Shop Drawings • Qualification Data • Material Certificates • Material Test Reports • Preconstruction Test Reports • Field Quality Control Reports • Other action and informational submittals as noted in the specifications
DIVISION FOUR 04 03 22 Historic Brick Unit Masonry Repair • Product Data • Shop Drawings • Samples • Qualification Data • Quality Control Program • Unit Masonry Historic Treatment Program • Mockups • Testing Data • Other action and informational submittals as noted in the specifications
CUIS - 189275 01 33 23 - 11 031414 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
04 03 23 Historic Brick Unit Masonry Repointing • Product Data • Shop Drawings • Samples • Qualification Data • Quality Control Program • Unit Masonry Historic Treatment Program • Mockups • Other action and informational submittals as noted in the specifications
DIVISION FIVE 05 12 00 Structural Steel Framing • Product Data • Shop Drawings • Qualification Data • Paint Compatibility Certificates • Mill Test Reports • Product Test Reports • Survey of Existing Conditions • Source Quality Control Reports • Field Quality Control Reports • Other action and informational submittals as noted in the specifications
DIVISION SIX Drawing S001 Framing Lumber • Framing Lumber Product Data • Wood Stain Product Data • Samples • Mockups • Other action and informational submittals as noted in the specifications
DIVISION SEVEN – DIVISION EIGHT (Not Used)
DIVISION NINE 09 91 13 Exterior Painting • Product Data • Samples • Mockups • Extra Materials • Other action and informational submittals as noted in the specifications
DIVISION 10 – DIVISION 49 (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 33 23
CUIS - 189275 01 33 23 - 12 031414 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
SECTION 01 35 13.22 – ARCHEOLOGICAL PROTECTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. The work of this section consists of protecting archeological resources contained in soil deposits.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Archeological Resources: Archeological resources are the physical evidences of past human activity, including evidences of the effects of that activity on the environment. Archeological resources represent both prehistoric and historic time periods. They are found above and below ground and under water.
B. Archeologically Sensitive Areas: Areas that have the potential to contain significant (National Register eligible) archeological resources. If National Register eligible or listed archeological resources could not be avoided, an appropriate mitigation strategy would be developed in consultation with the state historic preservation officer and, if necessary, associated American Indian tribes.
C. Non-sensitive Areas: Areas with little, if any, potential of containing significant (National Register eligible) archeological resources.
D. Archeological Monitor: Representative of the Government designated to oversee construction activities that could disturb archeological resources.
E. Archeological Resources Protection Act (ARPA) of 1979 (P.L. 96-95; 93 Stat. 712): defines archeological resources as any material remains of past human life or activities that are of archeological interest and at least 100 years old; Section 4 of the statute describes the requirements that must be met before Federal authorities can issue a permit to excavate or remove any archeological resource on Federal or Indian lands; the curatorial requirements of artifacts, and other materials excavated or removed.
F. NHPA – National Historic Preservation Act.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Daily Work Schedule; Submit a Daily Work Schedule detailing construction work in archeologically sensitive areas. Submit to Contracting Officer 30 days before start of ground disturbing site work. Daily Work Schedule will include shop drawings that identify the location and extent of ground disturbance.
CUIS - 189275 01 35 13.22 - 1 031414 ARCHEOLOGICAL PROTECTION
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. At least one week before on-site work begins, Contractor shall meet with Contracting Officer and Archeological Monitor to discuss Daily Work Schedule and equipment and special methods to be used in archeologically sensitive areas. Contractor shall ensure that approved Daily Work Schedule is followed throughout construction.
1.5 NHPA STIPULATIONS FOR THE STAFFORD CHIMNEY STABILIZATION PROJECT
A. NPS consulted with the Georgia State Office of Historic Preservation to confirm the following stipulations for the project. These stipulations are legally binding requirements. Contractor shall cooperate with NPS in meeting the stipulations. NPS takes responsibility for providing the Archeological Monitor and the Museum Curator staff for tasks identified in the stipulations.
B. NHPA stipulations
1. The chimneys contribute to the locally significant Stafford Plantation Historic District (NR84000265) under National Register criteria A C, and D. They are significant features of a plantation-era agricultural complex and could reveal much about slave life. The administratively determined Management Category is "Should Be Preserved and Maintained" and the Ultimate Treatment is "Stabilization". 2. For purposes of structural stabilization at chimney locations 2-3-4-7-8-9-11-12-13-16-18- 19, Design Options A, B and C all meet The Secretary of the Interior's Standards for Treatment of Historic Properties provided the following stipulations are included in the final designs.
a. Color control for exposed metal armature will be achieved by painting the stainless steel a non-reflective dark brown. b. All new concrete foundations will be countersunk into the ground.
3. For purposes of masonry repair and wood lintel replacement at chimney locations 1-2-3-4- 5-6-7-8-9-10-11-12-13-16-18-19-20-21-22, treatment will meet the The Secretary of the Interior's Standards for Treatment of Historic Properties provided the following stipulations are included in the final designs.
a. Repointing shall meet the treatment approach in NPS Preservation Brief No. 2: Repointing Mortar Joints in Historic Masonry. b. Where feasible, repurpose existing historic on-site fired brick and tabby brick to carry out masonry repairs. Document all borrow locations and installation locations of repurposed masonry. c. Replacement wood lintels shall match the dimensions, shape and material of removed deteriorated lintels. Where lintel deterioration is so advanced that original design cannot be assessed, and adjacent similar lintel shall be used as a model for the replacement design. d. Removed lintels shall be salvaged and delivered to the Cumberland Island National Seashore Museum Management program, to be assessed for relevance to the park's collection in conformance with the CUIS Scope of Collections criteria.
4. The chimneys proposed for this action, #s 2, 3, 4, 7, 11/12, 16, and 18 have all been subjected to various amounts of archeological investigation. Cabins 2, 3, 7, 16, and 18 have
CUIS - 189275 01 35 13.22 - 2 031414 ARCHEOLOGICAL PROTECTION
had very limited archeological investigations (1999 and 2003), so archeological monitoring and screening of soil by archeologist) is needed. Chimneys 4, 11, and 12 have been thoroughly investigated. However, if option 1A is chosen, monitoring and screening of soils as they're removed by archeologists at chimneys 4, 11, and 12 will also be needed. 5. Archaeological investigations and subsequent documentation of the areas for the new concrete foundations should be conducted by a professional archaeologist who meets the Secretary of the Interior’s Professional Qualification Standards. The survey methods should follow the Georgia Council of Professional Archaeologists’ standards.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 DAILY WORK SCHEDULE
A. A Daily Work Schedule is required for all work occurring within archeologically sensitive areas. Include all work that is to occur within the area and key the schedule to the drawings to include the following:
1. Starting and ending dates of ground-disturbing construction. 2. Locations of temporary facilities, such as barriers, field offices, staging areas, sanitary facilities, borrow pits, and haul and access roads. 3. Types of construction, such as clearing, topsoil stripping, structure or trench excavation, landscaping, and post construction clean-up. 4. Methods and equipment used for each type of construction. 5. Plan for relocating work in the event of temporary work stoppages at each archeologically sensitive area
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 BARRICADES
A. Follow the requirements specified in Division 01 Section “Temporary Facilities and Controls.”
3.2 OBSERVATION
A. Archeological Monitor will observe all ground-disturbing site work, including construction of temporary facilities, at all archeologically sensitive areas, from a safe location mutually agreed on by Contractor and Monitor. As new ground is broken, Monitor will examine excavated materials, using construction layout centerline and perimeter staking as a reference point to record locations of findings.
3.3 DISCOVERY OF RESOURCES
A. If Archeological Monitor discovers resources, immediate relocation of the work to a non-sensitive area may be required to allow Monitor to identify and document resources and, if necessary, develop an appropriate mitigation plan. While Archeological Monitor is documenting resources
CUIS - 189275 01 35 13.22 - 3 031414 ARCHEOLOGICAL PROTECTION
in sensitive areas, Contractor shall relocate work to non-sensitive areas where monitoring is not normally required.
B. If resources are discovered while Archeological Monitor is absent, stop work immediately and report the discovery to the Contracting Officer.
3.4 WORK STOPPAGE
A. The Contractor shall plan, schedule, and execute the work to prevent stoppages at one area from stopping all work at the construction site
END OF SECTION 01 35 13.22
CUIS - 189275 01 35 13.22 - 4 031414 ARCHEOLOGICAL PROTECTION
SECTION 01 35 23 - SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This section includes establishing an effective accident prevention program and providing a safe working environment for all personnel and visitors.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Accident Prevention Plan (APP): After contract award and before the Pre-Construction conference, submit for review, an Accident Prevention Plan. The Contracting Officer will review the proposed Plan. If the plan requires any revisions or corrections, the Contractor shall resubmit the Plan within 10 days. No progress payments will be made until the Plan is accepted.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Follow contract clauses entitled "Accident Prevention" and "Permits and Responsibilities". In case of conflicts between federal, state, and local safety and health requirements, the most stringent shall apply. Equipment or tools not meeting OSHA requirements will not be allowed on the project sites. Failure to follow the requirements of this section and related sections may result in suspension of work.
B. Qualifications of Employees:
1. All employees must be physically and able to perform their assigned duties in a safe manner. 2. Do not allow employees to perform work whose ability or alertness is impaired because of prescription or illegal drug use, fatigue, illness, intoxication, or other conditions that may expose themselves or others to injury. 3. Operators of vehicles, hoisting equipment, and hazardous plant equipment shall be able to understand signs, signals, and operating instructions, and be fully capable of operating such equipment. Provide operating instructions for all equipment. Newly hired operators shall be individually tested by an experienced operator or supervisor to determine if they are capable of safely operating equipment. Retain copies of all operators licenses and/or certifications onsite.
1.4 ACCIDENT REPORTING
A. Reportable Accidents (per OSHA 29CFR 1904): A project reportable accident is defined as death, occupational disease, traumatic injury to employees or the public, fires, and property damage by accident in excess of $100. Notify Contracting Officer immediately in the event of a reportable accident. Within 7 days of a reportable accident, fill out and forward to Contracting Officer an Accident/Property Damage Report (Form CM-22). Form may be obtained from the Contracting Officer.
CUIS - 189275 01 35 23 - 1 031414 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCIDENT PREVENTION PLAN (APP)
A. The Plan shall be written to follow OSHA and project requirements (a generic plan is not acceptable) including but not limited to the following:
1. Name of responsible supervisor to carry out the program. 2. Weekly and monthly safety meetings shall be documented with topic and attendees. 3. First aid and rescue procedures. 4. Outline of each phase of the work, the hazards associated with each major phase, and the methods proposed to provide for property protection and safety of the public, National Park Service personnel, and Contractor's employees. Identify the work included under each phase, with an Job Hazard Analysis (JHA)/Job Safety Analysis (JSA), etc. 5. Training, both initial and continuing. 6. Planning for possible emergency situations, such as cave-ins, earthquake, explosions,, fires, floods, power outages, slides, and wind storms. Such planning shall take into consideration the nature of construction, site conditions, and degree of exposure of persons and property.
2.2 FIRST AID FACILITIES
A. Provide adequate facilities for the number of employees and appropriate to the hazards associated with the types of ongoing construction work at the site.
2.3 PERSONNEL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
A. Meet requirements of applicable ANSI standards. Selection shall conform to OSHA 29CFR 1926.95 Subpart E.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EMERGENCY INSTRUCTIONS
A. Post telephone numbers and reporting instructions for ambulance, physician, hospital, fire department, and police in conspicuous locations at the work site.
3.2 FIRE AND LIFE SAFETY
A. Follow the requirements of NFPA 241 (Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, and Demolition Operations).
B. Store hazardous materials in accordance with manufacturer’s and OSHA 29CFR1926 Subpart D requirements. Maintain readily available, on site, MSDS/Safety Data Sheets (SDS) for each chemical.
CUIS - 189275 01 35 23 - 2 031414 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
1. Immediately report all spills of hazardous materials to the park. 2. Maintain a spill emergency response kit. 3. Train employees how to respond to a spill and use the emergency response kit.
3.3 PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
A. Inspect personal protective equipment daily and maintain in a serviceable condition. Clean, sanitize, and repair personal items, as appropriate, before issuing them to another individual.
B. Inspect, maintain, and document other protective equipment and devices before use and on a periodic basis to ensure safe operation. Retain inspection documentation onsite.
3.4 SAFETY MEETINGS
A. As a minimum, conduct one weekly 15-minute "toolbox" safety meetings. These meetings shall be conducted by a foreman or supervisor and attended by all construction personnel at the worksite. Topics need to coincide with work scheduled for the following week. Document and submit meeting minutes to the Contracting Officer within one day after the meeting.
B. Conduct monthly safety meetings for all levels of supervision. Meetings shall be attended by all contractors and subcontractors performing work on the site. Notify the Contracting Officer of meeting dates and times. These meetings shall be used to review the effectiveness of the Contractor's safety effort, to resolve current health and safety problems, to provide a forum for planning safe construction activities, and for updating the Accident Prevention Plan. The Contracting Officers Representative will attend the meeting and enter the results of the meetings into the daily log.
3.5 HARD HATS AND PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AREAS
A. A hard hat use area shall be designated by the Contractor. The hard hat area shall be posted by the Contractor in a manner satisfactory to the Contracting Officer.
B. It is the Contractor's responsibility to require all those working on or visiting the site to wear hard hats and other necessary personal protective equipment in good repair at all times. As a minimum, maintain six hard hats and all other APP required equipment.
3.6 TRAINING
A. First Aid: Provide adequate training to an adequate number of personnel to ensure prompt and efficient first aid.
B. Hazardous Material: Train and instruct each employee exposed to hazardous material in safe and approved methods of handling and storage. Hazardous materials are defined as explosive, flammable, poisonous, corrosive, oxidizing, irritating, or otherwise harmful substances that could cause death or injury.
END OF SECTION 01 35 23
CUIS - 189275 01 35 23 - 3 031414 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 01 35 91 - HISTORIC PRESERVATION TREATMENT PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes special procedures for historic treatment on the Project including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Definitions. 2. Submittals. 3. Quality Assurance. 4. Storage and protection of existing historic materials. 5. Project site conditions. 6. Historic Preservation Treatment Plan 7. Protection, General. 8. Protection during application of chemicals. 9. Protection during use of heat-generating equipment. 10. Historic preservation treatment procedures. 11. Tabby brick salvage and waste stream management. 12. Wood lintel waste stream management. 13. Fired brick salvage and waste stream management 14. Mortar waste stream management.
1.2 ALTERNATES
A. Work of this Section is affected by alternates specified in Section 012700 “Definition of Contract Line Items.”
1. See Deduct Alternate No. 1: Salvage of Tabby Brick.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. "Preservation": To apply measures necessary to sustain the existing form, integrity, and materials of a historic property. Work may include preliminary measures to protect and stabilize the property.
B. "Rehabilitation": To make possible a compatible use for a property through repair, alterations, and additions while preserving those portions or features that convey its historical, cultural, or architectural values.
C. "Restoration": To accurately return the form, features, and character of a property to its appearance at a particular period of time by means of the removal of features from other periods in its history and the repair and reconstruction of missing and deteriorated features from the restoration period.
CUIS - 189275 01 35 91 - 1 031414 HISTORIC PRESERVATION TREATMENT PROCEDURES
D. "Reconstruction": To reproduce in the exact form and detail a building, structure, or artifact as it appeared at a specific period in time. Reconstructed elements do not possess historic integrity in their own right since it is not original fabric.
E. "Stabilize": To apply measures designed to reestablish a weather-resistant enclosure and the structural reinforcement of an item or portion of the building while maintaining the essential form as it exists at present. This level of intervention is aimed at retarding or arresting adverse impacts to structures.
F. "Protect and Maintain": To remove deteriorating corrosion, reapply protective coatings, and install protective measures such as temporary guards; to provide the least degree of intervention.
G. "Repair": To stabilize, consolidate, or conserve; to retain existing materials and features while employing as little new material as possible. Repair includes patching, piecing-in, splicing, consolidating, or otherwise reinforcing or upgrading materials. Within restoration, repair also includes limited replacement in kind, rehabilitation, and reconstruction, with compatible substitute materials for deteriorated or missing parts of features when there are surviving prototypes.
H. "Replace": To duplicate in its entirety a historic element or feature by matching its historic pattern, detail and appearance. . Replacement is justified when original or historic elements are damaged beyond repair or are missing. Replacement methods includes the following conditions:
1. Replacement with Original or Historic Fabric: Includes fabric salvaged from other locations or projects having identical architectural qualities. It means duplication of appearance using identical material possessing historical significance. 2. Replacement with New Materials: Includes replacement with new material of like kind (custom fabricated of manufactured) that is currently in production. It means duplication of appearance using like material. 3. Replacement with Substitute Materials: Includes replacement with a compatible substitute that is frequently contemporary and unlike the historic fabric. It means duplication of appearance using modern (non-traditional) material Use of substitute materials is not approved unless matching materials are not available.
I. "Remove": To demolish or detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off-site unless indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled.
J. "Remove and Salvage": To detach items from existing construction and deliver them to the NPS ready for reuse.
K. "Remove and Reinstall": To detach items from existing construction, repair and prepare them for reuse, and reinstall them where indicated.
L. "Existing to Remain" or "Retain": Existing items of construction that are not to be removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled.
M. "Material in Kind": Material that closely matches existing materials, through comparison of architectural qualities and salient characteristic such as species, cut, color, grain, , dimension, profile, thickness, and finish.
CUIS - 189275 01 35 91 - 2 031414 HISTORIC PRESERVATION TREATMENT PROCEDURES
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Historic Preservation Treatment Plan:
1. After the contract award and before the Pre-Construction conference, submit for approval a written Historic Preservation Treatment Plan (HPTP). 2. If the plan requires any revisions or corrections, the contractor shall resubmit the plan within 10 days. 3. No change in the approved plan may be made without written concurrence by the Contracting Officer.
B. Alternative Methods and Materials: If alternative methods and materials to those indicated are proposed for any phase of work, provide a written description including evidence of successful use on other, comparable projects, and program of testing to demonstrate effectiveness for use on this Project.
C. Photographs or Videotape: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements, including finish surfaces that might be misconstrued as damage caused by historic treatment operations. Submit before work begins.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Historic Preservation Treatment Specialist Qualifications: An experienced firm with the required certifications and training that can demonstrate through past performance that they are qualified to perform this work.
1.6 STORAGE AND PROTECTION OF HISTORIC MATERIALS
A. Removed and Salvaged Historic Materials:
1. Clean salvaged historic items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers. 3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to the NPS. 4. Transport items to storage area designated by Contracting Officer. 5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 6. Do not dispose of items removed from existing construction without prior written consent of Contracting Officer.
B. Removed and Reinstalled Historic Materials:
1. Clean removed historic items to condition adequate for reinstallation. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers. 3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Follow installation requirements for new materials. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary for reinstallation.
C. Existing Historic Materials to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during historic treatment.
CUIS - 189275 01 35 91 - 3 031414 HISTORIC PRESERVATION TREATMENT PROCEDURES
D. Storage and Protection: When removed from their existing location, store historic materials within a weather-tight enclosure where they are protected from wetting by rain, snow, or ground water, and temperature variations. Secure stored materials to protect from theft.
1. Identify removed items with an inconspicuous mark indicating their original location. 2. Develop a key plan when many similar items are scheduled for removal and reinstallation.
1.7 PROJECT-SITE CONDITIONS
A. Exterior Cleaning and Repairing:
1. Proceed with the work only when forecasted weather conditions are favorable.
a. Wet Weather: Do not attempt repairs during rainy or foggy weather. Do not apply primer, paint, putty, or epoxy when the relative humidity is above 80 percent. Do not remove exterior elements of structures when rain is forecast or in progress. b. Do not perform exterior wet work when the air temperature is below 40 deg F (5 deg C). c. Do not begin cleaning, patching, or repairing when there is any likelihood of frost or freezing. d. Do not begin cleaning when either the air or the surface temperature is below 45 deg F (7 deg C) unless approved means are provided for maintaining a 45 deg F (7 deg C) temperature of the air and materials during, and for 48 hours after cleaning.
2. Perform cleaning and rinsing of the exterior only during daylight hours.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 HISTORIC PRESERVATION TREATMENT PLAN
A. Prepare a written technical plan for preservation work covering all preservation components of the project. The plan must verify that the construction strategy and the intent is compatible with the Department Of Interior’s standards for the Treatment of Historic Properties, guidelines for the Treatment of Cultural Landscapes, and National Park Service management policies for cultural resources. The plan must satisfy both the project scope and resource protection requirements. The plan shall include the following:
1. Organized list of preservation components of the project, systems, and tasks. 2. Staging and sequence of the work. 3. Disassembly and reassembly techniques and steps. 4. Equipment and tools required. 5. Supplies and materials with manufacturer or supplier identified. 6. Skilled trades and crafts required. 7. Anticipated testing and analysis of fabric.
CUIS - 189275 01 35 91 - 4 031414 HISTORIC PRESERVATION TREATMENT PROCEDURES
8. Additional investigations for the extents or magnitude of treatments needed. 9. Protective measures. 10. Seasonal limitations on the work. 11. Alternative means if primary treatment method is unfeasible. 12. Work conducted off-site (Approval from CO required before taking resources off-site).
3.2 PROTECTION, GENERAL
A. Follow the manufacturer's written instructions for precautions and effects of products and procedures on adjacent building materials, components, and vegetation.
B. Ensure that supervisory personnel are present when work begins and during its progress.
C. Temporary Protection of Historic Materials during Construction:
1. Protect existing materials during installation of temporary protections and construction. Do not deface or remove existing materials. 2. Attachments of temporary protection to existing construction shall be approved by Contracting Officer prior to installation.
D. Protect landscape work adjacent to or within work areas as follows:
1. Provide barriers to protect tree trunks. 2. Bind spreading shrubs. 3. Use coverings that allow plants to breathe and remove coverings at the end of each day. Do not cover plant material with a waterproof membrane for more than 8 hours at a time. 4. Set scaffolding and ladder legs away from plants.
3.3 PROTECTION DURING APPLICATION OF CHEMICALS
A. Protect persons, motor vehicles, surrounding surfaces, building site, plants, and surrounding buildings from harm or damage resulting from applications of chemical cleaners.
B. Follow the requirements in Division 01 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls."
C. Cover adjacent surfaces with materials that are proven to resist chemical cleaners selected for Project unless chemicals being used will not damage adjacent surfaces. Use covering materials that contain only waterproof, UV-resistant adhesives. Apply masking agents to follow the manufacturer's written instructions. Do not apply liquid masking agent to painted or porous surfaces. When no longer needed, promptly remove masking to prevent adhesive staining.
D. Do not clean surfaces during winds of sufficient force to spread cleaning solutions to unprotected surfaces.
E. Neutralize and collect alkaline and acid wastes and dispose of outside park boundaries.
F. Dispose of runoff from chemical operations by legal means and in a manner that prevents soil erosion, undermining of paving and foundations, damage to landscaping, and water penetration into building interiors.
CUIS - 189275 01 35 91 - 5 031414 HISTORIC PRESERVATION TREATMENT PROCEDURES
3.4 PROTECTION DURING USE OF HEAT-GENERATING EQUIPMENT
A. Follow these procedures while performing work with heat-generating equipment, including welding, cutting, soldering, brazing, and other operations where open flames or implements utilizing heat are used:
1. Obtain Contracting Officer’s approval for operations involving use of open-flame or welding equipment.
a. Notification shall be given for each occurrence and location of work with heat- generating equipment. b. Obtain the appropriate permit from the park as required.
2. As far as practical, use heat-generating equipment in shop areas or off site. 3. Before work with heat-generating equipment commences, furnish personnel to serve as a fire watch (or watches) for location(s) where work is to be performed. 4. Do not perform work with heat-generating equipment in or near rooms or in areas where flammable liquids or explosive vapors are present or thought to be present. Use a combustible gas indicator test to ensure that the area is safe. 5. Remove and keep the area free of combustibles, including, rubbish, paper, waste, etc., within area of operations. 6. Where possible, furnish and use baffles of metal or gypsum board to prevent the spraying of sparks or hot slag into surrounding combustible material. 7. Inspect each location of the day's work not sooner than 30 minutes after completion of operations to detect hidden or smoldering fires and to ensure that proper housekeeping is maintained.
3.5 HISTORIC PRESERVATION TREATMENT PROCEDURES
A. The principal aim of preservation work is to halt the process of deterioration and stabilize the item's condition, to sustain the integrity of the historic element, feature or structure being preserved. Cyclic maintenance is often required as well as repair work. Repair is required where specifically indicated. The following procedures shall be followed:
1. Retain as much existing material as possible; repair and consolidate rather than replace. 2. Use additional material or structure to reinforce, strengthen, prop, tie, and support existing material or structure. 3. Use reversible processes wherever possible. 4. Use traditional replacement materials and techniques if possible. New work shall be distinguishable from old work and original materials and techniques. 5. Record the existing condition before commencing with repair work; document with preconstruction photos, sketches and field notes. Record repair work during construction with periodic construction photos and daily inspection reporting. Photo documentation is specified in Division 01 Section "Photo Documentation for Historic Preservation Projects.”
B. Prohibit smoking by personnel performing work on or near historic structures.
CUIS - 189275 01 35 91 - 6 031414 HISTORIC PRESERVATION TREATMENT PROCEDURES
C. Notify Contracting Officer of visible changes in the integrity of material or components whether due to environmental causes including biological attack, UV degradation, freezing, or thawing; or due to structural defects including cracks, movement, or distortion.
1. Do not proceed with the work in question until directed by Contracting Officer.
CI. Where Work requires existing features to be removed, cleaned, and reinstalled, perform these operations without damage to the material itself, to adjacent materials, or to the substrate.
CII. Identify new or replacement materials and features with inconspicuous, permanent marks to distinguish them from original materials. Record the legend of identification marks and the locations of these marks on Record Drawings.
CIII. When cleaning, match samples of existing materials that have been cleaned and identified for acceptable cleaning levels. Avoid over-cleaning to prevent damage to existing materials during cleaning. Only the gentlest methods available should be attempted. Initiate cleaning using hand cleaning methods before introducing power cleaning methods and equipment.
CIV. Tabby brick salvage procedures and waste stream management. 1. Existing tabby brick that is more than 50% intact will be salvaged and reused at the chimney from which it was salvaged. NPS preferences reuse of historic material for these purposes: to retain integrity of the historic feature; and to allow the patina of age to remain visible. 2. Additional tabby brick required for repairs to be new and provided by the Contractor. 3. Existing tabby brick that is less than 50% intact will be salvaged and secured in a dedicated cache for management by NPS. 4. Tabby brick debris piles that exist at chimneys undergoing masonry repairs should not be left in place following repairs. Contractor will place all debris that lacks salvage potential into the NPS cache. 5. NPS will evaluate salvage material for the park’s museum collection; relatively little of the salvaged material is expected to be collected. 6. NPS is amenable to allowing the Contractor to use the tabby brick waste to be recycled into new tabby bricks or mortar materials, for installation at the Stafford Slave Settlement site. 7. Deduct Alternate No. 1: Salvage of Tabby Brick. Existing tabby brick that is more than 50% intact that is found at Chimney locations 5, 10, 14, 22, and 25 may be incorporated into the repair work of chimneys undergoing masonry repairs. However, surviving rubble piles at Chimney locations 5, 10, 14, 22, and 25 may not be reduced by more than 35%. Tabby brick waste from other chimneys may NOT be added to existing debris piles at Chimney locations 5, 10 14, 22, and 25.
CV. Wood lintel waste stream management. 1. All removed wood lintels will be secured and delivered to NPS. NPS will evaluate salvage material for the park’s museum collection and will dispose of any items not collected.
CVI. Fired brick salvage procedures and waste stream management. 1. Existing fired brick that is more than 50% intact will be salvaged and reused at the chimney from which it was salvaged. NPS preferences reuse of historic material for these purposes: to retain integrity of the historic feature; and to allow the patina of age to remain visible. Expectations are that relatively few fired bricks will be salvaged. 2. Additional fired brick required for repairs to be new and Contractor provided.
CUIS - 189275 01 35 91 - 7 031414 HISTORIC PRESERVATION TREATMENT PROCEDURES
3. Existing fired brick that is less than 50% intact will be salvaged and secured in a dedicated cache for management by NPS. 4. Fired brick debris piles that exist at chimneys undergoing masonry repairs should not be left in place following repairs. Contractor will place all debris that lacks salvage potential into the NPS cache. 5. NPS will evaluate salvage material for the park’s museum collection; relatively little of the salvaged material is expected to be collected. 6. NPS is amenable to allowing the Contractor to use the fired brick waste to be recycled into new fired bricks, for installation at the Stafford Slave Settlement site.
J. Mortar waste stream management. 1. Mortar waste stream is expected to include both cementitious and traditional materials. Mortar waste stream should be managed by the Contractor for safe and legal disposal off site.
END OF SECTION 01 35 91
CUIS - 189275 01 35 91 - 8 031414 HISTORIC PRESERVATION TREATMENT PROCEDURES
SECTION 01 40 00 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control.
B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements. The quality of all work shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
1. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other quality assurance and control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements.
C. See Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for specific test and inspection requirements.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Quality Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will follow the requirements.
B. Quality Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the work and completed construction follow the requirements.
C. Mockups: Full-size physical assemblies that are constructed on-site. Mockups are constructed to verify selections made under Sample submittals; to demonstrate aesthetic effects and, where indicated, qualities of materials and execution; to review coordination, testing, or operation; to show interface between dissimilar materials; and to demonstrate compliance with specified installation tolerances. Mockups are not Samples. Unless otherwise indicated, approved mockups establish the standard by which the Work will be judged.
D. Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed specifically for the project before products and materials are incorporated into the work to verify performance or compliance with specified criteria.
E. Product Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed by a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL), a National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP), or a testing agency qualified to conduct product testing, to establish product performance and compliance with industry standards.
F. Source Quality Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source, i.e., plant, mill, factory, or shop.
G. Field Quality Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed on-site for installation of the work and for completed work.
CUIS - 189275 01 40 00 - 1 031414 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
H. Testing Agency or Laboratory: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency.
I. Installer: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations.
1. Using a term such as “carpentry” does not imply that certain construction activities must be performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name, such as “carpenter.” It also does not imply that requirements specified apply exclusively to trades people of the corresponding generic name.
1.3 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS
A. Reference Standards: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quality levels, follow the most stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties and requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Contracting Officer for a decision before proceeding.
B. Minimum Quality Levels: The quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may follow exactly with the minimum quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To follow these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Contracting Officer for a decision before proceeding.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Quality Control Plan:
1. After contract award and before the Pre-Construction conference, submit for approval a written Contractor Quality Control (CQC) plan. 2. If the plan requires any revisions or corrections, the Contractor shall resubmit the plan within 10 days. 3. The Government reserves the right to require changes in the plan during the contract period as necessary to obtain the quality specified. 4. No change in the approved plan may be made without written concurrence by the Contracting Officer.
B. Qualification Data: For testing agencies specified in “Quality Assurance” Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form of a recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority.
C. Contractor's Quality Control Daily Reports: Submit showing all inspections and tests on the first workday following the date covered by the report. Quality Control Supervisor shall utilize the DSC forms available by accessing the DSC Workflows website, http://www.nps.gov/dscw/publicforms.htm.
1. Review CMR Dailies and reconcile any differences prior to posting CQC Dailies on the SharePoint Project Website.
D. Test Reports
1. Test reports shall be completed by the person performing the test.
CUIS - 189275 01 40 00 - 2 031414 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
2. Submit Daily Test Information Sheets with Quality Control Daily Reports. 3. Submit failing test results and proposed remedial actions within four hours of noted deficiency. 4. Submit three copies of complete test results no later than one calendar day after the test was performed.
E. Off-Site Inspection Reports: Submit prior to shipment.
F. If the CQC plan and Quality Control Daily Reports are not submitted as specified, the Contracting Officer may retain all payments until such time a plan is accepted and implemented, or may retain payments for work completed on days there are no Quality Control Daily Reports.
G. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For NPS records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the work.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this Article establish the minimum qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements.
B. Contractors Quality Control Staff:
1. The Contractor's Quality Control Supervisor may also perform other duties. 2. The Contractor's designated Quality Control Supervisor shall be on the project site whenever contract work is in progress. 3. The Contractor's job supervisory staff may be used to assist the Quality Control Supervisor supplemented, as necessary, by additional certified testing technicians.
C. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.
D. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.
E. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.
F. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated (including Structural Tests and Special Inspections (STSI). Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or products that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent.
G. Specialists: Certain sections of the Specifications require that specific construction activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated.
1. Requirement for specialists shall not supersede building codes and regulations governing the work.
CUIS - 189275 01 40 00 - 3 031414 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
H. Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 329; and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and where required by Contract, is acceptable to the Contracting Officer.
1. NRTL: A nationally recognized testing laboratory according to 29 CFR 1910.7. 2. NVLAP: A testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program. 3. All measuring devices, laboratory equipment, and instruments shall be calibrated at established intervals against certified standards in accordance with NIST requirements. Upon request, measuring and testing devices shall be made available for use by the Government for verification tests.
I. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.
J. Mockups: Before installing portions of the work requiring mockups, build mockups for each form of construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the completed work:
1. Build mockups in location and of size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Contracting Officer. 2. Notify Contracting Officer seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be constructed. 3. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. 4. Obtain Contracting Officer’s approval of mockups before starting work, fabrication, or construction. 5. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed work. 6. Demolish and remove mockups when directed, unless otherwise indicated.
1.6 QUALITY CONTROL
A. The Contractor is responsible for all testing and inspections, including Structural Tests and Special Inspections (STSI), as identified in the attached STSI. Inspect and test work as needed to ensure that the quality of materials, workmanship, construction, finish, and functional performance are in compliance with applicable specifications, drawings, and those required by the Building Code.
1. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform these quality-control services. 2. Submit the appropriate report, for each quality-control service. 3. Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility. 4. The Contracting Officer may designate test locations.
B. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report results in writing.
C. Re-testing/Re-inspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and re- inspecting, for construction that replaced work that failed to follow the Contract Documents. CUIS - 189275 01 40 00 - 4 031414 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
D. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with NPS and Contractor in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections.
1. Notify Contracting Officer and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the work during performance of its services. 2. Determine the location from which test samples will be taken and in which in-situ tests are conducted. 3. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements. 4. Submit 3 copies of the certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality- control service through Contractor. 5. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase the Contract Document requirements or approve or accept any portion of the work.
E. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following:
1. Access to the work. 2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. 3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples. 4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples. 5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies. 6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing agency. 7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project site.
F. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality assurance and control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting.
1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 QUALITY CONTROL PLAN
A. The Quality Control Plan shall include:
1. A list of personnel responsible for quality control and assigned duties. Include each person's qualifications. 2. A copy of a letter of direction to the Contractor's Quality Control Supervisor outlining assigned duties. 3. Names, qualifications, and descriptions of laboratories to perform sampling and testing, and samples of proposed report forms. 4. Methods of performing, documenting, and enforcing quality control of all work. 5. Methods of monitoring and controlling environmental pollution and contamination as required by regulations and laws.
CUIS - 189275 01 40 00 - 5 031414 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 OFF-SITE CONTROL
A. Items that are fabricated or assembled off-site shall be inspected for quality control at the place of fabrication.
3.2 ON-SITE CONTROL
A. Notification:
1. Notify the Contracting Officer at least 48 hours in advance of the preparatory phase meeting. 2. Notify the Contracting Officer at least 24 hours in advance of the initial and follow-up phases.
B. Preparatory Phase: Perform before beginning each feature of work.
1. Review control submittal requirements with personnel directly responsible for quality assurance and quantity control of the work. As a minimum, the Contractor's Quality Control Supervisor and the foreman responsible for the feature of work shall be in attendance. 2. Review all applicable specifications sections and drawings related to the feature of work. 3. Ensure that copies of all referenced standards related to sampling, testing, and execution for the feature of work are available on site. 4. Ensure that provisions have been made for field control testing. 5. Examine the work area to ensure that all preliminary work has been completed. 6. Verify all field dimensions and advise the Contracting Officer of discrepancies with contract documents. 7. Ensure that necessary equipment and materials are at the project site and that they comply with approved shop drawings and submittals. 8. Document all preparatory phase activities and discussions on the Contractor's Quality Control Daily Report.
C. Initial Phase:
1. As soon as work begins, inspect and test a representative portion of a particular feature of work for quality of workmanship. 2. Review control testing procedures to ensure compliance with contract requirements. 3. Document all initial phase activities and discussions on the Contractor's Quality Control Daily Report. Exact location of initial phase shall be indicated for future reference and comparison with follow-up phases.
D. Follow-Up Phase: Inspect and test as work progresses to ensure compliance with contract requirements until completion of work.
E. Additional Preparatory and Initial Phases: Additional preparatory and initial phases may be required on the same feature of work for the following reasons:
1. Quality of on-going work is unacceptable. 2. Changes occur in the applicable quality control staff, on-site production supervision, or work crew. 3. Work on a particular feature of work is resumed after a substantial period of inactivity.
CUIS - 189275 01 40 00 - 6 031414 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
3.3 DOCUMENTATION
A. Maintain Quality Control Daily Reports and Daily Test Report Information Sheets (Forms may be downloaded from the DSC Workflows website, http://www.nps.gov/dscw/publicforms.htm.) of quality control activities and tests.
B. Quality Control Daily Reports may not be substituted for other written reports required under clauses of the contract, such as Disputes, Differing Site Conditions, or Changes.
3.4 ENFORCEMENT
A. The Contractor shall stop work on any item or feature pending satisfactory correction of any deficiency noted by the quality control staff or the Contracting Officer.
3.5 REPAIR AND PROTECTION
A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes.
1. Provide materials and follow installation requirements specified in other Specification Sections. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible.
B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities.
C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality-control services.
END OF SECTION 01 40 00
CUIS - 189275 01 40 00 - 7 031414 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 01 42 00 – REFERENCE STANDARDS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 ENVIRONMENTAL DEFINITIONS
A. Definitions pertaining to sustainable development: As defined in ASTM E2114 and as specified herein.
B. Biobased Materials: As defined in the Farm Security and Rural Investment Act, for purposes of Federal procurement of biobased products, “biobased” means a “commercial or industrial product (other than food or feed) that is composed, in whole or in significant part, of biological products or renewable domestic agricultural materials (including plant, animal, and marine materials) or forestry materials.” Biobased materials also include fuels, chemicals, building materials, or electric power or heat produced from biomass as defined by The Biomass Research and Development Act of 2000.
1. Biobased content: The amount of biobased carbon in the material or product as a percentage of weight (mass) of the total organic carbon in the material or product.
C. Chain-of-Custody: Process whereby a product or material is maintained under the physical possession or control during its entire life cycle.
D. Deconstruction: Disassembly of buildings for the purpose of recovering materials.
E. DFE (Design for the Environment): A technique that includes elements of resource conservation and pollution prevention as applied in various product sectors. A technique that incorporates approaches which are part of product (or assembly) concept, need and design. Considerations involve material selection, material and energy efficiency, reuse, maintainability and design for disassembly and recyclability. Refer to ISO Guide 64 for additional clarification.
F. Environmentally preferable products: Products and services that have a lesser or reduced effect on the environment in comparison to conventional products and services. Refer to EPA’s Final Guidance on Environmentally Preferable Purchasing at www.epa.gov/oppt/epp.
G. Non-Renewable Resource: A resource that exists in a fixed amount that cannot be replenished on a human time scale. Non-renewable resources have the potential for renewal only by geological, physical, and chemical processes taking place over of millions of years. Examples include: iron ore, coal, and oil.
H. Perpetual Resource: A resource that is virtually inexhaustible on a human time scale. Examples include solar energy, tidal energy, and wind energy.
I. Recycled Content Materials: Products that contain pre-consumer or post-consumer materials as all or part of their feedstock. Recycled content claim shall be consistent with Federal Trade Commission (FTC) Guide for the Use of Environmental Marketing Claims.
J. Renewable Resource: A resource that is grown, naturally replenished, or cleansed, at a rate which exceeds depletion of the usable supply of that resource. A renewable resource can be exhausted
CUIS – 189275 01 42 00 - 1 051217 REFERENCE STANDARDS
if improperly managed. However, a renewable resource can last indefinitely with proper stewardship. Examples include: trees in forests, grasses in grasslands, and fertile soil.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference.
B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Conflicting Requirements: Where compliance with two or more standards is specified, and the standards may establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties and requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Contracting Officer for a decision before proceeding.
1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS
A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference.
B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless otherwise indicated.
C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents.
1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from publication source.
1.4 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities found in Section 01 42 00 Sources for Reference Publications at www.wbdg.org/ffc/dod/unified-facilities-guide- specifications-ufgs (accessible via https://specsintact.ksc.nasa.gov/Masters/Masters.shtml > Downloads section > click on UFGS Master (WBDG website). Names, telephone numbers, and websites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.
XX EXAMPLE Association (The) www.EXAMPLE.org
CUIS – 189275 01 42 00 - 2 051217 REFERENCE STANDARDS
B. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and websites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to- date as of the date of the Contract Documents.
DIN Deutsches Institut fur Normung e.V. 49 30 2601-3003 www.din.de/en
IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (909) 472-4100 www.iapmo.org
ICC International Code Council (888) 422-7233 www.iccsafe.org
ICC-ES ICC Evaluation Service, Inc. (800) 423-6587 www.icc-es.org (562) 699-0543
C. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, and websites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.
ABA & Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) ABAAS United Architectural Barriers Act Accessibility Standards (ABAAS) States Access www.access-board.gov Board
CoE Army Corps of Engineers www.usace.army.mil
CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission www.cpsc.gov
DOC Department of Commerce www.commerce.gov
DOD Department of Defense www.defense.gov
DOJ Department of Justice www.justice.gov
DOE Department of Energy www.energy.gov
EPA Environmental Protection Agency www.epa.gov
CUIS – 189275 01 42 00 - 3 051217 REFERENCE STANDARDS
FAA Federal Aviation Administration www.faa.gov
FCC Federal Communications Commission www.fcc.gov
FDA Food and Drug Administration www.fda.gov
GSA General Services Administration www.gsa.gov
HUD Department of Housing and Urban Development www.hud.gov
LBL Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory www.lbl.gov
NCHRP National Cooperative Highway Research Program (See TRB)
NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology www.nist.gov
OSHA Occupational Safety & Health Administration www.osha.gov
PHS U.S. Department of Health and Human Services www.usphs.gov/ophs/
RUS Rural Utilities Service (See USDA)
SD State Department www.state.gov
TRB Transportation Research Board www.trb.org
USDA Department of Agriculture www.usda.gov
USP U.S. Pharmacopeia www.usp.org
USPS Postal Service www.usps.com
D. Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the standards and regulations
CUIS – 189275 01 42 00 - 4 051217 REFERENCE STANDARDS
in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and websites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.
ABAAS Architectural Barriers Act Accessibility Standards www.access-board.gov
CFR Code of Federal Regulations Available from Government Printing Office www.gpoaccess.gov/cfr/index.html
DOD Department of Defense Military Specifications and Standards Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point http://dodssp.daps.dla.mil
DSCC Defense Supply Center Columbus (See FS)
FED-STD Federal Standard (See FS)
FS Federal Specification Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point http://quicksearch.dla.mil/
Available from General Services Administration www.gsa.gov
Available from National Institute of Building Sciences www.nibs.org
FTMS Federal Test Method Standard (See FS)
MIL (See MILSPEC)
MIL-STD (See MILSPEC)
MILSPEC Military Specification and Standards Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point http://quicksearch.dla.mil
UFAS Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards Available from Access Board www.access-board.gov (UFAS is only for housing projects per Fair Housing Act. See also the Fair Housing Act Design Manual, www.huduser.gov/portal/publications/destech/fairhousing.html)
1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. American Forest and Paper Association:
CUIS – 189275 01 42 00 - 5 051217 REFERENCE STANDARDS
1. Sustainable Forestry Initiative
B. American Society of Heating Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE): • ASHRAE 52.2, Method of Testing General Ventilation Air Cleaning Devices for Removal Efficiency by Particle Size • ASHRAE 55, Thermal Environmental Conditions for Human Occupancy • ASHRAE 62.1, Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality • ASHRAE 62.2, Ventilation and Acceptable Indoor Air Quality in Low-Rise Residential Buildings • ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1, Energy Standard for Buildings, Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings • ASHRAE 90.2, Energy Efficient Design of Low-Rise Residential Buildings
C. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): • M288 Geotextile Specification for Highway Applications • MP009-06 Standard Specification for Compost for Erosion/Sediment Control (Filter Berms and Filter Socks) • MP010-03 Standard Specification for Compost for Erosion/Sediment Control (Compost Blankets)
D. American Society for Testing and Materials International (ASTM): • A478 Standard Specification for Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Weaving and Knitting Wire • A580/A580M Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Wire • A653/A653M Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc- Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process • B813 Standard Specification for Liquid and Paste Fluxes for Soldering of Copper and Copper Alloy Tube • C1240 Standard Specification for Silica Fume Used in Cementitious Mixtures • C128 Standard Test Method for Density, Relative Density (Specific Gravity), and Absorption of Fine Aggregate • C131 Standard Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine • C1319 Standard Specification for Concrete Grid Paving Units • C1338 Standard Test Method for Determining Fungi Resistance of Insulation Materials and Facings • C136 Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates • C1371 Standard Test Method for Determination of Emittance of Materials Near Room Temperature Using Portable Emissometers • C1386 Standard Specification for Precast Autoclaved AERATED Concrete (PAAC) Wall Construction Units • C1483 Standard Specification for Exterior Solar Radiation Control Coatings on Buildings • C1549 Standard Test Method for Determination of Solar Reflectance Near Ambient Temperature Using a Portable Solar Reflectometer • C1601 Standard Test Method for Field Determination of Water Penetration of Masonry Wall Surfaces • C289 Standard Test Method for Potential Alkali-Silica Reactivity of Aggregates (Chemical Method)
CUIS – 189275 01 42 00 - 6 051217 REFERENCE STANDARDS
• C311 Test Methods for Sampling and Testing Fly Ash or Natural Possolans for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland-Cement Concrete • C33 Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates • C593 Standard Specification for Fly Ash and Other Pozzolans for Use With Lime • C595 Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements • C618 Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Concrete • C67 Standard Test Methods for Sampling and Testing Brick and Structural Clay Tile • C739 Standard Specification for Cellulosic Fiber (Wood-Base) Loose-Fill Thermal Insulation • C936 Standard Specification for Interlocking Concrete Paver Units • C989 Standard Specification for Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag for Use in Concrete and Mortars • D1435 Standard Practice for Outdoor Weathering of Plastics • D1557 Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft-lbf/ft3(2,700 kN-m/m3)) • D1972 Standard Practice for Generic Marking of Plastic Products • D198 Standard Test Methods of Static Tests of Lumber in Structural Sizes • D2103 Standard Specification for Polyethylene Film and Sheeting • D217 Standard Test Methods for Cone Penetration of Lubricating Grease • D2369 Standard Test Method for Volatile Content of Coatings • D3273 Standard Test Method for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface of Interior Coatings in an Environmental Chamber • D3786 Standard Test Method for Hydraulic Bursting Strength of Textile Fabrics- Diaphragm Bursting Strength Tester Method • D3792 Standard Test Method for Water Content of Coatings by Direct Injection Into a Gas Chromatograph • D3864 Standard Guide for Continual On-Line Monitoring Systems for Water Analysis • D3960 Standard Practice for Determining Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content of Paints and Related Coatings • D4017 Standard Test Method for Water in Paints and Paint Materials by Karl Fischer Method • D4263 Standard Test Method for Indicating Moisture in Concrete by the Plastic Sheet Method • D4444 Standard Test Methods for Use and Calibration of Hand-Held Moisture Meters • D4491 Standard Test Methods for Water Permeability of Geotextiles by Permittivity • D4552 Standard Practice for Classifying Hot-Mix Recycling Agents • D4632 Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles • D4716 Test Method for Determining the (In-plane) Flow Rate per Unit Width and Hydraulic Transmissivity of a Geosynthetic Using a Constant Head • D4833 Standard Test Method for Index Puncture Resistance of Geotextiles, Geomembranes, and Related Product • D4840 Standard Guide for Sampling Chain-of-Custody Procedures • D4887 Standard Test Method for Preparation of Viscosity Blends for Hot Recycled Bituminous Materials • D5106 Standard Specification for Steel Slag Aggregates for Bituminous Paving Mixtures • D5116 Standard Guide for Small-Scale Environmental Chamber Determinations of Organic Emissions from Indoor Materials/Products • D5199 Standard Test Method for Measuring the Nominal Thickness of Geosynthetics
CUIS – 189275 01 42 00 - 7 051217 REFERENCE STANDARDS
• D5261 Standard Test Method for Measuring Mass per Unit Area of Geotextiles • D5268 Standard Specification for Topsoil Used for Landscaping Purposes • D5359 Standard Specification for Glass Cullet Recovered from Waste for Use in Manufacture of Glass Fiber • D5505 Standard Practice for Classifying Emulsified Recycling Agents • D5509 Standard Practice for Exposing Plastics to a Simulated Compost Environment • D5512 Standard Practice for Exposing Plastics to a Simulated Compost Environment Using an Externally Heated Reactor • D5539 Standard Specification for Seed Starter Mix • D5957 Standard Guide for Flood Testing Horizontal Waterproofing Installations • D5603 Standard Classification for Rubber Compounding Materials—Recycled Vulcanizate Particulate Rubber • D5663 Standard Guide for Validating Recycled Content in Packaging Paper and Paperboard • D5759 Standard Guide for Characterization of Coal Fly Ash and Clean Coal Combustion Fly Ash for Potential Uses • D5792 Standard Practice for Generation of Environmental Data Related to Waste Management Activities: Development of Data Quality Objectives • D5834 Standard Guide for Source Reduction Reuse, Recycling, and Disposal of Solid and Corrugated Fiberboard (Cardboard) • D5851 Standard Guide for Planning and Implementing a Water Monitoring Program • D5852 Standard Test Method for Erodibility Determination of Soil in the Field or in the Laboratory by the Jet Index Method • D6002 Standard Guide for Assessing the Compostability of Environmentally Degradable Plastics • D6006 Standard Guide for Assessing Biodegradability of Hydraulic Fluid • D6007 Standard Test Method for Determining Formaldehyde Concentration in Air from Wood Products Using a Small Scale Chamber • D6046 Standard Classification of Hydraulic Fluids for Environmental Impact • D6081 Standard Practice for Aquatic Toxicity Testing of Lubricants: Sample Preparation and Results Interpretation • D6108 Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties of Plastic Lumber and Shapes • D6109 Standard Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastic Lumber • D6112 Standard Test Methods for Compressive and Flexural creep and Creep-Rupture of Plastic Lumber and Shapes • D6117 Standard Test Methods for Mechanical Fasteners In Plastic Lumber and Shapes • D6155 Standard Specification for Nontraditional Coarse Aggregates for Bituminous Paving Mixtures • D6245 Standard Guide for Using Indoor Carbon Dioxide Concentrations to Evaluate Indoor Air Quality and Ventilation • D6261 Standard Specification for Extruded and Compression Molded Basic Shapes Made from Thermoplastic Polyester (TPES) • D6262 Standard Specification for Extruded, Compression Molded, and Injection Molded Basic Shapes of Poly(aryl ether ketone) (PAEK) • D6270 Standard Practice for Use of Scrap Tires in Civil Engineering Applications • D6329 Standard Guide for Developing Methodology for Evaluating the Ability of Indoor Materials to Support Microbial Growth Using Static Environmental Chambers
CUIS – 189275 01 42 00 - 8 051217 REFERENCE STANDARDS
• D6330 Standard Practice for Determination of Volatile Organic Compounds (Excluding Formaldehyde) Emissions from Wood-Based Panels Using Small Environmental Chambers Under Defined Test Conditions • D6345 Standard Guide for Selection of Methods for Active, Integrative Sampling of Volatile Organic Compounds in Air • D6400 Standard Specification for Compostable Plastics • D6435 Standard Test Method for Shear Properties of Plastic Lumber and Plastic Lumber Shapes • D6629 Standard Guide for Selection of Methods for Estimating Soil Loss by Erosion • D6662 Standard Specification for Polyolefin-Based Plastic Lumber Decking Boards • D6712 Standard Specification for Ultra-High-Molecular-Weight Polyethylene (UHMW- PE) Solid Plastic Shapes • D6886 Standard Test Method for Speciation of the Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) in Low VOC Content Waterborne Air-Dry Coatings by Gas Chromatography • D692 Standard Specification for Coarse Aggregate for Bituminous Paving Mixtures • D696 Standard Test Method for Coefficient of Linear Thermal Expansion of Plastics Between -30°C and 30°C With a Vitreous Silica Dilatometer • D698 Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/ft3 (600 kN-m/m3)) • D7186 Standard Practice for Quality Assurance Observation of Roof Construction and Repair • E1021 Standard Test Methods for Measuring Spectral Response of Photovoltaic Cells • E1038 Standard Test Method for Determining Resistance of Photovoltaic Modules to Hail by Impact with Propelled Ice Balls • E1039 Standard Test Method for Calibration of Silicon Non-Concentrator Photovoltaic Primary Reference Cells Under Global Irradiation • E1040 Standard Specification for Physical Characteristics of Nonconcentrator Terrestrial Photovoltaic Reference Cells • E1105 Standard Test Method for Field Determination of Water Penetration of Installed Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Uniform or Cyclic Static Air Pressure Difference • E1171 Standard Test Method for Photovoltaic Modules in Cyclic Temperature and Humidity Environments • E1333 Standard Test Method for Determining Formaldehyde Concentrations in Air and Emission Rates from Wood Products Under Defined Test Conditions Using a Large Chamber • E1362 Standard Test Method for Calibration of Non-Concentrator Photovoltaic Secondary Reference Cells • E1433 Standard Guide for Selection of Standards on Environmental Acoustics • E1462 Standard Test Methods for Insulation Integrity and Ground Path Continuity of Photovoltaic Modules • E1596 Standard Test Methods for Solar Radiation Weathering of Photovoltaic Modules • E1597 Standard Test Method for Saltwater Pressure Immersion and Temperature Testing of Photovoltaic Modules for Marine Environments • E1609 Standard Guide for Development and Implementation of a Pollution Prevention Program • E1686 Standard Guide for Selection of Environmental Noise Measurements and Criteria • E1690 Standard Test Method for Determination of Ethanol Extractives in Biomass • E1721 Standard Test Method for Determination of Acid-Insoluble Residue in Biomass
CUIS – 189275 01 42 00 - 9 051217 REFERENCE STANDARDS
• E1755 Standard Test Method for Ash in Biomass • E1758 Standard Test Method for Determination of Carbohydrates in Biomass by High Performance Liquid Chromatography • E1780 Standard Guide for Measuring Outdoor Sound Received from a Nearby Fixed Source • E1799 Standard Practice for Visual Inspections of Photovoltaic Modules • E1802 Standard Test Methods for Wet Insulation Integrity Testing of Photovoltaic Modules • E1821 Standard Test Method for Determination of Carbohydrates in Biomass by Gas Chromatography • E1827 Standard Test Methods for Determining Airtightness of Buildings Using an Orifice Blower Door • E1830 Standard Test Methods for Determining Mechanical Integrity of Photovoltaic Modules • E1861 Standard Guide for Use of Coal Combustion By-Products in Structural Fills • E1918 Standard Test Method for Measuring Solar Reflectance of Horizontal and Low- Sloped Surfaces in the Field • E1971 Standard Guide for Stewardship for the Cleaning of Commercial and Institutional Buildings • E1980 Standard Practice for Calculating Solar Reflectance Index of Horizontal and Low- Sloped Opaque Surfaces • E1991 Standard Guide for Environmental Life Cycle Assessment of Building Materials/Products • E2047 Standard Test Method for Wet Insulation Integrity Testing of Photovoltaic Arrays • E2114 Standard Terminology for Sustainability Relative to the Performance of Buildings • E2128 Standard Guide for Evaluating Water Leakage of Building Walls • E2129 Standard Practice for Data Collection for Sustainability Assessment of Building Products • E2397 Standard Practice for Determination of Dead Loads and Live Loads associated with Green Roof Systems • E2398 Standard Test Method for Water Capture and Media Retention of Geocomposite Drain Layers for Green Roof Systems • E2399 Standard Test Method for Maximum Media Density for Dead Load Analysis of Green Roof Systems • E2400 Standard Guide for Selection, Installation, and Maintenance of Plants for Green Roof Systems • E241 Standard Guide for Limiting Water-Induced Damage to Buildings • E2432 Standard Guide for General Principles of Sustainability Relative to Buildings • E408 Standard Test Methods for Total Normal Emittance of Surfaces Using Inspection- Meter Techniques • E413 Standard Classification for Rating Sound Insulation • E477 Standard Test Method for Measuring Acoustical and Airflow Performance of Duct Liner Materials and Prefabricated Silencers • E648 Standard Test Method for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor-Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source • E683 Standard Practice for Installation and Service of Solar Space Heating Systems for One- and Two-Family Dwellings • E779 Standard Test Method for Determining Air Leakage Rate by Fan Pressurization
CUIS – 189275 01 42 00 - 10 051217 REFERENCE STANDARDS
• E781 Standard Practice for Evaluating Absorptive Solar Receiver Materials When Exposed to Conditions Simulating Stagnation in Solar Collectors With Cover Plates • E782 Standard Practice for Exposure of Cover Materials for Solar Collectors to Natural Weathering Under Conditions Simulating Operational Mode • E823 Standard Practice for Nonoperational Exposure and Inspection of a Solar Collector • E881 Standard Practice for Exposure of Solar Collector Cover Materials to Natural Weathering Under Conditions Simulating Stagnation Mode • E90 Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements • E903 Standard Test Method for Solar Absorptance, Reflectance, and Transmittance of Materials Using Integrating Spheres • E948 Standard Test Method for Electrical Performance of Photovoltaic Cells Using Reference Cells Under Simulated Sunlight • F1869 Standard Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride • F2034 Standard Specification for Sheet Linoleum Floor Covering • F2170 Standard Test Method for Determining Relative Humidity in Concrete Floor Slabs Using in situ Probes
E. Bat Conservation International: • Bat Approved Bat Houses
F. Carpet and Rug Institute • Green Label & Green Label Plus Testing Programs, www.carpet-rug.org/green-label-plus.html
G. Center for Resource Solutions • Green-e program
H. EPA: • Comprehensive Procurement Guidelines • ENERGY STAR • Environmentally Preferable Purchasing Program Final Guidance • GreenScapes program • Heat Island Initiative • Indoor Air Quality Building Education and Assessment Model (I-BEAM) • National Environmental Performance Track • Pollution Prevention (P2) • Product Stewardship Program • Significant New Alternatives Policy (SNAP) Program
I. Federal Trade Commission: • Guide for the Use of Environmental Marketing Claims
J. Forest Stewardship Council: • Chain-Of-Custody • Forest Management
K. Green Building Initiative (GBI):
CUIS – 189275 01 42 00 - 11 051217 REFERENCE STANDARDS
• Green Globes - US
L. Green Seal: • GC-03 Anti-Corrosive Paints • GC-12 Occupancy Sensors • GC-13 Split-Ductless Air-Source Heat Pumps • GS-05 Compact Fluorescent Lamps • GS-11 Paints • GS-13 Windows • GS-14 Window Films • GS-31 Electric Chillers • GS-32 Photovoltaic Modules • GS-36 Commercial Adhesives • GS-37 Industrial & Institutional Cleaners
M. International Iron and Steel Institute: • CO2 Breakthrough Program
N. International Organization of Standardization: • Guide 64; Guide for Inclusion of Environmental Aspects in Product Standards • 9660 Information processing -- Volume and file structure of CD-ROM for information interchange • 14001 Environmental management systems – Specification with guidance for use • 14004 Environmental Management Systems – General Guidelines on Principles, Systems and Supporting Techniques • 14020 Environmental labels and declarations – General principles • 14024 Environmental labels and declarations – Type I environmental labelling - Principles and procedures • 14040 Environmental management – Life cycle assessment – Principles and framework
O. National Association of Home Builders: • Advanced Framing Techniques: Optimum Value Engineering
P. National Institute of Building Sciences: • MOIST program for transfer of heat and moisture • Whole Building Design Guide
Q. National Institute of Standards and Technology: • BEES (Building for Environmental and Economic Sustainability) Lifecycle Decision Support Tool
R. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors’ National Association: • IAQ Guidelines for Occupied Buildings Under Construction
S. Southcoast Air Quality Management District: • 1168 Adhesive And Sealant Applications
T. US Composting Council:
CUIS – 189275 01 42 00 - 12 051217 REFERENCE STANDARDS
• Seal of Testing Assurance Program
U. US Department of Agriculture: • Biobased Products – Definitions and Descriptions
V. US Green Building Council: • LEED™ 2009 Green Building Rating System
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 42 00
CUIS – 189275 01 42 00 - 13 051217 REFERENCE STANDARDS
SECTION 01 50 00 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities.
1.2 USE CHARGES
A. General: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum as required.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electric Service: Follow NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70.
B. Environmental Protection: Provide environmental protection as required by agency(ies) with jurisdiction and as indicated in the Contract Documents. Coordinate with requirements of the following:
1. Regulatory Requirements. 2. Environmental Management. 3. Construction Waste Management.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Temporary materials may be new or used, but must be adequate in capacity for the required usage, must not create unsafe conditions, and must not violate requirements of applicable codes and standards.
B. Safety Barrier Fence: Orange plastic fence, minimum height, 4 feet.
C. Barrier Tape: Yellow tape Imprinted with "CAUTION: CONSTRUCTION AREA", manufactured by Reef Industries, Inc., Houston, Texas, or approved equal.
CUIS - 189275 01 50 00 - 1 091015 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
2.2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES
A. Field Offices, General: A field office is not required. Contractor shall perform field office functions at hotel accommodations; Contractor shall provide requirement equipment. All meetings shall occur at NPS CUIS headquarters, 101 Wheeler Street, St. Marys, GA 31558.
B. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Temporary weather tight sheds or other covered facilities for storage of materials subject to weather damage. Number and size of structures shall be subject to Contracting Officer's approval. Location to be limited to project site and/or the Captain’s House.
C. Toilets: Toilet facilities are not required. Contractor shall use existing toilet facilities at the Stafford comfort station, approximately 3/4 mile from the project site.
2.3 EQUIPMENT
A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of fire exposures.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the Work.
1. Locate facilities to limit site disturbance and as directed by the Contracting Officer.
B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities.
3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION
A. General: Install temporary service.
B. Drainage: Provide temporary utilities to remove effluent lawfully.
C. Non-potable water for construction is available within the park boundaries at the fire truck location, approximately two (2) miles from the project site. The Contractor shall furnish a water tender, subject to NPS approval.
D. Potable water is available for construction personnel at the Stafford comfort station, approximately 3/4 mile from the project site.
E. Sanitary Facilities: 1. Toilets: Use of existing toilet facilities at the Stafford comfort station will be permitted, as long as facilities are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to NPS. At Substantial Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use.
CUIS - 189275 01 50 00 - 2 091015 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
F. Electric Power Service: Provide electric power generator of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics required for construction operations.
G. Telephone Service: No telephone service is available on site for Contractor's use. Contractor shall use their own mobile telephone service.
3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A. General: Comply with the following:
1. Provide incombustible construction for shops and sheds located within construction area or within 50 feet of building lines. Comply with NFPA 241. 2. Maintain support facilities until near Substantial Completion. Remove structures and equipment, and terminate services after punch list is 100 percent completed or when directed by Contracting Officer. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Contracting Officer.
B. Traffic Controls: Erect and maintain barricades and warning signs in accordance with Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD), Part IV, latest edition.
1. Protect existing site improvements to remain including curbs, pavement, and utilities. 2. Maintain access for fire-fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants. 3. Install Barrier Tape where directed by Contracting Officer. Keep a minimum of two rolls on site at all times.
C. Parking: Use designated areas of existing parking areas for construction personnel. In St. Marys, Contractor shall use roadway parking adjacent to NPS docks. On Cumberland Island, Contractor shall limit parking to the project site and the Captain’s House.
D. Dewatering Facilities: Comply with requirements of the agency(ies) with jurisdiction. Maintain Project site, excavations, and construction free of water.
E. Project Identification and Temporary Signs: Provide Project identification. Install Barrier Tape to block off the immediate work area to prevent unauthorized entry.
1. Maintain and touchup signs so they are legible at all times.
F. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste from construction operations. Comply with requirements of agency(ies) with jurisdiction.
G. Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel.
1. Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered "tools and equipment" and not temporary facilities.
3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations and that
CUIS - 189275 01 50 00 - 3 091015 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects.
B. Cleaning of Equipment: The Contractor shall ensure that prior to moving on to the Project Area, all equipment, is free of soil, seeds, vegetative matter, or other debris that could contain or hold seeds. Ensure that all equipment has been pressure washed and is free of exotic species prior to start-up of operations and moving of equipment to Project Area. Equipment shall be considered free of soil, seeds, and other debris when a visual inspection does not disclose such material. Disassembly of equipment components or specialized inspection tools are not required.
C. Tree and Plant Protection: Refer to Section 01 11 00 “Summary of Work”. Work affecting existing trees shall be coordinated with NPS CUIS Resource Manager. Major work affecting existing trees shall not be allowed.
D. Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241.
1. Responsible Person: A capable and qualified person shall be placed in charge of fire protection. The responsibilities shall include locating and maintaining fire protective equipment and establishing and maintaining safe torch cutting and welding procedures. 2. Smoking: Smoking is prohibited. 3. Supervise welding operations and similar sources of fire ignition according to requirements of NPS. Check with park; many require “burn permits” for welding. 4. Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and -protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information. 5. Hazard Control: Take all necessary precautions to prevent fire during construction. Do not store flammable or combustible liquids in existing buildings. Provide adequate ventilation during use of volatile or noxious substances. 6. Spark Arresters: Equip all gasoline or diesel powered equipment used during periods of potential fire hazards or in potential forest and grass fire locations with spark arresters approved by the USDA Forest Service.
a. Written determinations of periods and areas of potential fire hazard will be issued by Contracting Officer.
7. Furnish a minimum of one extinguisher for each 1,500 square feet of area or major fraction thereof.
a. Travel distance from any work station to the nearest extinguisher shall not exceed 75 feet.
8. Vehicles and Equipment: Provide one extinguisher on each vehicle or piece of equipment. 9. Service and Refueling Areas: Locate areas a minimum of 50 feet from buildings. Shut down equipment before refueling.
E. Fire Risk, On-Island Fire Response:
1. NPS fire response capacity on island is limited, usually for initial assessment and then NPS calls in a fire team from off the island. Fire suppression resources are limited. Therefore,
CUIS - 189275 01 50 00 - 4 091015 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
any ignition, whether a vegetation fire or a fire in a materials storage area, is highly undesirable. The Contractor will need to build a safety plan that is strongly oriented toward fire prevention. 2. Establish fire watch requirement during hot work. The Contractor will be required to plan hot work two weeks in advance, including ensuring that a water tender is on site and that there is a designated fire watch. Safety plan should stipulate these measures, including how long fire watch will be in place after hot work ends. 3. Require that refueling capacity be limited to no more than 5 gallon containers of gasoline or diesel allowed. Limit of 4 containers each at one time. No fuel tender will be permitted. 4. Fuel spill containment plan is required in the Contractor safety plan. Containment kit on site is required.
3.5 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL
A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses.
B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal.
C. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Repair damaged permanent construction, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired.
1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor. NPS reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs. 2. At Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities used during construction period.
END OF SECTION 01 50 00
CUIS - 189275 01 50 00 - 5 091015 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
SECTION 01 67 00 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products; special warranties; and environmental requirements.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Products: Items purchased for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent.
1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature that is current as of date of the Contract Documents. 2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility, except that products consisting of recycled-content materials are allowed, unless explicitly stated otherwise. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products. 3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal process, or where indicated as a product substitution, to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product.
B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: Where a specific manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis of design," including make or model number or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the specification.
C. Definitions pertaining to sustainable development: As defined in ASTM E2114.
D. Biobased Materials: As defined in the Farm Security and Rural Investment Act, for purposes of Federal procurement of biobased products, “biobased” means a “commercial or industrial product (other than food or feed) that is composed, in whole or in significant part, of biological products or renewable domestic agricultural materials (including plant, animal, and marine materials) or forestry materials.” Biobased materials also include fuels, chemicals, building materials, or electric power or heat produced from biomass as defined by The Biomass Research and Development Act of 2000.
1. Biobased content: The amount of biobased carbon in the material or product as a percentage of weight (mass) of the total organic carbon in the material or product.
CUIS - 189275 01 67 00 - 1 031414 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
E. Chain-of-Custody: Process whereby a product or material is maintained under the physical possession or control during its entire life cycle.
F. Environmentally preferable products: Products and services that have a lesser or reduced effect on the environment in comparison to conventional products and services. Refer to EPA’s Final Guidance on Environmentally Preferable Purchasing for more information http://www.epa.gov/oppt/epp/.
G. Stewardship: Responsible use and management of resources in support of sustainability.
H. Sustainability: The maintenance of ecosystem components and functions for future generations.
1. Recycled Content Materials: Products that contain pre-consumer or post-consumer materials as all or part of their feedstock. Recycled content claim shall be consistent with ISO 140001 Standard for the Use of Environmental Marketing Claims. 2. Rapidly Renewable Material: Material made from plants that are typically harvested within a ten-year cycle. 3. Regional Materials: Materials that are manufactured and extracted, harvested, or recovered within a radius of 500 miles from the Project location.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Record Submittals as specified in – Sustainable Design Close-Out Documentation, submit the following:
1. Affirmative Procurement Reporting Form. Submit on form in Appendix A of this Section, or similar form as approved by Contracting Officer. 2. Submit environmental data in accordance with Table 1 of ASTM E2129 for the following products:
a. Masonry b. Paints & Coatings
3. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS): For each product required by OSHA to have a MSDS, submit an MSDS. MSDS shall be prepared no earlier than June 1998. Include information for MSDS Sections 1 – 16 in accordance with ANSI Z400.1 and as follows:
a. Section 1: Chemical Product and Company Identification. b. Section 2: Composition/Information on Ingredients. c. Section 3: Hazards Identification. d. Section 4: First Aid Measures. e. Section 5: Fire Fighting Measures. f. Section 6: Accidental Release Measures. g. Section 7: Handling and Storage. h. Section 8: Exposure Controls/Person Protection. i. Section 9: Physical and Chemical Properties. j. Section 10: Stability and Reactivity Data. k. Section 11: Toxicological Information. Include data used to determine the hazards cited in Section 3. Identify acute data, carcinogenicity, reproductive effects, and
CUIS - 189275 01 67 00 - 2 031414 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
target organ effects. Provide written description of the process used in evaluating chemical hazards relative to preparation of the MSDS. l. Section 12: Ecological Information. Include data regarding environmental impacts during raw materials acquisition, manufacture, and use. Include data regarding environmental impacts in the event of an accidental release. m. Section 13: Disposal Considerations. Include data regarding the proper disposal of the chemical. Include information regarding recycling and reuse. Indicate whether or not the product is considered to be "hazardous waste" according the US EPA Hazardous Waste Regulations 40 CFR 261. n. Section 14: Transportation Information. Identify hazard class for shipping. o. Section 15: Regulatory Information. Identify federal, state, and local regulations applicable to the material. p. Section 16: Other Information. Include additional information relative to recycled content, biobased content, and other information regarding environmental and health impacts. Identify the date MSDS was prepared.
4. Chain Of Custody: Submit chain-of-custody documentation for sustainable forestry for the following products:
a. Rough Carpentry
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, product selected shall be compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options.
1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Delivery and Handling:
1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. 4. Inspect products on delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected. 5. Contractor is encouraged to obtain materials in biodegradable or recyclable/reusable packaging which uses the minimum amount of packaging possible.
C. Storage:
CUIS - 189275 01 67 00 - 3 031414 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
1. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure. 3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weather tight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. 4. Store cementitious products and materials on elevated platforms. 5. Store foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. 6. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage. 7. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing. 8. Store loose granular materials in a well-drained area on solid surfaces to prevent mixing with foreign matter.
1.6 PACKAGING
A. Where Contractor has the option to provide one of the listed products or equal, preference shall be given to products with minimal packaging and easily recyclable packaging as defined in ASTM D5834.
B. Maximize use of source reduction and recycling procedures outlined in ASTM D5834.
C. Provide minimum 45 percent post-consumer recycled content and minimum 100 percent recovered fiber content of industrial paperboard in accordance with EPA’s Comprehensive Procurement Guidelines and ASTM D5663.
D. Provide minimum 10 percent post-consumer recycled content and minimum 10 percent recovered fiber content of carrier board in accordance with EPA’s Comprehensive Procurement Guidelines and ASTM D5663.
E. Provide minimum 5 percent post-consumer recycled content and minimum 5 percent recovered fiber content of brown papers (e.g., wrapping papers and bags) in accordance with EPA’s Comprehensive Procurement Guidelines and ASTM D5663.
1.7 ENVIRONMENTALLY PREFERABLE PRODUCTS
A. Provide environmentally preferable products to the greatest extent possible.
1. To the greatest extent possible, provide products and materials that have a lesser or reduced effect on the environment considering raw materials acquisition, production, manufacturing, packaging, distribution, reuse, operation, maintenance, and/or disposal of the product. 2. Eliminate the use of ozone depleting compounds during and after construction where alternative environmentally preferable products are available, consistent with either the Montreal Protocol and Title VI or the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990, or equivalent overall air quality benefits that take into account life cycle impacts. 3. Use products meeting or exceeding EPA’s recycled content recommendations for EPA- designated products. Use materials with recycled content such that the sum of post- consumer recycled content plus one-half of the pre-consumer content constitutes at least 10% (based on cost) of the total value of the materials in the project.
CUIS - 189275 01 67 00 - 4 031414 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
1.8 PRODUCT WARRANTIES
A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents.
1. Manufacturer's Warranty: Preprinted written warranty published by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner. 2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by or incorporated into the Contract Documents, either to extend time limit provided by manufacturer's warranty or to provide more rights for Owner.
B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution. Submit a draft for approval before final execution.
1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information and properly executed. 2. Specified Form: When specified forms are included with the Specifications, prepare a written document using appropriate form properly executed. 3. Refer to Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties.
C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES
A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, that are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, that are new at time of installation.
1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect. 2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects. 3. Government reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Contracting Officer will make selection. 5. Where products are accompanied by the term "match sample," sample to be matched is Governments. 6. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish "salient characteristics" of products.
B. Product Selection Procedures:
CUIS - 189275 01 67 00 - 5 031414 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
1. Product: Where Specifications name a single product and manufacturer, provide the named product that complies with requirements or approved equal. 2. Manufacturer/Source: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer or source, provide a product by the named manufacturer or source that complies with requirements or approved equal. 3. Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both products and manufacturers, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements or approved equal. 4. Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements or approved equal. 5. Available Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both products and manufacturers, provide one of the products listed, or an unnamed product, that complies with requirements. Comply with provisions in Part 2 "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product. 6. Available Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or an unnamed manufacturer, that complies with requirements. Comply with provisions in Part 2 "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product. 7. Product Options: Where Specifications indicate that sizes, profiles, and dimensional requirements on Drawings are based on a specific product or system, provide the specified product, system, or approved equal. 8. Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers, or approved equal. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. 9. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require matching an established Sample, select a product that complies with requirements and matches Architect's sample. Contracting Officers decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches.
a. If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other specified requirements, comply with provisions in Part 2 "Product Substitutions" Article for proposal of product.
10. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected from manufacturer's colors, patterns, textures" or a similar phrase, select a product that complies with other specified requirements.
a. Standard Range: Where Specifications include the phrase "standard range of colors, patterns, textures" or similar phrase, Contracting Officer will select color, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that does not include premium items. b. Full Range: Where Specifications include the phrase "full range of colors, patterns, textures" or similar phrase, Contracting Officer will select color, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items.
CUIS - 189275 01 67 00 - 6 031414 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
2.2 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS
A. Conditions: Contracting Officer will consider Contractor's request for comparable product when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Contracting Officer will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements:
1. Evidence that the proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract Documents, that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work. 2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated. 3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty. 4. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested. 5. Samples, if requested.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PROTECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
A. Provide adequate coverings as necessary to protect installed materials from damage resulting from natural elements, traffic, and subsequent construction. Remove when no longer needed.
END OF SECTION 01 67 00
CUIS - 189275 01 67 00 - 7 031414 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
AFFIRMATIVE PROCUREMENT REPORTING FORM Recycled Content Materials & Biobased Content Materials Project Name: Project Number: Contractor Name: License Number: Contractor Address:
Product Total $ Total $ Total $ Total $ Exempted Comments value value w/ value w/ value w/ bi- indicate provided recycled recycled obased 1,2,3,4 content content content Pre-con- Post- sumer con- sumer Concrete w/ fly ash Concrete w/ slag cement Concrete w/ low cement content Paint Reprocessed La- tex Paint White & Light Colors Reprocessed La- tex Dark Colors Consolidated La- tex Paint Other
CERTIFICATION I hereby certify the information provided herein is accurate and that the requisition/procurement of all materials listed on this form comply with current EPA standards for recycled/recovered materials content. The following exemptions may apply to the non-procurement of recycled/recovered content materials: 1. The product does not meet appropriate performance standards 2. The product is not available within a reasonable time frame 3. The product is not available competitively (from two or more sources) 4. The product is only available at an unreasonable price (compared with a comparable non-recycled content product.)
Signature: Date:
END OF AFFIRMATIVE PROCUREMENT REPORTING FORM Recycled Content Materials & Biobased Content Materials
CUIS - 189275 01 67 00 - 8 031414 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 01 73 40 - EXECUTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes general procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Construction layout. 2. Field engineering and surveying. 3. General installation of products. 4. Progress cleaning. 5. Protection of installed construction. 6. Correction of the Work.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Certificates: Submit certificate signed by professional engineer certifying that location and elevation of improvements comply with requirements.
B. Landfill Receipts: Submit copy of receipts issued by a landfill facility, licensed to accept hazardous materials, for hazardous waste disposal.
C. Quantity Surveys: Submit 2 copies showing quantities of work performed and actual construction completed and in place.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Land Surveyor Qualifications: A professional professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing land- surveying services of the kind indicated.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Existing Utilities: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework, investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities and other construction affecting the Work.
CUIS - 189275 01 73 40 - 1 031414 EXECUTION
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work.
B. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings.
C. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents caused by differing field conditions outside the control of the Contractor, submit a request for information to the Contracting Officer in accordance with Division 01 Specification 01 31 00 “Project Management and Coordination”.
3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT
A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on Drawings, in relation to the existing benchmarks. If discrepancies are discovered, notify Contracting Officer promptly.
B. General: Engage a professional engineer to lay out the Work using accepted surveying practices.
1. Establish benchmarks and control points to set lines of construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each element of Project. 2. Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to obtain required dimensions. 3. Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply. 4. Check the location, level and plumb, of every major element as the Work progresses. 5. Notify the Contracting Officer when deviations from required lines and levels exceed allowable tolerances.
C. Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Record deviations from required lines and levels. Include beginning and ending dates and times of surveys, weather conditions, name and duty of each survey party member, and types of instruments and tapes used. Make the log available for reference by NPS.
3.4 FIELD ENGINEERING
A. Reference Points: Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control points, and similar reference points before beginning the Work. Preserve and protect permanent benchmarks and control points during construction operations. Controls that are destroyed by Contractor will be replaced by the Contractor at their expense.
1. Existing Monuments: All bench marks, land corners, and triangulation points, established by other surveys, existing within the construction area shall be preserved. If existing monuments interfere with the work, secure written permission before removing them.
CUIS - 189275 01 73 40 - 2 031414 EXECUTION
B. Benchmarks: Establish and maintain a minimum of two permanent benchmarks on Project site, referenced to data established by survey control points. Comply with NPS requirements for type and size of benchmark.
1. Record benchmark locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record Documents.
3.5 INSTALLATION
A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated.
B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated.
C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion.
D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy.
E. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels.
F. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements.
G. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints.
H. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered hazardous.
I. Quantity surveys: Shall be conducted, and the data derived from these surveys shall be used in computing the quantities of work performed and the actual construction completed and in place.
1. The Contractor shall conduct the original and final surveys and surveys for any periods for which progress payments are requested. All these surveys shall be conducted under the direction of a representative of the Contracting Officer, unless the Contracting Officer waives this requirement in a specific instance. The Government shall make such computations as are necessary to determine the quantities of work performed or finally in place. The Contractor shall make the computations based on the surveys for any periods for which progress payments are requested. 2. Promptly upon completing a survey, the Contractor shall furnish the originals of all field notes and all other records relating to the survey or to the layout of the work to the Contracting Officer, who shall use them as necessary to determine the amount of progress payments. The Contractor shall retain copies of all such material furnished to the Contracting Officer.
CUIS - 189275 01 73 40 - 3 031414 EXECUTION
3.6 PROGRESS CLEANING
A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint-use areas where more than one installer has worked. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully.
1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris. 2. Do not hold materials more than 7 calendar days during normal weather or 3 calendar days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F (27 deg C). 3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations.
B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris.
C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work.
1. Remove liquid spills promptly. 2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate. 3. Contractor shall provide progress cleaning that minimizes sources of food, water, and harborage available to pests.
D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces.
1. Utilize non-toxic cleaning materials and methods.
a. Comply with GS 37 for general purpose cleaning and bathroom cleaning. b. Use natural cleaning materials where feasible. Natural cleaning materials include:
1) Abrasive cleaners: substitute 1/2 lemon dipped in borax. 2) Ammonia: substitute vinegar, salt and water mixture, or baking soda and water. 3) Disinfectants: substitute 1/2 cup borax in gallon water. 4) Drain cleaners: substitute 1/4 cup baking soda and 1/4 cup vinegar in boiling water. 5) Upholstery cleaners: substitute dry cornstarch.
E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space.
F. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
G. Waste Disposal: Burying or burning waste materials on-site will not be permitted. Washing waste materials down sewers or into waterways will not be permitted.
CUIS - 189275 01 73 40 - 4 031414 EXECUTION
H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion.
I. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects.
J. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period.
K. Final Cleaning: At completion of Work, remove all remaining waste materials, rubbish, tools, equipment, machinery and surplus materials, and clean all exposed surfaces; leave Project clean and ready for occupancy.
1. Provide final cleaning in accordance with ASTM E1971.
3.7 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION
A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity.
3.8 CORRECTION OF THE WORK
A. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates and finishes. Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Cutting and Patching."
1. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment.
B. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition.
C. Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be repaired without visible evidence of repair.
END OF SECTION 01 73 40
CUIS - 189275 01 73 40 - 5 031414 EXECUTION
SECTION 01 74 19 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following:
1. Salvaging nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. 2. Recycling nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. 3. Disposing of nonhazardous demolition and construction waste.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Construction Waste: Building and site improvement materials and other solid waste resulting from construction, remodeling, renovation, or repair operations. Construction waste includes packaging.
B. Demolition Waste: Building and site improvement materials resulting from demolition or selective demolition operations.
C. Solid Waste: Garbage, debris, sludge, or other discharged material (except hazardous waste) including solid, liquid, semisolid, or contained gaseous materials resulting from domestic, industrial, commercial, mining, or agricultural operations.
D. Debris: Non-hazardous solid waste generated during the construction, demolition, or renovation of a structure which exceeds 2.5 inch (60 mm) particle size that is: a manufactured object; plant or animal matter; or natural geologic material (e.g. cobbles and boulders). A mixture of debris and other material such as soil or sludge is also subject to regulation as debris if the mixture is comprised primarily of debris by volume, based on visual inspection.
E. Disposal: Removal off-site of demolition and construction waste and subsequent sale, recycling, reuse, or deposit in landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
F. Environmental Pollution and Damage: The presence of chemical, physical, or biological elements or agents which adversely affect human health or welfare; unfavorably alter ecological balances; or degrade the utility of the environment for aesthetic, cultural, or historical purposes.
G. Garbage: Refuse and scraps resulting from preparation, cooking, dispensing, and consumption of food.
H. Hazardous Materials: Any material that is regulated as a hazardous material in accordance with 49 CFR 173, requires a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.1200, or which during end use, treatment, handling, storage, transportation or disposal meets or has components which meet or have the potential to meet the definition of a Hazardous Waste in accordance with 40 CFR 261.
CUIS - 189275 01 74 19 - 1 030216 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
I. Recycle: Recovery of demolition or construction waste for subsequent processing in preparation for reuse.
J. Salvage: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent sale or reuse in another facility.
1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. General: Project shall minimize creation of construction, deconstruction, and demolition waste to protect and restore natural habitat and resources. Factors that contribute to waste such as over packaging, improper storage, ordering error, poor planning, breakage, mishandling, and contamination shall be minimized. A Waste Management Plan shall be developed to ensure that existing site and building materials are reused, salvaged, or recycled. Waste disposal in landfills shall be minimized.
B. Salvage /Recycle Requirements: Develop waste management plan that results in end-of-Project rates for salvage/recycling of 50 percent by weight of total waste generated by the Work. The following waste categories, at a minimum, shall be diverted from a landfill:
1. Land clearing debris 2. Clean dimensional wood, palettes 3. Plywood, OSB, and particle board 4. Concrete 5. Cardboard, paper, packaging, newsprint 6. Metals (from banding, rebar, steel, and stainless steel) 7. Non-hazardous paint and paint cans 8. Beverage containers: Aluminum, glass, and plastic containers 9. Other mixed construction and demolition waste as appropriate
C. If any waste materials encountered during the deconstruction/demolition or construction phase are found to contain lead, asbestos, PCBs, (such as fluorescent lamp ballasts), or other harmful substances, they are to be handled and removed in accordance with local, state, and federal laws and requirements concerning hazardous waste.
D. Existing items and material to be removed during the deconstruction/demolition phase shall be reused in the construction phase of the Project. Items that cannot be reused shall be recycled. Items considered for reuse must be in refurbishable condition and must meet the quality standards set forth in these specifications. Contractor shall ensure that the quality of the item(s) in question will meet or exceed accepted industry or trade standards for first quality commercial grade application. During construction, deconstruction, or demolition the Contracting Officer may designate other objects or materials for reuse.
E. Salvage/Recycle Requirements: Government goal is to salvage and recycle as much nonhazardous demolition and construction waste as possible.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Waste Management Plan: After award of contract and prior to the scheduled Pre-Construction Conference, Contractor shall submit a draft Waste Management Plan to the Contracting Officer
CUIS - 189275 01 74 19 - 2 030216 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
for approval. Submit 3 copies of plan. Revise and resubmit Plan as required by the Contracting Officer. Approval of Contractor’s Plan will not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with applicable environmental regulations.
B. Progress Documentation: Supplemental to the Waste Management Plan, document solid waste disposal, diversion, and cost/revenue analysis and submit completed worksheet on a monthly basis. Use Appendix A - Project Waste Management Plan Worksheet, and report totals to date for all column headings. Use Appendix B for solid waste volume to weight conversions.
C. Waste Reduction Calculations: Before request for Substantial Completion, submit three copies of calculated end-of-Project rates for salvage, recycling, and disposal as a percentage of total waste generated by the Work.
D. Records of Donations: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable waste donated to individuals and organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt.
E. Records of Sales: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable waste sold to individuals and organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt.
F. Recycling and Processing Facility Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of recyclable waste by recycling and processing facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices.
G. Landfill and Incinerator Disposal Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of waste by landfills and incinerator facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices.
H. Qualification Data: For Waste Management Coordinator.
I. Progress payment requirements:
1. With each Application for payment, submit updated Project Waste Management Plan worksheet for solid waste disposal and diversion. 2. With each Application for Payment, submit manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices specifically identifying the Project and waste material.
J. Closeout Submittals
1. With Closeout Submittals, submit a summary of the Project Waste Management Plan worksheet for solid waste disposal and diversion. Submit on form in Appendix A of this Section.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Waste Management Coordinator Qualifications: Experienced firm, with a record of successful waste management coordination of projects with similar requirements, that employs a LEED™- Accredited Professional, certified by the USGBC, as waste management coordinator.
B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
CUIS - 189275 01 74 19 - 3 030216 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
C. Waste Management Meeting: Conduct separate meeting or cover in the Pre-Construction Conference and comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to waste management including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Review and discuss waste management plan including responsibilities of Waste Management Coordinator. 2. Review requirements for documenting quantities of each type of waste and its disposition. 3. Review and finalize procedures for materials separation and verify availability of containers and bins needed to avoid delays. 4. Review procedures for periodic waste collection and transportation to recycling and disposal facilities. 5. Review waste management requirements for each trade.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN
A. General: Develop plan consisting of waste identification and waste reduction work plan. Indicate quantities by weight or volume, but use same units of measure throughout waste management plan.
B. Waste Identification: Indicate anticipated types and quantities of demolition and construction waste generated by the Work. Include estimated quantities and assumptions for estimates.
C. Waste Reduction Work Plan: List each type of waste and whether it will be salvaged, recycled, or disposed of in landfill or incinerator. Include points of waste generation, total quantity of each type of waste, quantity for each means of recovery, and handling and transportation procedures.
1. Salvaged Materials for Reuse: For materials that will be salvaged and reused in this Project, describe methods for preparing salvaged materials before incorporation into the Work. 2. Salvaged Materials for Sale: For materials sold to individuals and organizations, include list of names, addresses, and telephone numbers. 3. Salvaged Materials for Donation: For materials donated to individuals and organizations, include list of names, addresses, and telephone numbers. 4. Recycled Materials: Include list of local receivers and processors and type of recycled materials each will accept. Include names, addresses, and telephone numbers. 5. Disposed Materials: Indicate how and where materials will be disposed of. Include name, address, and telephone number of each landfill and incinerator facility. 6. Handling and Transportation Procedures: Include method used for separating recyclable waste including sizes of containers, container labeling, and designated location on Project site where materials separation will be located.
D. Cost/Revenue Analysis: Indicate total cost of waste disposal as if there was no waste management plan and net additional cost or net savings resulting from implementing waste management plan. Include the following:
1. Landfill tip fees/ton
CUIS - 189275 01 74 19 - 4 030216 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
2. If diverted, tip fee savings from landfill diversion 3. Costs of recycling, salvage, or reuse 4. Revenue from recycling, salvage, or reuse 5. Total cost or savings from diversion (Calculate by using tip fee savings and subtracting costs of recycling or adding revenue from recycling)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION
A. General: Implement waste management plan as approved by the Contracting Officer. Provide handling, containers, storage, signage, transportation, and other items as required to implement waste management plan during the entire duration of the Contract.
B. Waste Management Coordinator: Engage a waste management coordinator responsible for implementing, monitoring, and reporting status of waste management work plan. Coordinator shall be present at Project site full time for duration of Project.
C. Contractor shall establish contacts with local recycling and reuse companies to set up lines of responsibility. Contractor shall be responsible for coordination in terms of identifying materials, pickup schedules, and standard quality for recycled materials.
D. Training: Train workers, subcontractors, and suppliers on proper waste management procedures, as appropriate for the Work occurring at Project site.
1. Distribute waste management plan to everyone concerned within three days of submittal return. 2. Distribute waste management plan to entities when they first begin work on-site. Review plan procedures and locations established for salvage, recycling, and disposal.
E. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct waste management operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities.
F. Separation facilities:
1. Contractor shall designate and Contracting Officer shall approve a specific area or areas to facilitate separation of materials for potential reuse, salvage, recycling, and return. 2. Waste and recycling bins are to be placed near each other, and close to the point of waste generation but out of the traffic pattern. 3. Recycling and waste bin areas are to be kept neat and clean and clearly marked in order to avoid co-mingling of materials. 4. Bins shall be protected during non-working hours from off-site contamination. 5. Garbage dumpsters should be checked periodically to monitor recyclables being thrown away or if there are undocumented materials that could be recycled.
G. Materials handling procedures: Materials to be recycled shall be protected from contamination and shall be handled, stored, and transported in a manner that meets the requirements set by the designated facilities for acceptance. Establish a defined area for the operations of each trade,
CUIS - 189275 01 74 19 - 5 030216 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
especially woodcutting so that off-cuts will be kept in one area and can be sorted by dimension for future reuse.
3.2 SALVAGING DEMOLITION WASTE
A. Salvaged Items for Reuse in the Work:
1. Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers. 3. Store items in a secure area until installation. 4. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 5. Install salvaged items to comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make items functional for use indicated.
B. Salvaged Items for Sale and Donation: Not permitted on Project site.
C. Salvaged Items for Governments Use:
1. Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers. 3. Allow for inspection if necessary. 4. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Government. 5. Transport items to storage area off-site designated by Government. 6. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
3.3 RECYCLING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION WASTE, GENERAL
A. General: Recycle paper and beverage containers used by on-site workers.
B. Recycling Receivers and Processors:
1. There are no local recycling receivers and processors in St. Marys or Camden County, GA. The closest is probably in Jacksonville, FL, or Brunswick, GA. Contractor shall locate appropriate facility for approval by NPS.
C. Recycling Incentives: Revenues, savings, rebates, tax credits, and other incentives received for recycling waste materials shall accrue to Contractor.
D. Procedures: Separate recyclable waste from other waste materials, trash, and debris. Separate recyclable waste by type at Project site to the maximum extent practical.
1. Provide appropriately marked containers or bins for controlling recyclable waste until they are removed from Project site. Include list of acceptable and unacceptable materials at each container and bin.
a. Inspect containers and bins for contamination and remove contaminated materials if found.
CUIS - 189275 01 74 19 - 6 030216 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
2. Stockpile processed materials on-site without intermixing with other materials. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust. 3. Stockpile materials away from construction area. Do not store within drip line of remaining trees. 4. Store components off the ground and protect from the weather. 5. Remove recyclable waste off Governments property and transport to recycling receiver or processor.
3.4 RECYCLING DEMOLITION WASTE
A. Concrete: Remove reinforcement and other metals from concrete and sort with other metals.
B. Masonry: Remove metal reinforcement, anchors, and ties from masonry and sort with other metals. 1. Clean and stack undamaged, whole masonry units on wood pallets.
C. Wood Materials: Sort and stack members according to size, type, and length. Separate lumber, engineered wood products, panel products, and treated wood materials.
D. Metals: Separate metals by type.
1. Structural Steel: Stack members according to size, type of member, and length. 2. Remove and dispose of bolts, nuts, washers, and other rough hardware.
3.5 RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE
A. Packaging:
1. Cardboard and Boxes: Break down packaging into flat sheets. Bundle and store in a dry location. 2. Polystyrene Packaging: Separate and bag materials. 3. Pallets: As much as possible, require deliveries using pallets to remove pallets from Project site. For pallets that remain on-site, break down pallets into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood. 4. Crates: Break down crates into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood.
B. Site-Clearing Wastes: Contractor shall transfer site-clearing waste, including brush, branches, and trees, to NPS for disposal.
C. Wood Materials:
1. Clean Cut-Offs of Lumber: Grind or chip into small pieces at landfill facility. 2. Clean Sawdust: Bag sawdust that does not contain painted or treated wood.
CUIS - 189275 01 74 19 - 7 030216 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
3.6 DISPOSAL OF WASTE
A. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged, recycled, or otherwise reused, remove waste materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in a landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Contractor shall transport waste off the island on a daily basis. 2. Except as otherwise specified, do not allow waste materials that are to be disposed of accumulate on-site. 3. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas.
B. Burning: Do not burn waste materials.
C. Disposal: Transport waste materials off Governments property and legally dispose of them.
END OF SECTION 01 74 19
CUIS - 189275 01 74 19 - 8 030216 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
017419 - Appendix A Project Waste Management Plan Worksheet
A B C D E F G H I J Material Quantity Quantity A + B = Quantity C + D = Tip C x F = Tip Fee Cost of Recycling Revenue G - H + I = Recycled Salvaged Total To Total Fee/Ton at Savings (R), Salvage (S), from Total Cost (in tons) or Reused Quantity Landfill Quantity Landfill resulting from or Reuse (Re) Recycling, (-) or (in tons) Diverted (in tons) Generated Landfill (Specify R, S, or Salvage, or Savings (+) from (in tons) Diversion Re) Reuse from Landfill Diversion Asphalt/Concrete Brick/Masonry/Tile Building Materials (doors, windows, fixtures, shingles, lumber, insulation, sheetgoods, etc.) Cardboard Scrap Metal Aluminum Copper Steel Unpainted Wood & Pallets Yard Trimmings, Brush, Trees, Stumps, etc. Garbage/Trash Other Column Totals Total Total Total Total Total Tip Fee Savings Total Cost of Revenue Total Cost Quantity Quantity Quantity Quantity Quantity from Diversion Recycling, from (-) or Recycled Reused or Diverted To Generated Salvage, or Recycling, Savings (+) Salvaged from Landfill Reuse Salvage, or from Landfill Reuse Diversion Percentage Diverted = (C divided by E from Column Totals) Should meet specified diversion requirement.
CUIS - 189275 *See Appendix B for Standard Solid Waste Volume to Weight Conversions 017419-A1
017419 - Appendix B
STANDARD SOLID WASTE CONVERSIONS
The following sections provide conversions for solid waste and recyclable materials. Section 1 provides formulas to convert solid waste volume (cubic yards) into tons. Section 2 includes conversion factors to estimate the volume and weight of a number of solid waste and recyclable materials.
1. To convert cubic yards to tons:
A: For un-compacted trash, to convert the units of cubic yards into tons, using the standard density of trash value of 250 pounds per cubic yard:
Using “X” cubic yards, multiply by 250 pounds per cubic yard, divide by 2000 pounds per ton, to obtain value in tons.
“X” cubic yards x 250 pounds ÷ 1 ton = tons cubic yard 2000 pounds This equals:
“X” cubic yards x 0.125 tons = tons cubic yard
In this case, 8 cubic yards = one ton.
B: To determine your own density value for un-compacted trash (instead of using the standard value of 250 pounds per cubic yard), using a 32 gallon trash can:
(1) Weigh the trash can both filled and empty (use a full 32 gallon trash can filled with trash roughly level to the top); (2) Subtract the empty weight from the filled weight to get the weight of trash ( filled weight – empty weight = weight of trash); (3) Use the formula, using “Y” your weight of trash (pounds), divided by 0.15 cubic yards per 32 gallon trash can, to obtain your value in pounds per cubic yard; which equals:
“Y” pounds / 0.15 cubic yards = pounds 32 gallon can 32 gallon can cubic yard
(4) Substitute this value for the 250 pounds per cubic yard value in Method A above.
This would be the more accurate measure of your park’s specific waste.
C: For compacted trash, to convert cubic yards into tons:
To use a compaction ratio, multiply the appropriate ratio times the un-compacted trash weight in Formula A to obtain the compacted trash weight.
“X” cubic yards x 3 (compaction ratio) x 250 pounds x 1 ton = tons 1 cubic yard 2000 pounds
Typical compaction ratios for trash:
CUIS – 189275 017419B-1 STANDARD SOLID WASTE CONVERSIONS
3:1 (typical) 4:1 (higher-compaction vehicles)
If you or your hauler don’t know the compacting ratio, the typical values for compacted trash are 500 to 1000 lbs./cubic yard, average 700 lbs./cubic yard. Use 700 lbs. per cubic yard if you don’t have more accurate records.
For compacted trash, 0.4 is used instead of 0.125 in Formula A:
“X” cubic yards x 0.4 tons = tons cubic yard
D: To convert container size to cubic yards for un-compacted waste:
If you don't have size and weight information on your specific containers, then these typical values can be used:
1 cubic yard = 202 gallons 32 gallon can = 0.15 cubic yards 60 gallon tote = 0.30 cubic yards 90 gallon tote = 0.45 cubic yards
2. EPA’s Standard Volume-to-Weight Conversion Factors Recyclable Materials (u/c = uncompacted/ compacted & Estimated Waste Category baled) Volume (in pounds) FOOD SCRAPSA Food scraps, solid and liquid fats 55-gal drum 412 GLASS BottlesB Whole Bottles 1 yd3 500-700 A. Semicrushed Crushed 1 yd3 1,000-1,800 (mechanically) 1 yd3 1,800-2,700 Uncrushed to manually broken 55-gal drum 300 Refillable Whole BottlesC Refillable beer bottles 1 case = 24 bottles 10-14 Refillable soft drink bottles 1 case = 24 bottles 12-22 8 oz glass container 1 case = 24 bottles 12 LEAD-ACID CarD 1 battery 39.4 lb BATTERIES TruckE 1 battery 53.3 lb lead and plastic MotorcycleE 1 battery 9.5 lb lead and plastic
CUIS – 189275 017419B-2 STANDARD SOLID WASTE CONVERSIONS
Recyclable Materials (u/c = uncompacted/ compacted & Estimated Waste Category baled) Volume (in pounds) METALS Aluminum CansF Whole 1 yd3 50-75 Compacted (manually) 1 yd3 250-430 Uncompacted 1 full grocery bag 1.5 1 case = 24 cans 0.9 Ferrous (tin coated steel cans) G Whole 1 yd3 150 Flattened 1 yd3 850 Whole 1 case = 6 cans 22 Major AppliancesE Air conditioners (room) 1 unit 64.2 Dishwashers 1 unit 92 Dryers (clothes) 1 unit 130 Freezers 1 unit 193 Microwave ovens 1 unit 50 Refrigerators 1 unit 181.1 Ranges 1 unit 267 Washers (clothes) 1 unit 177 Water heaters 1 unit 131 PAPER NewspaperF Uncompacted 1 yd3 360-505 Compacted/baled 1 yd3 720-1,000 12 in. stack - 35 Old Corrugated ContainersF Uncompacted 1 yd3 50-150 (300)1 Compacted 1 yd3 300-500 Baled 1 yd3 700-1,100 Computer PaperF Uncompacted 1 yd3 655 Compacted/baled 1 yd3 1,310 1 case 2,800 sheets 42 White LedgerF Stacked (u/c) 1 yd3 375-465/755-925 Crumpled (u/c) 1 yd3 110-205/325 Ream of 20# bond; 8.5”x11” 1 ream = 500 sheets 5 Ream of 20# bond; 8.5”x14” 1 ream = 500 sheets 6.4 White ledger pads 1 case = 72 pads 38 Tab CardsF Uncompacted 1 yd3 605 Compacted/baled 1 yd3 1,215-1,350 Miscellaneous Paper Yellow legal padsF 1 case = 72 pads 38 Colored message padsF 1 carton = 144 pads 22 Telephone directoriesH 1 yd3 250 Mixed Ledger/Office PaperF Flat (u/c) 1 yd3 380/755 Crumpled (u/c) 1 yd3 110-205/610
CUIS – 189275 017419B-3 STANDARD SOLID WASTE CONVERSIONS
Recyclable Materials (u/c = uncompacted/ compacted & Estimated Waste Category baled) Volume (in pounds) PLASTICJ PET (Soda Bottles) Whole bottles (uncompacted) 1 yd3 30-40 Whole bottles (compacted) 1 yd3 515 Whole bottles (uncompacted) gaylord 40-53 Baled 30” x 62” 500-550 Granulated semiload 30,000 Granulated gaylord 700-750 8 bottles (2 L size) 16 L 1 HDPE (Dairy) Whole (uncompacted) 1 yd3 24 Whole (compacted) 1 yd3 270 Baled 32” x 60” 400-500 HDPE (Mixed) Baled 32” x 60” 900 Granulated gaylord 800-1,000 Granulated semiload 42,000 Other Plastic Uncompacted 1 yd3 50 Compacted/baled 1 yd3 400-700 Mixed PET and HDPE (Dairy) Whole 1 yd3 32 Film Baled semiload 50 Baled 30” x 42” x 48” 400-700 TEXTILESH Mixed Textiles 1 yd3 175 TIRES Car Tires Whole tireE 1 tire 21 Crumb rubberK 1 tire 12 Truck Tires Whole tireE 1 tire 70 Crumb rubberK 1 tire 60 WOOD Wood chipsL 1 yd3 725 PalletsF - 30-100 (40 avg) YARD TRIMMINGSF Grass Clippings Uncompacted 1 yd3 350-450 Compacted 1 yd3 550-1,500 Leaves Uncompacted 1 yd3 200-250 Compacted 1 yd3 300-450 Vacuumed 1 yd3 350 FURNISHINGSE Foam rubber mattress 1 mattress 55 MUNICIPAL SOLID Residential waste 1 yd3 150-300 WASTEM (uncompacted at curb) Commercial-industrial waste 1 yd3 300-600 (uncompacted) MSW (compacted in truck) 1 yd3 500-1,000 MSW (landfill density) 1 yd3 750-1,250
CUIS – 189275 017419B-4 STANDARD SOLID WASTE CONVERSIONS
A. Information obtained from Washington State. B. Draft National Recycling Coalition Measurement Standards and Reporting Guidelines presented to NRC membership. October 31, 1989. C. Personal communication with a representative from Allwaste. November 6, 1995. D. Battery Council International. 1995. 1994 National Recycling Rate Study. E. U.S. EPA. 1995. Methodology for Characterization of Municipal Solid Waste in the United States: 1994 Update. EPA530-R-96-001. Washington, DC. F. U.S. EPA. 1993. Business Guide for Reducing Solid Waste. EPA530-K-92-004. Washington, DC. G. Personal communication with a representative from the Steel Recycling Institute. November 1, 1995. H. Information obtained from Massachusetts State. I. Information obtained from New Jersey and New York States. J. Personal communication with a representative from the American Plastics Council. November 2, 1995. K. Personal communication with a representative from the Scrap Tire Management Council. November 6, 1995. L. Information obtained from Northeast Forest Products, Martin Mulch Company, and the Solid Waste Association of North America. M. Solid Waste Association of North America, Manger of Landfill Operations Training and Certification Course. January 1989. N. Information obtained from New Jersey and New York States.
CUIS – 189275 017419B-5 STANDARD SOLID WASTE CONVERSIONS
SECTION 01 77 00 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Project Record Drawings 2. Closeout Submittals 3. Substantial Completion and Final Inspection 4. Permit Closure and Transfer 5. Final Acceptance of the Work 6. Warranties
1.2 PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Maintain one complete full-size set of contract drawings and one full-size set of vendor-supplied drawings. Clearly mark changes, deletions, and additions using National Park Service drafting standards to show actual construction conditions. Show additions in red, deletions in green and special instructions in blue.
B. Keep record drawings current. Make record drawings available to the Contracting Officer for inspection at the time of monthly progress payment requests. If project record drawings are not current, the Contracting Officer may retain an appropriate amount of the progress payment.
C. On completion of the total project, submit complete record drawings. Include shop drawings, sketches, and additional drawings that are to be included in the final set, with clear instructions showing the location of these drawings.
1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. A list of closeout requirements has been attached at the end of the Division 1 specifications for your convenience. The intent is to provide an overall summary of requirements and not a comprehensive list. The terms and conditions of the contract still require you to satisfy the requirements of the individual specification sections regardless of what is shown on the list. Submit the following before requesting final inspection:
1. Specific warranties, guarantees, workmanship bonds, final certifications, and similar documents. 2. NPS required forms for occupancy, and any other similar forms or certificates. 3. Project Record Documents, operation and maintenance manuals, final completion construction digital images recorded on CD-R or DVD-R with index and descriptions, and similar final record information. 4. Environmental Record Documents: As specified in individual sections and as follows: a. MSDS Data: As specified in individual sections.
CUIS - 189275 01 77 00 - 1 030216 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
b. Environmental Product Data: As specified in individual sections. c. Chain-of-Custody Data: As specified in individual sections. d. Affirmative Procurement Reporting Form: As specified in Section 016700 Product Requirements. e. Final Summary of Solid Waste Disposal and Diversion: As specified in Section 017419 Construction Waste Management and Disposal.
5. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items to location designated by Contracting Officer. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable. 6. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. 7. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting. 8. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects.
1.4 FINAL INSPECTION, SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE PROCEDURES
A. Request a final inspection in writing when a project or designated portion of a project is substantially complete. The Contracting Officer will proceed with the inspection within 10 days of receipt of the written request or will advise the Contractor of items that prevent the project from being substantially complete.
B. If the work is determined to be substantially complete, following the final inspection. Contracting Officer will prepare a Punch List and issue a Letter of Substantial Completion.
C. If the work is not determined to be substantially complete following the final inspection, Contracting Officer will notify Contractor in writing. Contractor shall request a new final inspection after completing the work. Re-inspection costs may be charged against the Contractor in accordance with the Inspection of Construction contract clause.
D. Contractor shall complete the Punch List within 30 calendar days, documented weather permitting.
E. If Contractor completes all items of work on the Punch List and all contractually required items, Contracting Officer will issue Letter of final acceptance of work.
F. If the Contractor fails to complete the work within the time frame, the Contracting Officer may correct the work with an appropriate reduction in contract price or charge for re-inspection costs in accordance with the Inspection of Construction contract clause.
1.5 PERMIT CLOSURE AND TRANSFER
A. When the construction work covered by the permits is complete, create a list of tasks required to close or transfer the permits to the Park. Submit to Contracting Officer for approval.
B. After substantial completion and the Punch List has been completed, the permits shall be closed and documented by the Agency(ies) with Jurisdiction for the permit.
CUIS - 189275 01 77 00 - 2 030216 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
C. If responsibility for permits is to be transferred to the Park, the Park shall be informed of the permit provisions completed and responsibilities that will transfer to park staff.
1.6 WARRANTIES
A. Submittal Time: Submit written warranties on request of Contracting Officer for designated portions of the Work where commencement of warranties other than date of Substantial Completion is indicated.
B. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the Project Manual.
1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2-by-11-inch (215-by-280-mm) paper. 2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone number of Installer. 3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor. 4. Warranty Electronic File: Scan warranties and bonds and assemble complete warranty and bond submittal package into a single indexed electronic PDF file with links enabling navigation to each item. Provide bookmarked table of contents at the beginning of document.
C. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. See Division 01 Specification Section “Execution” for information on cleaning agents.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 FINAL CLEANING
A. General: Conduct final cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations.
B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a portion of Project:
CUIS - 189275 01 77 00 - 3 030216 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances. b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits. c. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even-textured surface. d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site. e. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. f. Remove labels that are not permanent. g. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or that already show evidence of repair or restoration. h. Leave Project clean.
C. Waste Disposal: Comply with requirements of Division 01 section, “Construction Waste Management and Disposal.
END OF SECTION 01 77 00
CUIS - 189275 01 77 00 - 4 030216 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
CLOSEOUT AND OPERATION & MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS
Specification Submittal Received Topic Requirement Completed Section Date by Park Project Record 01770 Final Project Record Drawings Drawings
System Demonstration
and Training
Tools Spare Parts Equipment
99113 2 gallons of paint for stainless steel
Extra Stock
Reports
Keys and keying
schedule
O&M Data Warranties
Guarantees
SECTION 01 78 23 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and maintenance manuals, including the following:
1. Manuals, General. 2. Maintenance manuals for the care and maintenance of products, materials, and finishes.
B. See Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for additional operation and maintenance manual requirements for the Work in those Sections.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Manual: Submit two copies of each manual in draft form at least 15 days before final inspection. Contracting Officer will return copy with comments within 15 days of receipt.
B. Format: Submit operations and maintenance manuals in the following format:
1. PDF electronic file. Assemble each manual into a composite electronically indexed file. Submit on digital media acceptable to Contracting Officer.
a. Name each indexed document file in composite electronic index with applicable item name. Include a complete electronically linked operation and maintenance directory. b. Enable inserted reviewer comments on draft submittals.
2. Correct or modify each manual to comply with Contracting Officers comments. Submit 4 copies of each corrected manual within 15 days of receipt of Contracting Officers comments.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Coordinate with division 01 section on Commissioning. The Commissioning Agent shall review the Operation and Maintenance Manuals for systems that were commissioned.
CUIS - 189275 01 78 23 - 1 031414 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUALS, GENERAL
A. Organization: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual shall contain a title page, table of contents, and manual contents.
B. Title Page: Enclose title page in transparent plastic sleeve. Include the following information:
1. Project Title. 2. Location. 3. Park. 4. Contract Number. 5. Prime Contractors Name and Address. 6. Date of Substantial Completion. 7. Binder Volume number.
C. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual.
D. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by system, subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems, equipment, and components of one system into a single binder.
1. Binders: White, commercial quality, hard back, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, in thickness necessary to accommodate contents, sized to hold 8-1/2-by-11-inch (215-by- 280-mm) paper; with clear plastic window sleeve on front and spine to hold label describing contents and with pockets inside covers to hold folded oversize sheets.
a. Cover Sheet: Identify each binder on front and spine, with the project title, location, park, contract number, prime contractor's name and address, date of substantial completion, and binder volume number. Insert cover sheet into clear plastic view pocket on front of binder. Insert sheet into clear plastic view pocket on spine with title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project title or name, and subject matter of contents. Indicate volume number for multiple-volume sets.
2. Data: Fill binders to no more than 75 percent of capacity. Punch holes shall not obscure any data. When the contents of a single tabbed section covers more than one item, provide colored paper sheets to separate the data for each item.
a. Manufacturers' Data: Provide originals for color or copyrighted data. Black and white data may be originals or clean, good quality reproductions. Copies produced by facsimile transmission and sheets with stamps, such as submittal approval stamps, will not be acceptable. Include only sheets that apply to items installed; cross out inapplicable data. b. Schedules: Schedules reflecting final, as-installed conditions. c. Data that is poorly reproduced or in any way illegible will be rejected.
CUIS - 189275 01 78 23 - 2 031414 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
3. Dividers: Divider sheets with Mylar reinforced edges and pre-printed numbered tabs aligned with numbers and title lines on index sheet. Include typed list of products and major components of equipment included in the section on each divider, cross-referenced to Specification Section number and title of Project Manual. 4. Protective Plastic Sleeves: Transparent plastic sleeves designed to enclose diagnostic software diskettes for computerized electronic equipment. 5. Drawings: Attach reinforced, punched binder tabs on drawings and bind with text.
a. If oversize drawings are necessary, fold drawings to same size as text pages and use as foldouts. b. If drawings are too large to be used as foldouts, fold and place drawings in labeled envelopes and bind envelopes in rear of manual. At appropriate locations in manual, insert typewritten pages indicating drawing titles, descriptions of contents, and drawing locations.
2.2 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish. Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials and sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below.
B. Source Information: List each product included in the manual identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual.
C. Product Information: Include the following, as applicable:
1. Product name and model number. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Color, pattern, and texture. 4. Material and chemical composition. 5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products.
D. Environmental Requirements
1. Identify environmentally preferable products incorporated into the Project. Include: product model; manufacturer’s name, address, phone, and website; and local technical representative, if any
a. Describe maintenance procedures associated with environmentally preferable materials and systems. Provide cleaning recommendations in accordance with ASTM E1971.
1) Include potential environmental impacts of recommended maintenance procedures and materials.
b. Material Safety Data Sheets: Include MSDSs as specified.
CUIS - 189275 01 78 23 - 3 031414 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
E. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and inspection procedures, types of cleaning agents, methods of cleaning, schedule for cleaning and maintenance, and repair instructions.
F. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related services.
G. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. At start of project, begin accumulating operation and maintenance data and initiate an index. Install and index all data in binders within 30 days after delivery of items. As custom written data and test results are produced, add them to the operation and maintenance data file.
B. A list of Operation and Maintenance requirements has been attached at the end of Section 017700 “Closeout Procedures” for your convenience. The intent is to provide an overall summary of requirements and not a comprehensive list. The terms and conditions of the contract still require you to satisfy the requirements of the individual specification sections regardless of what is shown on the list.
C. Keep operation and maintenance data current. Make operation and maintenance binders available to the Contracting Officer for inspection at the time of monthly progress payment requests. If operation and maintenance binders are not current the Contracting Officer may retain an appropriate amount of the progress payment.
3.2 MANUAL PREPARATION
A. Manual Types
1. Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care and maintenance of each product, material, and finish incorporated into the Work.
B. Manual Contents: Including but not limited to:
1. Manufacturers' Data: Where manuals contain manufacturers' standard printed data, include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each product or component incorporated into the Work. If data include more than one item in a tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. Identify data applicable to the Work and delete references to information not applicable.
C. Comply with Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for schedule for submitting operation and maintenance documentation.
CUIS - 189275 01 78 23 - 4 031414 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
END OF SECTION 01 78 23
CUIS - 189275 01 78 23 - 5 031414 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
SECTION 02 42 96 - HISTORIC REMOVAL AND DISMANTLING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes historic treatment procedures in the form of special types of selective demolition work for designated historic spaces, areas, rooms, and surfaces and the following specific work:
1. Removal and dismantling of indicated portions of building or structure and debris hauling. 2. Salvage of existing items to be reused or recycled.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 013591 "Historic Preservation Treatment Procedures" for general historic treatment requirements.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Dismantle: To disassemble or detach a historic item from a surface, or a nonhistoric item from a historic surface, using gentle methods and equipment to prevent damage to historic items and surfaces; disposing of items unless indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled.
B. Existing to Remain: Existing items that are not to be removed or dismantled, except to the degree indicated for performing required Work.
C. Remove: To take down or detach a nonhistoric item located within a historic space, area, or room, using methods and equipment to prevent damage to historic items and surfaces; disposing of items unless indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled.
D. Retain: To keep existing items that are not to be removed or dismantled.
E. Salvage: To protect removed or dismantled items and deliver them to Owner ready for reuse.
1.4 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETINGS
A. Preconstruction Conference(s): Conduct conference(s) at CUIS Headquarters, 101 Wheeler Street, St. Marys, GA 31558.
1. Review minutes of Preliminary Historic Treatment Conference that pertain to removal and dismantling procedures and protection of historic areas and surfaces. CUIS - 189275 02 42 96 - 1 HISTORIC REMOVAL AND DISMANTLING Copyright © 2020 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec-based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Joseph K Oppermann Architect" for "CUIS Stabilization of Chimneys at Stafford Slave Settlement". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing and use of this document for any other project.(9531)
2. Review list of items indicated to be salvaged. 3. Verify qualifications of personnel assigned to perform removal and dismantling. 4. Inspect and discuss condition of each construction type to be removed or dismantled. 5. Review requirements of other work that depends on condition of substrates exposed by removal and dismantling work. 6. Review methods and procedures related to removal and dismantling work, including, but not limited to, the following: a. Historic removal and dismantling specialist's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. b. Materials, material application, sequencing, tolerances, and required clearances.
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For historic removal and dismantling specialist and historic removal and dismantling specialist's field supervisors.
B. Preconstruction Documentation: Show preexisting conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements, including finish surfaces, that might be misconstrued as damage caused by Contractor's removal and dismantling operations.
C. Removal and Dismantling Historic Treatment Program: Submit 15 days before work begins.
D. List of Items Indicated to Be Salvaged: Prepare a list of items indicated on Drawings to be salvaged for Owner's use or for reinstallation. Submit 15 days before preconstruction conference.
E. Inventory of Salvaged Items: After removal or dismantling work is complete, submit a list of items that have been salvaged.
1. Include item description, item condition, number of items if more than one of a type, and tag number. Include photo of item in original location. 2. As work proceeds, include on the inventory items that were indicated to be salvaged and items of historic importance discovered during the work. Document reasons, if any, why an item indicated to be salvaged was not salvaged.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Historic Removal and Dismantling Specialist Qualifications: A qualified historic treatment specialist. General selective demolition experience is insufficient experience for historic removal and dismantling work.
B. Removal and Dismantling Historic Treatment Program: Prepare a written, detailed description of materials, methods, equipment, and sequence of operations to be used for each phase of removal and dismantling work, including protection of surrounding and substrate materials and Project site.
C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with notification regulations of authorities having jurisdiction before beginning removal and dismantling work. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
CUIS - 189275 02 42 96 - 2 HISTORIC REMOVAL AND DISMANTLING Copyright © 2020 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec-based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Joseph K Oppermann Architect" for "CUIS Stabilization of Chimneys at Stafford Slave Settlement". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing and use of this document for any other project.(9531)
1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical.
B. Notify Contracting Officer Representative of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with removal and dismantling work.
C. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work.
1. If materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Contracting Officer Representative.
D. Storage or sale of removed or dismantled items on-site is not permitted unless otherwise indicated.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS - (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 HISTORIC REMOVAL AND DISMANTLING EQUIPMENT
A. Removal Equipment: Use only hand-held tools, except as follows or unless otherwise approved by Contracting Officer Representative on a case-by-case basis:
1. Large air hammers are not permitted.
B. Dismantling Equipment: Use manual, hand-held tools, except as follows or otherwise approved by Contracting Officer Representative on a case-by-case basis:
1. Pry bars more than 18 inches long and hammers weighing more than 2 lb are not permitted for dismantling work.
3.2 EXAMINATION
A. Preparation for Removal and Dismantling: Examine construction to be removed or dismantled to determine best methods to safely and effectively perform removal and dismantling work. Examine adjacent work to determine what protective measures are necessary. Make explorations, probes, and inquiries as necessary to determine condition of construction to be removed or dismantled.
1. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and dismantled for reinstallation or salvage. Enter this information on the submittal of inventory of salvaged items. 2. Before removal or dismantling of existing building elements that will be reproduced or duplicated in final Work, make permanent record of measurements, materials, and construction details required to make exact reproduction.
B. Survey of Existing Conditions: Record existing conditions by use of preconstruction photographs.
CUIS - 189275 02 42 96 - 3 HISTORIC REMOVAL AND DISMANTLING Copyright © 2020 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec-based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Joseph K Oppermann Architect" for "CUIS Stabilization of Chimneys at Stafford Slave Settlement". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing and use of this document for any other project.(9531)
1. Comply with requirements specified in Section 013233 "Photographic Documentation."
C. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from historic removal and dismantling procedures.
3.3 HISTORIC REMOVAL AND DISMANTLING
A. General: Have removal and dismantling work performed by a qualified historic removal and dismantling specialist. Ensure that historic removal and dismantling specialist's field supervisors are present when removal and dismantling work begins and during its progress.
B. Perform work according to the historic treatment program and approved mockup(s).
1. Perform removal and dismantling to the limits indicated. 2. Provide supports or reinforcement for existing construction that becomes temporarily weakened by removal and dismantling work, until the Project Work is completed unless otherwise indicated. 3. Perform cutting by hand or with small power tools wherever possible. Cut holes and slots neatly to size required, with minimum disturbance of adjacent work. 4. Dispose of removed and dismantled items off-site unless indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled.
C. Water-Mist Sprinkling: Use water-mist sprinkling and other wet methods to control dust only with adequate, approved procedures and equipment according to the historic treatment program to ensure that such water does not create a hazard or adversely affect other building areas or materials.
D. Unacceptable Equipment: Keep equipment that is not permitted for historic removal or dismantling work away from the vicinity where such work is being performed.
E. Removing and Dismantling Items on or Near Historic Surfaces:
1. Use only dismantling equipment and procedures within 12 inches of historic surface. Do not use pry bars. Protect historic surface from contact with or damage by tools. 2. Unfasten items in the opposite order from which they were installed. 3. Support each item as it becomes loosened to prevent stress and damage to the historic surface. 4. Dismantle anchorages.
F. Masonry Walls:
1. Remove masonry carefully, and erect temporary bracing and supports as needed to prevent collapse of materials being removed. 2. Dismantle top edge and sides before removing wall. Stop removal work and immediately inform Contracting Officer Representative if any structural elements above or adjacent to the work show signs of distress or dislocation during any phase of removal work. 3. Remove wall in easily managed pieces. 4. During removal, maintain the stability of the partially remaining wall. Notify Contracting Officer Representative of the condition of temporary bracing for wall if work is temporarily stopped during the wall's removal.
CUIS - 189275 02 42 96 - 4 HISTORIC REMOVAL AND DISMANTLING Copyright © 2020 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec-based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Joseph K Oppermann Architect" for "CUIS Stabilization of Chimneys at Stafford Slave Settlement". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing and use of this document for any other project.(9531)
G. Salvage: Deliver salvaged items to the Cumberland Island National Seashore Museum Management office, to be assessed for relevance to the park’s collection in conformance with the CUIS Scope of Collections criteria.
END OF SECTION 02 42 96
CUIS - 189275 02 42 96 - 5 HISTORIC REMOVAL AND DISMANTLING Copyright © 2020 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec-based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Joseph K Oppermann Architect" for "CUIS Stabilization of Chimneys at Stafford Slave Settlement". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing and use of this document for any other project.(9531)
08/21/2020
SECTION 033000 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Cast-in-place concrete, including concrete materials, mixture design, placement procedures, and finishes.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of the following: blended hydraulic cement, fly ash, slag cement, other pozzolans, and silica fume; materials subject to compliance with requirements.
B. Water/Cement Ratio (w/cm): The ratio by weight of water to cementitious materials.
1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture, include the following:
1. Mixture identification. 2. Minimum 28-day compressive strength. 3. Durability exposure class. 4. Maximum w/cm. 5. Slump limit. 6. Air content. 7. Nominal maximum aggregate size. 8. Indicate amounts of mixing water to be withheld for later addition at Project site if permitted. 9. Submit alternate design mixtures when characteristics of materials, Project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments.
C. Shop Drawings: CUIS - 189275 033000 - 1 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
08/21/2020
1. Steel reinforcing.
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For the following:
1. Installer: Include copies of applicable ACI certificates. 2. Ready-mixed concrete manufacturer. 3. Testing agency: Include copies of applicable ACI certificates.
B. Material Certificates: For each of the following, signed by manufacturers:
1. Cementitious materials. 2. Admixtures. 3. Fiber reinforcement. 4. Curing compounds. 5. Floor and slab treatments. 6. Bonding agents. 7. Adhesives. 8. Vapor retarders. 9. Semirigid joint filler. 10. Joint-filler strips. 11. Repair materials. 12. Steel reinforcing.
C. Material Test Reports: For the following, from a qualified testing agency:
1. Portland cement. 2. Fly ash. 3. Aggregates. 4. Admixtures:
D. Preconstruction Test Reports: For each mix design.
E. Field quality-control reports.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications:
1. Post-Installed Concrete Anchors Installers: ACI-certified Adhesive Anchor Installer.
B. Ready-Mixed Concrete Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C94/C94M requirements for production facilities and equipment.
1. Manufacturer certified in accordance with NRMCA's "Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities."
CUIS - 189275 033000 - 2 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
08/21/2020
C. Laboratory Testing Agency Qualifications: A testing agency qualified in accordance with ASTM C1077 and ASTM E329 for testing indicated, and employing an ACI-certified Concrete Quality Control Technical Manager.
D. Field Quality Control Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, qualified in accordance with ASTM C1077 and ASTM E329 for testing indicated.
1.8 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING
A. Preconstruction Testing Service: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform preconstruction testing on each concrete mixture.
1. Include the following information in each test report:
a. Admixture dosage rates. b. Slump. c. Air content. d. Seven-day compressive strength. e. 28-day compressive strength. f. Permeability.
1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Comply with ASTM C94/C94M and ACI 301 (ACI 301M).
B. Steel Reinforcement: Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and damage.
1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301 (ACI 301M) and ACI 306.1 and as follows.
1. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. 2. When average high and low temperature is expected to fall below 40 deg F (4.4 deg C) for three successive days, maintain delivered concrete mixture temperature within the temperature range required by ACI 301 (ACI 301M). 3. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. 4. Do not place concrete in contact with surfaces less than 35 deg F (1.7 deg C), other than reinforcing steel. 5. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in mixture designs.
B. Hot-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301 (ACI 301M) and ACI 305.1 (ACI 305.1M), and as follows:
1. Maintain concrete temperature at time of discharge to not exceed 95 deg F (35 deg C).
CUIS - 189275 033000 - 3 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
08/21/2020
2. Fog-spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade uniformly moist without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CONCRETE, GENERAL
A. ACI Publications: Comply with the following unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents:
1. ACI 301 (ACI 301M).
2.2 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Source Limitations:
1. Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant. 2. Obtain aggregate from single source. 3. Obtain each type of admixture from single source from single manufacturer.
B. Cementitious Materials:
1. Portland Cement: ASTM C150/C150M, Type II.
C. Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C33/C33M, Class 3S coarse aggregate or better, graded. Provide aggregates from a single source.
1. Alkali-Silica Reaction: Comply with one of the following:
a. Expansion Result of Aggregate: Not more than 0.04 percent at one-year when tested in accordance with ASTM C1293. b. Expansion Results of Aggregate and Cementitious Materials in Combination: Not more than 0.10 percent at an age of 16 days when tested in accordance with ASTM C1567. c. Alkali Content in Concrete: Not more than 4 lb./cu. yd. for moderately reactive aggregate or 3 lb./cu. yd. for highly reactive aggregate, when tested in accordance with ASTM C1293 and categorized in accordance with ASTM C1778, based on alkali content being calculated in accordance with ACI 301 (ACI 301M).
2. Maximum Coarse-Aggregate Size: 3/4 inch (19 mm) nominal.
D. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C260/C260M.
E. Chemical Admixtures: Certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures that do not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride.
1. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M, Type A. CUIS - 189275 033000 - 4 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
08/21/2020
2. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M, Type B. 3. Water-Reducing and -Retarding Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M, Type D. 4. High-Range, Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M, Type F. 5. High-Range, Water-Reducing and -Retarding Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M, Type G. 6. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C1017/C1017M, Type II.
2.3 CURING MATERIALS
A. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for application to fresh concrete.
B. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz./sq. yd. (305 g/sq. m) when dry.
C. Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTM C171, polyethylene film burlap-polyethylene sheet.
D. Water: Potable or complying with ASTM C1602/C1602M.
E. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming, Nondissipating Curing Compound: ASTM C309, Type 1, Class B.
F. Clear, Solvent-Borne, Membrane-Forming, Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM C1315, Type 1, Class A.
2.4 CONCRETE MIXTURES, GENERAL
A. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the basis of laboratory trial mixture or field test data, or both, in accordance with ACI 301 (ACI 301M).
1. Use a qualified testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed mixture designs, based on laboratory trial mixtures.
B. Cementitious Materials: Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than portland cement in concrete as follows:
1. Fly Ash or Other Pozzolans: 25 percent by mass. 2. Slag Cement: 50 percent by mass.
C. Admixtures: Use admixtures in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Use water-reducing or high-range water-reducing admixture in concrete, as required, for placement and workability. 2. Use water-reducing and -retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placement conditions.
2.5 CONCRETE MIXTURES
A. Class A: Normal-weight concrete used for footings, grade beams, and tie beams: As shown on drawings. CUIS - 189275 033000 - 5 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
08/21/2020
2.6 CONCRETE MIXING
A. Project-Site Mixing: Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete in accordance with ASTM C94/C94M. Mix concrete materials in appropriate drum-type batch machine mixer.
1. For mixer capacity of 1 cu. yd. (0.76 cu. m) or smaller, continue mixing at least 1-1/2 minutes, but not more than five minutes after ingredients are in mixer, before any part of batch is released. 2. For mixer capacity larger than 1 cu. yd. (0.76 cu. m), increase mixing time by 15 seconds for each additional 1 cu. yd. (0.76 cu. m). 3. Provide batch ticket for each batch discharged and used in the Work, indicating Project identification name and number, date, mixture type, mixture time, quantity, and amount of water added. Record approximate location of final deposit in structure.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verification of Conditions:
1. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of concrete forms, accessories, and reinforcement, and embedded items is complete and that required inspections have been performed. 2. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION OF EMBEDDED ITEMS
A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining Work that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete.
1. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 2. Install anchor rods, accurately located, to elevations required and complying with tolerances in Section 7.5 of ANSI/AISC 303.
3.3 CONCRETE PLACEMENT
A. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, embedded items, and vapor retarder is complete and that required inspections are completed.
B. Notify Contracting Officer Representative and testing and inspection agencies 24 hours prior to commencement of concrete placement.
C. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement unless approved by Contracting Officer Representative in writing, but not to exceed the amount indicated on the concrete delivery ticket.
CUIS - 189275 033000 - 6 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
08/21/2020
1. Do not add water to concrete after adding high-range water-reducing admixtures to mixture.
D. Before test sampling and placing concrete, water may be added at Project site, subject to limitations of ACI 301 (ACI 301M), but not to exceed the amount indicated on the concrete delivery ticket.
1. Do not add water to concrete after adding high-range water-reducing admixtures to mixture.
E. Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that no new concrete is placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness.
1. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as indicated. 2. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation. 3. Deposit concrete in horizontal layers of depth not to exceed formwork design pressures and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. 4. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment in accordance with ACI 301 (ACI 301M).
3.4 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES
A. As-Cast Surface Finishes (Rough formed finishes): Texture imparted by form-facing material with tie holes and defects repaired and patched. Remove fines and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed-surface irregularities.
3.5 CONCRETE CURING
A. Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures.
1. Comply with ACI 301 (ACI 301M) and ACI 306.1 for cold weather protection during curing. 2. Comply with ACI 301 (ACI 301M) and ACI 305.1 (ACI 305.1M) for hot-weather protection during curing.
B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to unformed concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h (1 kg/sq. m x h) before and during finishing operations. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing.
C. Curing Unformed Surfaces: Comply with ACI 308.1 (ACI 308.1M) as follows:
1. Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete.
3.6 TOLERANCES
A. Conform to ACI 117 (ACI 117M).
CUIS - 189275 033000 - 7 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
08/21/2020
3.7 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS
A. Defective Concrete:
1. Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Contracting Officer Representative. 2. Remove and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Contracting Officer Representative’s approval.
3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Special Inspections: Owner will engage a special inspector to perform field tests and inspections and prepare testing and inspection reports.
B. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform tests and inspections and to submit reports.
1. Testing agency shall immediately report to Contracting Officer Representative, Contractor, and concrete manufacturer any failure of Work to comply with Contract Documents. 2. Testing agency shall report results of tests and inspections, in writing, to Owner, Contracting Officer Representative, Contractor, and concrete manufacturer within 48 hours of inspections and tests.
C. Inspections:
1. Steel reinforcement placement. 2. Headed bolts and studs. 3. Verification of use of required design mixture. 4. Concrete placement, including conveying and depositing. 5. Curing procedures and maintenance of curing temperature. 6. Verification of concrete strength before removal of shores and forms from beams and slabs.
D. Concrete Tests: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained in accordance with ASTM C 172/C 172M shall be performed in accordance with the following requirements:
1. Testing Frequency: Obtain one composite sample for each day's pour of each concrete mixture exceeding 5 cu. yd. (4 cu. m), but less than 25 cu. yd. (19 cu. m), plus one set for each additional 50 cu. yd. (38 cu. m) or fraction thereof.
a. When frequency of testing provides fewer than five compressive-strength tests for each concrete mixture, testing shall be conducted from at least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used.
2. Slump: ASTM C143/C143M:
a. One test at point of placement for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. b. Perform additional tests when concrete consistency appears to change.
CUIS - 189275 033000 - 8 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
08/21/2020
3. Air Content: ASTM C231/C231M pressure method, for normal-weight concrete.
a. One test for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture.
4. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C1064/C1064M:
a. One test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F (4.4 deg C) and below or 80 deg F (27 deg C) and above, and one test for each composite sample.
5. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C31/C31M:
a. Cast and laboratory cure two sets of two 6-inch (150 mm) by 12-inch (300 mm) cylinder specimens for each composite sample.
6. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C39/C39M.
a. Test one set of two laboratory-cured specimens at seven days and one set of two specimens at 28 days. b. Test one set of two field-cured specimens at seven days and one set of two specimens at 28 days. c. A compressive-strength test shall be the average compressive strength from a set of two specimens obtained from same composite sample and tested at age indicated. 7. Strength of each concrete mixture will be satisfactory if every average of any three consecutive compressive-strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive strength, and no compressive-strength test value falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi (3.4 MPa) if specified compressive strength is 5000 psi (34.5 MPa), or no compressive strength test value is less than 1 percent of specified compressive strength if specified compressive strength is greater than 5000 psi (34.5 MPa). 8. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted by Contracting Officer Representative but will not be used as sole basis for approval or rejection of concrete. 9. Additional Tests:
a. Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of concrete when test results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths, or other requirements have not been met, as directed by Contracting Officer Representative. b. Testing and inspecting agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C42/C42M or by other methods as directed by Contracting Officer Representative.
1) Acceptance criteria for concrete strength shall be in accordance with ACI 301 (ACI 301M), section 1.6.6.3.
10. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 11. Correct deficiencies in the Work that test reports and inspections indicate do not comply with the Contract Documents.
END OF SECTION 033000
CUIS - 189275 033000 - 9 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
SECTION 04 03 22 - HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPAIR
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B. Masonry Materials Analysis and Testing Report, Stafford Slave Settlement, Cumberland Island National Seashore, Georgia, prepared by Building Conservation Associates, Inc., dated February 2020. This report and associated masonry sand samples will be available for Contractor reference from the NPS CUIS museum collection.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes historic treatment work consisting of repairing historic clay brick masonry as follows:
1. Removing and replacing deteriorated brick masonry with new fired red clay brick as indicated on Drawings. 2. Removing and replacing deteriorated brick masonry with new cast tabby brick as indicated on Drawings. 3. Removing previous incompatible repairs and providing new cast tabby brick as required. 4. Removing previous incompatible repairs and providing new fired red clay brick as required. 5. Removing brickwork to provide for replacement of wood lintels and providing new brickwork using new brick to match existing original brick in these locations. 6. Rebuilding brick masonry at locations indicated on Drawings. 7. Providing and installing new brick where missing. 8. Applying mortar parging at locations indicated on drawings.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 013591 "Historic Preservation Treatment Procedures" for general historic treatment requirements. 2. Section 024296 "Historic Removal and Dismantling" for historic removal and dismantling work. 3. Section 040323 “Historic Brick Unit Masonry Repointing.”
1.3 ALLOWANCES
A. Allowances for historic masonry repair are specified in Section 012700 "Definition of Contract Line Items."
CUIS - 189275 04 03 22 - 1 HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPAIR Copyright © 2020 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec-based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Joseph K Oppermann Architect" for "CUIS Stabilization of Chimneys at Stafford Slave Settlement". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing and use of this document for any other project.(9531)
1. Perform historic masonry repair work under quantity allowances and only as authorized. Authorized work includes work required by Drawings and the Specifications and work as directed in writing by Contracting Officer Representative. 2. Notify Contracting Officer Representative bi-weekly of extent of work performed that is attributable to quantity allowances. 3. Perform work that exceeds quantity allowances only as authorized by Change Orders.
B. Brick removal and replacement is part of brick removal and replacement allowances.
1.4 UNIT PRICES
A. Work of this Section is affected by unit prices specified in Section 012700 "Definition of Contract Line Items."
1. Unit prices apply to authorized work covered by quantity allowances. 2. Unit prices apply to additions to Work as authorized by Change Orders.
1.5 ALTERNATES
A. Work of this Section is affected by alternates specified in Section 012700 “Definition of Contract Line Items.”
1. See Deduct Alternate No. 1: Salvage of Tabby Brick.
1.6 DEFINITIONS
A. Low-Pressure Spray:
1. Pressure: 100 to 400 psi. 2. Flow Rate: 4 to 6 gpm.
B. Rebuilding (Setting) Mortar: Mortar used to set and anchor masonry in a structure, distinct from pointing mortar installed after masonry is set in place.
C. Saturation Coefficient: Ratio of the weight of water absorbed during immersion in cold water to weight absorbed during immersion in boiling water; used as an indication of resistance of bricks to freezing and thawing.
1.7 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at CUIS Headquarters, 101 Wheeler Street, St. Marys, GA 31558.
1. Review minutes of Preliminary Historic Treatment Conference that pertain to masonry historic treatment and repair. 2. Review methods and procedures related to repairing historic brick masonry, including, but not limited to, the following:
CUIS - 189275 04 03 22 - 2 HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPAIR Copyright © 2020 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec-based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Joseph K Oppermann Architect" for "CUIS Stabilization of Chimneys at Stafford Slave Settlement". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing and use of this document for any other project.(9531)
a. Historic treatment specialist's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. b. Materials, material application, sequencing, tolerances, and required clearances. c. Quality-control program. d. Fire-protection plan. e. Unit masonry historic treatment program. f. Coordination with building occupants.
1.8 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Order sand for colored mortar immediately after approval of mockups. Take delivery of and store at Project site a sufficient quantity to complete Project.
B. Work Sequence: Perform masonry historic treatment work in the following sequence, which includes work specified in this and other Sections:
1. Remove plant growth. 2. Remove previous incompatible Portland cement-based repairs (patches and pointing) in locations indicated on the Drawings. 3. Rake out mortar from joints surrounding masonry to be replaced and from joints adjacent to masonry repairs along joints. 4. Repair masonry, including replacing existing masonry with new masonry materials. 5. Rake out mortar from joints to be repointed. 6. Point mortar joints. 7. After repairs and repointing have been completed and cured, perform a final cleaning to remove residues from this work.
1.9 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. 2. Include recommendations for product application and use. 3. Include test data substantiating that products comply with requirements.
B. Shop Drawings:
1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and locations of masonry repair work on the structure. 2. Show full-size patterns with complete dimensions for new molded brick shapes and their jointing, showing relationship of existing units to new units.
C. Samples for Verification: For the following:
1. Each type of brick to be used for replacing existing units. Include sets of Samples to show the full range of shape, color, and texture to be expected. New brick shall match existing brick. a. Fired Red Clay Brick. b. Cast Tabby Brick.
CUIS - 189275 04 03 22 - 3 HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPAIR Copyright © 2020 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec-based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Joseph K Oppermann Architect" for "CUIS Stabilization of Chimneys at Stafford Slave Settlement". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing and use of this document for any other project.(9531)
c. Sand Used for Cast Tabby Brick: Minimum 8 oz. of each in plastic screw-top jars. 1) For blended sands, provide Samples of each component and blend. Identify blend ratio. 2) Identify sources, both supplier and quarry, of each type of sand. 3) Provide sieve analysis (ASTM C 144) for each type of sand. d. Mortar Parging: Mortar strip 6 inches long by 1/2 inch wide, set in aluminum or plastic channels. Include with each Sample a list of ingredients with proportions of each. Identify sources, both supplier and quarry, of each type of sand and brand names of cementitious materials and pigments if any.
2. Accessories: Each type of anchor, accessory, and miscellaneous support.
1.10 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For historic treatment specialist including field supervisors and workers and testing service.
B. Quality-control program.
C. Unit masonry historic treatment program.
1.11 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Historic Treatment Specialist Qualifications: A qualified historic brick masonry repair specialist. Experience installing standard unit masonry is insufficient experience for masonry historic treatment work.
B. Quality-Control Program: Prepare a written quality-control program for this Project to systematically demonstrate the ability of personnel to properly follow methods and use materials and tools without damaging masonry. Include provisions for supervising worker performance and preventing damage.
C. Unit Masonry Historic Treatment Program: Prepare a written, detailed description of materials, methods, equipment, and sequence of operations to be used for each phase of historic treatment work, including protection of surrounding materials and Project site.
1. Include methods for manufacturing and curing cast tabby brick. 2. If materials and methods other than those indicated are proposed for any phase of historic treatment work, add to the quality-control program a written description of such materials and methods, including evidence of successful use on comparable projects, and demonstrations to show their effectiveness for this Project.
D. Mockups: Prepare mockups of historic treatment to demonstrate aesthetic effects and to set quality standards for materials and execution and for fabrication and installation.
1. Masonry Repair: Prepare sample areas for each type of masonry material indicated to have repair work performed. If not otherwise indicated, size each mockup not smaller than two adjacent whole units or approximately 48 inches in least dimension. Construct sample areas in locations in existing walls where directed by Contracting Officer Representative unless
CUIS - 189275 04 03 22 - 4 HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPAIR Copyright © 2020 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec-based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Joseph K Oppermann Architect" for "CUIS Stabilization of Chimneys at Stafford Slave Settlement". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing and use of this document for any other project.(9531)
otherwise indicated. Demonstrate quality of materials, workmanship, and blending with existing work. Include the following as a minimum: a. Replacement of Red Clay Brick: Two brick units replaced. b. Replacement of Tabby Brick: Six brick units replaced. c. Removal of Incompatible Repairs: Two locations. d. Application of Mortar Parging: Two locations. 2. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Contracting Officer Representative specifically approves such deviations in writing. 3. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion.
E. Testing Data: Testing data from a qualified independent testing laboratory to show that new brick (both fired red clay brick and cast tabby brick) matches the physical properties included in Section 2.3.A below.
1.12 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver bricks to Project site strapped together in suitable packs or pallets or in heavy-duty cartons and protected against impact and chipping.
B. Deliver packaged materials to Project site in manufacturer's original and unopened containers, labeled with manufacturer's name and type of products.
C. Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. Do not use cementitious materials that have become damp.
D. Store hydrated lime in manufacturer's original and unopened containers. Discard lime if containers have been damaged or have been opened for more than two days.
E. Store sand where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination avoided.
F. Handle bricks to prevent overstressing, chipping, defacement, and other damage.
1.13 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit repair work to be performed according to product manufacturers' written instructions and specified requirements.
B. Temperature Limits: Repair brick masonry only when air temperature is between 40 and 90 deg F and is predicted to remain so for at least seven days after completion of the Work unless otherwise indicated.
C. Hot-Weather Requirements: Protect masonry repairs when temperature and humidity conditions produce excessive evaporation of water from mortar and repair materials. Provide artificial shade and wind breaks, and use cooled materials as required to minimize evaporation. Do not apply mortar to substrates with temperatures of 90 deg F and above unless otherwise indicated.
CUIS - 189275 04 03 22 - 5 HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPAIR Copyright © 2020 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec-based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Joseph K Oppermann Architect" for "CUIS Stabilization of Chimneys at Stafford Slave Settlement". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing and use of this document for any other project.(9531)
D. For manufactured repair materials, perform work within the environmental limits set by each manufacturer.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of material for repairing historic masonry from single source with resources to provide materials of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties.
2.2 OWNER-FURNISHED MATERIAL
A. Salvaged brick (see Deduct Alternate No. 1 in Section 012700 “Definition of Contract Line Items”).
2.3 MASONRY MATERIALS
A. All face brick required for replacement shall be new and provided by the Contractor. Reuse of tabby brick at other chimney locations is included as Deduct Alternate No. 1 in Section 012700 “Definition of Contract Line Items.”
B. Face Brick: Units, including molded, ground, cut, or sawed shapes as required to complete masonry repair work.
1. Fired Red Clay Brick Matching Existing: Units with colors, color variation within units, surface texture, size, and shape that match existing brickwork and with physical properties as listed below: a. Physical Properties: According to ASTM C 67. b. For existing brickwork that exhibits a range of colors or color variation within units, provide brick that proportionally matches that range and variation rather than brick that matches an individual color within that range. 2. Cast Tabby Brick Matching Existing: Units with colors, color variation within units, surface texture, size, and shape that match existing brickwork and with physical properties determined by the previously completed materials analysis and testing of existing units, as listed below: a. Physical Properties: According to ASTM C 67 and as follows: 1) Compressive Strength: 450-480 psi. 2) 24-Hour Cold-Water Submersion Absorption: 18%. 3) Five-Hour Boil Absorption: 26%. 4) Saturation Coefficient: 0.68. b. For existing brickwork that exhibits a range of colors or color variation within units, provide brick that proportionally matches that range and variation rather than brick that matches an individual color within that range. 3. Date Identification: Emboss in the brick body on a concealed, interior surface of each unit in easily read 1/2-inch- high characters, "MADE 2020." Manufacturer's name may also be embossed.
CUIS - 189275 04 03 22 - 6 HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPAIR Copyright © 2020 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec-based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Joseph K Oppermann Architect" for "CUIS Stabilization of Chimneys at Stafford Slave Settlement". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing and use of this document for any other project.(9531)
C. Salvaged Brick: Obtain loose salvaged brick only from locations indicated. Clean off residual mortar. (See Deduct Alternate No. 1 in Section 012700 “Definition of Contract Line Items.”)
2.4 CAST TABBY BRICK MATERIALS
A. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S.
B. Sand: ASTM C 144 to match sand used in historic tabby brick as documented in the materials analysis results.
1. Match size, texture, and gradation of existing mortar sand as closely as possible. Blend several sands if necessary to achieve suitable match. 2. Colored Mortar: Natural sand or ground marble, granite, or other sound stone of color necessary to produce required mortar color. 3. For exposed mortar, provide sand with rounded edges.
C. Water: ASTM C 270, potable.
D. Oyster Shells: Oyster Shell Tabby, available from Carolina Supplies and Materials, Inc., 2440 Meeting Street Road, North Charleston, SC 29405, (843-723-6588).
E. Pigments: Natural and/or synthetic, milled, blended mineral oxide pigments in dry powder form complying with ASTM C 979 and shown through previous use and exposure to produce uniform and consistent color and to be permanent, inert, stable to atmospheric conditions, sunfast, weather resistant, alkali resistant, water insoluble, lime proof, nonbleeding and free of fillers, extenders, and admixtures. Provide pigments as required to provide color of mortar to match original mortar as approved by Contracting Officer Representative. Provide one of the following or approved equal:
1. SGS Concentrated Mortar Colors by Solomon Colors, Inc., 4050 Color Plant Road, Springfield, IL 62702 (800-624-0261).
2. Lanxess Bayferrox Iron Oxide Pigments by Lanxess Corporation, Business Unit Inorganic Pigments, 111 RIDC Park West Drive, Pittsburgh, PA 15275 (412-809-1000).
3. Davis Colors by Davis Colors, 3700 East Olympic Blvd., Los Angeles, CA 90023 (800- 356-4848).
2.5 MIX FOR MANUFACTURING CAST TABBY BRICK
A. Measurement and Mixing: Measure cementitious materials and sand in a dry condition by volume or equivalent weight. Do not measure by shovel; use known measure. Mix materials in a clean, mechanical batch mixer.
B. Mixes: Mix tabby brick mortar materials in the following proportions:
1. Proportion Specification, 1 part hydrated lime and 2 parts sand, oyster shells as required to match original appearance and mix documented in the materials analysis results.
CUIS - 189275 04 03 22 - 7 HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPAIR Copyright © 2020 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec-based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Joseph K Oppermann Architect" for "CUIS Stabilization of Chimneys at Stafford Slave Settlement". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing and use of this document for any other project.(9531)
C. Colored Mortar: Produce mortar of color required by using specified ingredients. Do not alter specified proportions without Contracting Officer Representative's approval.
1. Mortar Pigments: Where mortar pigments are indicated, do not add pigment exceeding 7 percent by weight of the cementitious or binder materials, except for carbon black which is limited to 2 percent, unless otherwise demonstrated by a satisfactory history of performance.
D. Do not use admixtures in mortar unless otherwise indicated.
2.6 MORTAR PARGING MATERIALS
A. Natural Hydraulic Lime: Pure, natural hydraulic lime complying with ASTM C 141, containing no additives (including, but not limited to, pozzolans, gypsum, air entraining agents, ash, or cement), with an SO3 content not exceeding 0.54 percent, and with a free lime content above 15 percent. Provide NHL-3.5 (Moderately Hydraulic Natural Hydraulic Lime) to comply with requirements of BS EN 459-1.
1. St. Astier NHL-3.5 Natural Hydraulic Lime, available from LimeWorks.US, 3145 State Road, Telford, PA 18969 (215-536-6706) or approved equal.
B. Sand: ASTM C 144.
1. Color: Natural sand or ground marble, granite, or other sound stone of color necessary to produce required mortar color. 2. Provide sand with rounded edges.
C. Water: ASTM C 270, potable.
D. Pigments: Natural and/or synthetic, milled, blended mineral oxide pigments in dry powder form complying with ASTM C 979 and shown through previous use and exposure to produce uniform and consistent color and to be permanent, inert, stable to atmospheric conditions, sunfast, weather resistant, alkali resistant, water insoluble, lime proof, nonbleeding and free of fillers, extenders, and admixtures. Provide pigments as required to provide color of mortar to match original mortar as approved by Contracting Officer Representative. Provide one of the following or approved equal:
1. SGS Concentrated Mortar Colors by Solomon Colors, Inc., 4050 Color Plant Road, Springfield, IL 62702 (800-624-0261).
2. Lanxess Bayferrox Iron Oxide Pigments by Lanxess Corporation, Business Unit Inorganic Pigments, 111 RIDC Park West Drive, Pittsburgh, PA 15275 (412-809-1000).
3. Davis Colors by Davis Colors, 3700 East Olympic Blvd., Los Angeles, CA 90023 (800- 356-4848).
CUIS - 189275 04 03 22 - 8 HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPAIR Copyright © 2020 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec-based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Joseph K Oppermann Architect" for "CUIS Stabilization of Chimneys at Stafford Slave Settlement". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing and use of this document for any other project.(9531)
2.7 MIX FOR MORTAR PARGING
A. Measurement and Mixing: Measure cementitious materials and sand in a dry condition by volume or equivalent weight. Do not measure by shovel; use known measure. Mix materials in a clean, mechanical batch mixer.
B. Mixes: Mix mortar materials in the following proportions:
1. Mortar by Volume: Proportion Specification, 1 part NHL 3.5 and 2-1/2 parts sand. Oxide pigments as needed to match color of the original mortar in the brick masonry.
C. Colored Mortar: Produce mortar of color required by using specified ingredients. Do not alter specified proportions without Contracting Officer Representative's approval.
1. Mortar Pigments: Where mortar pigments are indicated, do not add pigment exceeding 7 percent by weight of the cementitious or binder materials, except for carbon black which is limited to 2 percent, unless otherwise demonstrated by a satisfactory history of performance.
D. Do not use admixtures in mortar unless otherwise indicated.
2.8 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Other Products: Select materials and methods of use based on the following, subject to approval of a mockup:
1. Previous effectiveness in performing the work involved. 2. Minimal possibility of damaging exposed surfaces. 3. Consistency of each application. 4. Uniformity of the resulting overall appearance. 5. Do not use products or tools that could do the following: a. Remove, alter, or harm the present condition or future preservation of existing surfaces, including surrounding surfaces not in Contract. b. Leave residue on surfaces.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
B. Remove plant growth.
3.2 PROTECTION
A. Prevent mortar from staining face of surrounding masonry and other surfaces.
1. Cover sills, ledges, and other projecting items to protect them from mortar droppings. 2. Keep wall area wet below rebuilding and repair work to discourage mortar from adhering. 3. Immediately remove mortar splatters in contact with exposed masonry and other surfaces. CUIS - 189275 04 03 22 - 9 HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPAIR Copyright © 2020 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec-based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Joseph K Oppermann Architect" for "CUIS Stabilization of Chimneys at Stafford Slave Settlement". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing and use of this document for any other project.(9531)
3.3 MASONRY REPAIR, GENERAL
A. Have repair work performed only by qualified historic treatment specialist.
B. Repair Appearance Standard: Repaired surfaces are to have a uniform appearance as viewed from 50 feet away by Contracting Officer Representative.
3.4 REMOVAL OF INCOMPATIBLE REPAIRS
C. At locations indicated, carefully remove previous incompatible portland cement-based repairs or pointing mortar.
3.5 BRICK REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT
A. At locations indicated, remove bricks that are damaged, spalled, or deteriorated. Carefully remove entire units from joint to joint, without damaging surrounding masonry, in a manner that permits replacement with full-size units.
1. When removing single bricks, remove material from center of brick and work toward outside edges. 2. Replacement of damaged bricks may require removal and re-setting of adjacent sound bricks. Remove and re-set any loose or unstable bricks within 1-foot of repair area.
B. Support and protect remaining masonry that surrounds removal area.
C. Maintain lintels and adjoining construction in an undamaged condition. Coordinate with new lintels, which are specified in other Sections.
D. Notify Contracting Officer Representative of unforeseen detrimental conditions, including voids, cracks, bulges, loose masonry units in existing backup, rotted wood, rusted metal, and other deteriorated items.
E. Remove in an undamaged condition as many whole bricks as possible.
1. Remove mortar, loose particles, and soil from brick by cleaning with hand chisels, brushes, and water. 2. Remove sealants by cutting close to brick with utility knife and cleaning with solvents. 3. Store brick for reuse. Store off ground, on skids, and protected from weather. 4. Deliver cleaned brick not required for reuse to the Cumberland Island National Seashore Museum Management office, to be assessed for relevance to the park’s collection in conformance with the CUIS Scope of Collections criteria, unless otherwise indicated.
F. Clean masonry surrounding removal areas by removing mortar, dust, and loose particles in preparation for brick replacement.
G. Replace removed damaged brick with new brick matching existing brick, or with salvaged brick (see Option A – Alternate No. 1 in Section 012700 “Definition of Contract Line Items”). Do not use broken units unless they can be cut to usable size.
CUIS - 189275 04 03 22 - 10 HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPAIR Copyright © 2020 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec-based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Joseph K Oppermann Architect" for "CUIS Stabilization of Chimneys at Stafford Slave Settlement". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing and use of this document for any other project.(9531)
H. Install replacement brick into bonding and coursing pattern of existing brick. If cutting is required, use a motor-driven saw designed to cut masonry with clean, sharp, unchipped edges.
1. Maintain joint width for replacement units to match existing joints. 2. Use setting buttons or shims to set units accurately spaced with uniform joints.
I. Lay replacement brick with rebuilding (setting) mortar and with completely filled bed, head, and collar joints. Butter ends with sufficient mortar to fill head joints and shove into place. Wet both replacement and surrounding bricks that have ASTM C 67 initial rates of absorption (suction) of more than 30 g/30 sq. in. per min. Use wetting methods that ensure that units are nearly saturated but surface is dry when laid.
1. Tool exposed mortar joints in repaired areas to match joints of surrounding existing brickwork. 2. Rake out mortar used for laying brick before mortar sets according to Section 040323 "Historic Brick Unit Masonry Repointing." Point at same time as repointing of surrounding area. 3. When mortar is hard enough to support units, remove shims and other devices interfering with pointing of joints.
J. Curing: Cure mortar by maintaining in thoroughly damp condition for at least 72 consecutive hours, including weekends and holidays.
1. Hairline cracking within the mortar or mortar separation at edge of a joint is unacceptable. Completely remove such mortar and repoint.
3.6 MORTAR PARGING
A. Following brick repair and repointing work, apply mortar parging at select skyward-facing surfaces and other locations indicated on drawings.
1. Rinse surfaces with water to remove dust and mortar particles. Time rinsing application so, at time of parging, surfaces are damp but free of standing water. If rinse water dries, dampen surfaces before pointing. 2. Apply in layers not greater than 3/8 inch(es) until a uniform depth is formed. Fully compact each layer thoroughly and allow it to become thumbprint hard before applying next layer. 3. Smooth final layer of parging to be smooth and angled slightly to allow water to shed. 4. Cure mortar by moistening and then allowing to dry in cycles for at least 72 consecutive hours, including weekends and holidays. a. Acceptable dampening methods include covering with wet burlap and plastic sheeting, periodic hand misting, and periodic mist spraying using system of pipes, mist heads, and timers. 5. Protect initially cured mortar from sun, wind and rain for a minimum of 14 days. 6. Hairline cracking within the mortar is unacceptable. Remove mortar parging and re-apply.
CUIS - 189275 04 03 22 - 11 HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPAIR Copyright © 2020 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec-based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Joseph K Oppermann Architect" for "CUIS Stabilization of Chimneys at Stafford Slave Settlement". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing and use of this document for any other project.(9531)
3.7 FINAL CLEANING
A. After mortar has fully hardened, thoroughly clean exposed masonry surfaces of excess mortar and foreign matter; use wood scrapers, stiff-nylon or -fiber brushes, and clean water, applied by low- pressure spray.
1. Do not use metal scrapers or brushes. 2. Do not use acidic or alkaline cleaners.
B. Clean adjacent nonmasonry surfaces. Use detergent and soft brushes or cloths.
C. Clean mortar and debris from roof; remove debris from gutters and downspouts. Rinse off roof and flush gutters and downspouts.
D. Remove masking materials, leaving no residues that could trap dirt.
3.8 MASONRY-WASTE DISPOSAL
A. Salvageable Materials: Unless otherwise indicated, excess masonry materials are Contractor's property.
B. Masonry Waste: Remove masonry waste and legally dispose of off Owner's property.
END OF SECTION 04 03 22
CUIS - 189275 04 03 22 - 12 HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPAIR Copyright © 2020 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec-based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Joseph K Oppermann Architect" for "CUIS Stabilization of Chimneys at Stafford Slave Settlement". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing and use of this document for any other project.(9531)
SECTION 04 03 23 - HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPOINTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B. Masonry Materials Analysis and Testing Report, Stafford Slave Settlement, Cumberland Island National Seashore, Georgia, prepared by Building Conservation Associates, Inc., dated February 2020. This report and associated masonry sand samples will be available for Contractor reference from the NPS CUIS museum collection.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes historic treatment work consisting of repointing brick masonry as follows:
1. Preparing and repointing joints in brick masonry with mortar, as indicated on drawings.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 013591 "Historic Preservation Treatment Procedures" for general historic treatment requirements. 2. Section 024296 "Historic Removal and Dismantling" for historic removal and dismantling work. 3. Section 040322 “Historic Brick Unit Masonry Repair.”
C. All work shall meet the treatment methods outlined in NPS Preservation Brief No. 2: Repointing Mortar Joints in Historic Masonry.
1.3 ALLOWANCES
A. Allowances for repointing historic masonry are specified in Section 012700 "Definition of Contract Line Items."
1. Perform historic masonry repointing work under quantity allowances and only as authorized. Authorized work includes work required by Drawings and the Specifications and work as directed in writing by Contracting Officer Representative. 2. Notify Contracting Officer Representative bi-weekly of extent of work performed that is attributable to quantity allowances. 3. Perform work that exceeds quantity allowances only as authorized by Change Orders.
B. Repointing historic brick unit masonry is part of repointing historic masonry allowances.
CUIS - 189275 04 03 23 - 1 HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPOINTING Copyright © 2020 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec-based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Joseph K Oppermann Architect" for "CUIS Stabilization of Chimneys at Stafford Slave Settlement". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing and use of this document for any other project.(9531)
1.4 UNIT PRICES
A. Work of this Section is affected by unit prices specified in Section 012700 "Definition of Contract Line Items."
1. Unit prices apply to authorized work covered by quantity allowances. 2. Unit prices apply to additions to Work as authorized by Change Orders.
1.5 DEFINITIONS
A. Low-Pressure Spray:
1. Pressure: 100 to 400 psi. 2. Flow Rate: 4 to 6 gpm.
1.6 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at CUIS Headquarters, 101 Wheeler Street, St. Marys, GA 31558.
1. Review minutes of Preliminary Historic Treatment Conference that pertain to masonry historic treatment and repointing. 2. Review methods and procedures related to repointing historic brick masonry, including, but not limited to, the following: a. Historic treatment specialist's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. b. Materials, material application, sequencing, tolerances, and required clearances. c. Quality-control program. d. Fire-protection plan. e. Unit masonry historic treatment program. f. Coordination with building occupants.
1.7 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Order sand for pointing mortar immediately after approval of mockups. Take delivery of and store at Project site a sufficient quantity to complete Project.
1.8 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. 2. Include recommendations for product application and use. 3. Include test data substantiating that products comply with requirements.
B. Shop Drawings:
CUIS - 189275 04 03 23 - 2 HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPOINTING Copyright © 2020 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec-based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Joseph K Oppermann Architect" for "CUIS Stabilization of Chimneys at Stafford Slave Settlement". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing and use of this document for any other project.(9531)
1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and locations of repointing work on the structure.
C. Samples for Initial Selection: For the following:
1. Pointing Mortar: Submit sets of cured mortar for pointing in the form of sample mortar strips, 6 inches long by 1/2 inch wide, set in aluminum or plastic channels. a. Have each set contain a close color range of at least three Samples of different mixes of colored sands and cements that produce a mortar matching existing, cleaned mortar when cured and dry. b. Submit with precise measurements on ingredients, proportions, gradations, and sources of colored sands from which each Sample was made. 2. Sand Type Used for Pointing Mortar: Minimum 8 oz. of each in plastic screw-top jars. a. For blended sands, provide Samples of each component and blend. Identify blend ratio. b. Identify sources, both supplier and quarry, of each type of sand. c. Provide sieve analysis (ASTM C 144) for each type of sand. 3. Include similar Samples of accessories involving color selection.
D. Samples for Verification: For the following:
1. Each type, color, and texture of pointing mortar in the form of sample mortar strips, 6 inches long by 1/2 inch wide, set in aluminum or plastic channels. a. Include with each Sample a list of ingredients with proportions of each. Identify sources, both supplier and quarry, of each type of sand and brand names of cementitious materials and pigments if any. 2. Accessories: Each type of anchor, accessory, and miscellaneous support.
1.9 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For historic treatment specialist including field supervisors and workers and testing service.
B. Quality-control program.
C. Unit masonry historic treatment program.
1.10 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Historic Treatment Specialist Qualifications: A qualified historic masonry repointing specialist. Experience in pointing or repointing only new or nonhistoric masonry is insufficient experience for masonry historic treatment work.
B. Quality-Control Program: Prepare a written quality-control program for this Project to systematically demonstrate the ability of personnel to properly follow methods and use materials and tools without damaging masonry. Include provisions for supervising worker performance and preventing damage.
CUIS - 189275 04 03 23 - 3 HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPOINTING Copyright © 2020 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec-based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Joseph K Oppermann Architect" for "CUIS Stabilization of Chimneys at Stafford Slave Settlement". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing and use of this document for any other project.(9531)
C. Unit Masonry Historic Treatment Program: Prepare a written, detailed description of materials, methods, equipment, and sequence of operations to be used for each phase of historic treatment work, including protection of surrounding materials and Project site.
1. Include methods for curing mortar. 2. If materials and methods other than those indicated are proposed for any phase of historic treatment work, add to the quality-control program a written description of such materials and methods, including evidence of successful use on comparable projects, and demonstrations to show their effectiveness for this Project.
D. Mockups: Prepare mockups of historic treatment on existing surfaces to demonstrate aesthetic effects and to set quality standards for materials and execution.
1. Preparing Joints in Brick Masonry: Rake out joints in two separate areas for each type of repointing required each approximately 36 inches high by 48 inches wide. 2. Repointing: Repoint one of the previously raked out mock-up areas. 3. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Contracting Officer Representative specifically approves such deviations in writing. 4. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion.
1.11 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver packaged materials to Project site in manufacturer's original and unopened containers, labeled with manufacturer's name and type of products.
B. Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. Do not use cementitious materials that have become damp.
C. Store hydrated lime in manufacturer's original and unopened containers. Discard lime if containers have been damaged or have been opened for more than two days.
D. Store lime putty covered with water in sealed containers.
E. Store sand where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination avoided.
1.12 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit repointing work to be performed according to product manufacturers' written instructions and specified requirements.
B. Temperature Limits: Repoint mortar joints only when air temperature is between 40 and 90 deg F and is predicted to remain so for at least seven days after completion of the Work unless otherwise indicated.
CUIS - 189275 04 03 23 - 4 HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPOINTING Copyright © 2020 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec-based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Joseph K Oppermann Architect" for "CUIS Stabilization of Chimneys at Stafford Slave Settlement". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing and use of this document for any other project.(9531)
C. Cold-Weather Requirements: Comply with the following procedures for mortar-joint pointing unless otherwise indicated:
1. When air temperature is below 40 deg F, heat mortar ingredients and existing masonry walls to produce temperatures between 40 and 120 deg F. 2. When mean daily air temperature is below 40 deg F, provide enclosure and heat to maintain temperatures above 32 deg F within the enclosure for seven days after pointing. 3. Install mortar at least 28 days prior to expected freezing temperatures.
D. Hot-Weather Requirements: Protect mortar-joint pointing when temperature and humidity conditions produce excessive evaporation of water from mortar materials. Provide artificial shade and wind breaks, and use cooled materials as required to minimize evaporation. Do not mix or use mortars when temperature is above 100 deg F or when temperature is above 90 deg F and wind is above 8 mph, or when either of these conditions is forecast to occur within 72 hours of mortar application unless Contracting Officer Representative has approved both Contractor’s work proposal for cold- and hot-weather masonry work and also specific masonry work to be done in each instance.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of material for repointing historic masonry (cement, sand, etc.) from single source with resources to provide materials of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties.
B. Comply with material manufacturer’s instructions for use of products (including surface preparation, mixing, applying, drying, etc.). In case of conflict with requirements of this Section, the more stringent requirements shall govern.
C. Prohibited Materials: The following materials are strictly prohibited in mortar and grout:
1. Masonry cements, masonry mortars, and other components that include ingredients other than Portland cement, lime, and approved aggregates.
2. Additives and admixtures other than those specified and approved in writing by Contracting Officer Representative.
2.2 MORTAR MATERIALS
A. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S
B. Lime Putty: Mature lime putty complying with ASTM C1489. Provide one of the following or approved equal:
1. Niagra Mature Lime Putty by Graymont Dolime (OH) Inc., 21880 West State Route 163 Genoa, OH 43430, (419-855-8682).
CUIS - 189275 04 03 23 - 5 HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPOINTING Copyright © 2020 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec-based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Joseph K Oppermann Architect" for "CUIS Stabilization of Chimneys at Stafford Slave Settlement". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing and use of this document for any other project.(9531)
2. Heritage Pure Lime Putty by U.S. Heritage Group, In., 3516 N. Kostner Ave., Chicago, IL 60641, (773-286-2100).
C. Mortar Sand: ASTM C 144 to match sand used in historic mortar as documented in the materials analysis results.
1. Match size, texture, and gradation of existing mortar sand as closely as possible. Blend several sands if necessary to achieve suitable match. 2. Color: Natural sand or ground marble, granite, or other sound stone of color necessary to produce required mortar color. 3. Provide sand with rounded edges.
D. Pigments: Natural and/or synthetic, milled, blended mineral oxide pigments in dry powder form complying with ASTM C 979 and shown through previous use and exposure to produce uniform and consistent color and to be permanent, inert, stable to atmospheric conditions, sunfast, weather resistant, alkali resistant, water insoluble, lime proof, nonbleeding and free of fillers, extenders, and admixtures. Provide pigments as required to provide color of mortar to match original mortar as approved by Contracting Officer Representative. Provide one of the following or approved equal:
1. SGS Concentrated Mortar Colors by Solomon Colors, Inc., 4050 Color Plant Road, Springfield, IL 62702 (800-624-0261).
2. Lanxess Bayferrox Iron Oxide Pigments by Lanxess Corporation, Business Unit Inorganic Pigments, 111 RIDC Park West Drive, Pittsburgh, PA 15275 (412-809-1000).
3. Davis Colors by Davis Colors, 3700 East Olympic Blvd., Los Angeles, CA 90023 (800- 356-4848).
E. Water: ASTM C 270, potable.
2.3 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material; compatible with mortar, joint primers, sealants, and surfaces adjacent to joints; and that easily comes off entirely, including adhesive.
B. Other Products: Select materials and methods of use based on the following, subject to approval of a mockup:
1. Previous effectiveness in performing the work involved. 2. Minimal possibility of damaging exposed surfaces. 3. Consistency of each application. 4. Uniformity of the resulting overall appearance. 5. Do not use products or tools that could do the following: a. Remove, alter, or harm the present condition or future preservation of existing surfaces, including surrounding surfaces not in Contract. b. Leave residue on surfaces.
CUIS - 189275 04 03 23 - 6 HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPOINTING Copyright © 2020 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec-based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Joseph K Oppermann Architect" for "CUIS Stabilization of Chimneys at Stafford Slave Settlement". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing and use of this document for any other project.(9531)
2.4 MORTAR MIXES
A. Measurement and Mixing: Measure cementitious materials and sand in a dry condition by volume or equivalent weight. Do not measure by shovel; use known measure. Mix materials in a clean, mechanical batch mixer.
1. Mixing Pointing Mortar: Thoroughly mix cementitious materials and sand together before adding any water. Then mix again adding only enough water to produce a damp, unworkable mix that will retain its form when pressed into a ball. Maintain mortar in this dampened condition for 15 to 30 minutes. Add remaining water in small portions until mortar reaches desired consistency. Use mortar within one hour of final mixing; do not retemper or use partially hardened material.
B. Colored Mortar: Produce mortar of color required by using specified ingredients. Do not alter specified proportions without Contracting Officer Representative's approval.
C. Do not use admixtures in mortar unless otherwise indicated.
D. Mixes: Mix mortar materials in the following proportions:
1. Pointing Mortar by Volume: ASTM C 270, Proportion Specification, 1 part putty and 2 parts sand. Oxide pigments as needed to match color of the original mortar in the brick masonry but not to exceed 7 percent of the weight of the lime.
E. Reworking Lime Putty Mortars: Lime putty mortars can be re-worked and reused as long as no significant addition of water is needed and the mortar has not been left out so long as to be already carbonated to a degree to make it un-usable. Re-work lime putty mortars by chopping and beating the mortar until the material is of a workable consistency. Lime putty mortars can be re-worked in a standard paddle mortar mixer if necessary.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PROTECTION
A. Prevent mortar from staining face of surrounding masonry and other surfaces.
1. Cover sills, ledges, and other projecting items to protect them from mortar droppings. 2. Keep wall area wet below rebuilding and pointing work to discourage mortar from adhering. 3. Immediately remove mortar splatters in contact with exposed masonry and other surfaces.
3.2 MASONRY REPOINTING, GENERAL
A. Have repointing work performed only by qualified historic treatment specialist.
B. Appearance Standard: Repointed surfaces are to have a uniform appearance as viewed from 50 feet away by Contracting Officer Representative.
CUIS - 189275 04 03 23 - 7 HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPOINTING Copyright © 2020 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec-based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Joseph K Oppermann Architect" for "CUIS Stabilization of Chimneys at Stafford Slave Settlement". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing and use of this document for any other project.(9531)
3.3 REPOINTING
A. Rake out and repoint joints to the following extent:
1. All joints in areas indicated.
B. Do not rake out and repoint joints where not required.
C. Rake out joints as follows, according to procedures demonstrated in approved mockup:
1. Remove mortar from joints to depth of ¾ inch, to 2-1/2 times the width of the joint, or to sound mortar, whichever is deepest. In all cases, remove deteriorated, weathered and loose material to sound mortar. Do not remove unsound mortar more than 2 inches deep; consult Contracting Officer Representative for direction. 2. Remove mortar from masonry surfaces within raked-out joints to provide reveals with square backs and to expose masonry for contact with pointing mortar. Brush, vacuum, or flush joints to remove dirt and loose debris. 3. Do not spall edges of bricks or widen joints. Replace or patch damaged bricks as directed by Contracting Officer Representative. a. Cut out mortar by hand with chisel and resilient mallet. Do not use power-operated grinders without Contracting Officer Representative's written approval based on approved quality-control program. b. Cut out center of mortar bed joints using angle grinders with diamond-impregnated metal blades. Remove remaining mortar in bed joints and mortar in head joints by hand with chisel and resilient mallet. Strictly adhere to approved quality-control program.
D. Notify Contracting Officer Representative of unforeseen detrimental conditions, including voids in mortar joints, cracks, loose masonry units, rotted wood, rusted metal, and other deteriorated items.
E. Pointing with Mortar:
1. Rinse joint surfaces with water to remove dust and mortar particles. Time rinsing application so, at time of pointing, joint surfaces are damp but free of standing water. If rinse water dries, dampen joint surfaces before pointing. 2. Apply pointing mortar first to areas where existing mortar was removed to depths greater than surrounding areas. Apply in layers not greater than 3/8 inch(es) until a uniform depth is formed. Fully compact each layer thoroughly and allow it to become thumbprint hard before applying next layer. 3. After deep areas have been filled to same depth as remaining joints, point joints by placing mortar in layers not greater than 3/8 inch(es). Fully compact each layer and allow it to become thumbprint hard before applying next layer. Where existing brick have worn or rounded edges, slightly recess finished mortar surface below face of masonry to avoid widened joint faces. Take care not to spread mortar beyond joint edges onto exposed masonry surfaces or to featheredge the mortar. 4. When mortar is thumbprint hard, tool joints to match original appearance of joints as demonstrated in approved mockup. Remove excess mortar from edge of joint by brushing. 5. Cure mortar by moistening and then allowing to dry in cycles for at least 72 consecutive hours, including weekends and holidays.
CUIS - 189275 04 03 23 - 8 HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPOINTING Copyright © 2020 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec-based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Joseph K Oppermann Architect" for "CUIS Stabilization of Chimneys at Stafford Slave Settlement". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing and use of this document for any other project.(9531)
a. Acceptable dampening methods include covering with wet burlap and plastic sheeting, periodic hand misting, and periodic mist spraying using system of pipes, mist heads, and timers. 6. Protect initially cured mortar from sun, wind and rain for a minimum of 14 days. 7. Hairline cracking within the mortar or mortar separation at edge of a joint is unacceptable. Remove mortar and repoint.
F. Where repointing work precedes cleaning of existing masonry, allow mortar to harden at least 30 days before beginning cleaning work.
3.4 FINAL CLEANING
A. After mortar has fully hardened, thoroughly clean exposed masonry surfaces of excess mortar and foreign matter; use wood scrapers, stiff-nylon or -fiber brushes, and clean water, applied by low- pressure spray.
1. Do not use metal scrapers or brushes. 2. Do not use acidic or alkaline cleaners.
B. Clean adjacent nonmasonry surfaces. Use detergent and soft brushes or cloths.
C. Remove masking materials, leaving no residues that could trap dirt.
END OF SECTION 04 03 23
CUIS - 189275 04 03 23 - 9 HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPOINTING Copyright © 2020 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec-based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Joseph K Oppermann Architect" for "CUIS Stabilization of Chimneys at Stafford Slave Settlement". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing and use of this document for any other project.(9531)
08/21/2020
SECTION 051200 - STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Structural steel. 2. Shrinkage-resistant grout
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Structural Steel: Elements of the structural frame indicated on Drawings and as described in ANSI/AISC 303.
1.4 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply with paint and coating manufacturers' written recommendations to ensure that shop primers and topcoats are compatible with one another.
B. Coordinate installation of anchorage items to be embedded in or attached to other construction without delaying the Work. Provide setting diagrams, sheet metal templates, instructions, and directions for installation.
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated in the contract documents.
B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication of structural-steel components.
1. Include details of cuts, connections, splices, camber, holes, and other pertinent data. 2. Include embedment Drawings. 3. Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols, distinguishing between shop and field welds, and show size, length, and type of each weld. Show backing bars that are to be removed and supplemental fillet welds where backing bars are to remain. 4. Indicate type, size, and length of bolts, distinguishing between shop and field bolts. Identify pretensioned and slip-critical, high-strength bolted connections.
CUIS - 189275 051200 - 1 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
08/21/2020
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For Installer, fabricator, testing agency.
B. Welding certificates.
C. Paint Compatibility Certificates: From manufacturers of topcoats applied over shop primers, certifying that shop primers are compatible with topcoats.
D. Mill test reports for structural-steel materials, including chemical and physical properties.
E. Product Test Reports: For the following:
1. Bolts, nuts, and washers, including mechanical properties and chemical analysis. 2. Shear stud connectors. 3. Nonshrink grout.
F. Survey of existing conditions.
G. Source quality-control reports.
H. Field quality-control reports.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fabricator Qualifications: A qualified fabricator that participates in the AISC Quality Certification Program and is designated an AISC-Certified Plant, Category BU or is accredited by the IAS Fabricator Inspection Program for Structural Steel (Acceptance Criteria 172).
B. Installer Qualifications: A qualified Installer who participates in the AISC Quality Certification Program and is designated an AISC-Certified Erector, Category CSE.
C. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M and AWSD1.6/D1.6M.
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep steel members off ground and spaced by using pallets, dunnage, or other supports and spacers. Protect steel members and packaged materials from corrosion and deterioration.
1. Do not store materials on structure in a manner that might cause distortion, damage, or overload to members or supporting structures. Repair or replace damaged materials or structures as directed.
B. Store fasteners in a protected place in sealed containers with manufacturer's labels intact.
1. Fasteners may be repackaged provided Owner's testing and inspecting agency observes repackaging and seals containers. 2. Clean and relubricate bolts and nuts that become dry or rusty before use. CUIS - 189275 051200 - 2 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
08/21/2020
3. Comply with manufacturers' written recommendations for cleaning and lubricating ASTM F3125/F3125M, Grade F1852 bolt assemblies and for retesting bolt assemblies after lubrication.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Comply with applicable provisions of the following specifications and documents:
1. ANSI/AISC 303. 2. ANSI/AISC 341. 3. ANSI/AISC 360. 4. RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using High-Strength Bolts."
B. Connection Design Information:
1. Option 1: Connection designs have been completed and connections indicated on the Drawings.
C. Construction: Moment frame.
2.2 STRUCTURAL-STEEL MATERIALS
A. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer content not less than 50 percent.
B. Channels, Angles: As indicated on the Drawings.
C. Plate and Bar: As indicated on the Drawings.
D. Cold-Formed Hollow Structural Sections: As indicated on the Drawings.
E. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS requirements.
2.3 BOLTS AND CONNECTORS
A. Steel Bolts: As indicated on the Drawings.
B. Steel Nuts: As indicated on the Drawings.
2.4 RODS
A. Headed Anchor Rods: ASTM F1554, Grade 36, straight.
1. Nuts: ASTM A563 (ASTM A563M) heavy-hex carbon steel. 2. Plate Washers: ASTM A36/A36M carbon steel. CUIS - 189275 051200 - 3 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
08/21/2020
3. Washers: ASTM F436 (ASTM F436M), Type 1, hardened carbon steel. 4. Finish: Hot-dip zinc coating, ASTM A153/A153M, Class C.
2.5 SHRINKAGE-RESISTANT GROUT
A. Nonmetallic, Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: ASTM C1107/C1107M, factory-packaged, nonmetallic aggregate grout, noncorrosive and nonstaining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and a 30-minute working time.
2.6 FABRICATION
A. Structural Steel: Fabricate and assemble in shop to greatest extent possible. Fabricate in accordance with ANSI/AISC 303 and to ANSI/AISC 360.
1. Camber structural-steel members where indicated. 2. Fabricate beams with rolling camber up. 3. Identify high-strength structural steel in accordance with ASTM A6/A6M and maintain markings until structural-steel framing has been erected. 4. Mark and match-mark materials for field assembly. 5. Complete structural-steel assemblies, including welding of units, before starting shop- priming operations.
B. Thermal Cutting: Perform thermal cutting by machine to greatest extent possible.
1. Plane thermally cut edges to be welded to comply with requirements in AWS D1.1/D1.1M or AWS D1.6/D1.6M, as appropriate.
C. Bolt Holes: Cut, drill, mechanically thermal cut, or punch standard bolt holes perpendicular to metal surfaces.
D. Finishing: Accurately finish ends of columns and other members transmitting bearing loads.
E. Holes: Provide holes required for securing other work to structural steel and for other work to pass through steel members.
1. Cut, drill, or punch holes perpendicular to steel surfaces. Do not thermally cut bolt holes or enlarge holes by burning. 2. Baseplate Holes: Cut, drill, mechanically thermal cut, or punch holes perpendicular to steel surfaces. 3. Weld threaded nuts to framing and other specialty items indicated to receive other work.
2.7 SHOP CONNECTIONS
A. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M of AWS D1.6/D1.6M, as appropriate, for tolerances, appearances, welding procedure specifications, weld quality, and methods used in correcting welding work.
CUIS - 189275 051200 - 4 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
08/21/2020
1. Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods that maintain true alignment of axes without exceeding tolerances in ANSI/AISC 303 for mill material.
2.8 GALVANIZING
A. Hot-Dip Galvanized Finish: Apply zinc coating by the hot-dip process to structural steel in accordance with ASTM A123/A123M.
1. Fill vent and drain holes that are exposed in the finished Work unless they function as weep holes, by plugging with zinc solder and filing off smooth.
2.9 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform shop tests and inspections.
1. Allow testing agency access to places where structural-steel work is being fabricated or produced to perform tests and inspections. 2. Bolted Connections: Inspect shop-bolted connections in accordance with RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using High-Strength Bolts." 3. Welded Connections: Visually inspect shop-welded connections in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M or AWS D1.6/1.6M, as appropriate, and the following inspection procedures, at testing agency's option:
a. Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E165/E165M. b. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E709; performed on root pass and on finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration are not accepted. c. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E164. d. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E94/E94M.
4. Prepare test and inspection reports.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify, with certified steel erector present, elevations of concrete- and masonry-bearing surfaces and locations of anchor rods, bearing plates, and other embedments for compliance with requirements.
1. Prepare a certified survey of existing conditions. Include bearing surfaces, anchor rods, bearing plates, and other embedments showing dimensions, locations, angles, and elevations.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
CUIS - 189275 051200 - 5 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
08/21/2020
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Provide temporary shores, guys, braces, and other supports during erection to keep structural steel secure, plumb, and in alignment against temporary construction loads and loads equal in intensity to design loads. Remove temporary supports when permanent structural steel, connections, and bracing are in place unless otherwise indicated on Drawings.
3.3 ERECTION
A. Set structural steel accurately in locations and to elevations indicated and in accordance with ANSI/AISC 303 and ANSI/AISC 360.
B. Baseplates, Bearing Plates: Clean concrete-bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials, and roughen surfaces prior to setting plates. Clean bottom surface of plates.
1. Set plates for structural members on wedges, shims, or setting nuts as required. 2. Weld plate washers to top of baseplate. 3. Snug-tighten anchor rods after supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of plate before packing with grout. 4. Promptly pack shrinkage-resistant grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates, so no voids remain. Neatly finish exposed surfaces; protect grout and allow to cure. Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions for grouting.
C. Maintain erection tolerances of structural steel within ANSI/AISC 303.
D. Align and adjust various members that form part of complete frame or structure before permanently fastening. Before assembly, clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces that are in permanent contact with members. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for discrepancies in elevations and alignment.
1. Level and plumb individual members of structure. Slope roof framing members to slopes indicated on Drawings. 2. Make allowances for difference between temperature at time of erection and mean temperature when structure is completed and in service.
E. Splice members only where indicated.
F. Do not use thermal cutting during erection.
G. Do not enlarge unfair holes in members by burning or using drift pins. Ream holes that must be enlarged to admit bolts.
3.4 FIELD CONNECTIONS
A. High-Strength Bolts: Install high-strength bolts in accordance with RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using High-Strength Bolts" for bolt and joint type specified.
1. Joint Type: Snug tightened.
CUIS - 189275 051200 - 6 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
08/21/2020
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Special Inspections: Owner will engage a special inspector to perform the following special inspections:
1. Verify structural-steel materials and inspect steel frame joint details. 2. Verify weld materials and inspect welds. 3. Verify connection materials and inspect high-strength bolted connections.
B. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections.
1. Bolted Connections: Inspect and test bolted connections in accordance with RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using High-Strength Bolts." 2. Welded Connections: Visually inspect field welds in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M or AWS D1.6/D1.6M, as appropriate.
a. In addition to visual inspection, test and inspect field welds in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M or AWS D1.6/D1.6M, as appropriate, and the following inspection procedures, at testing agency's option:
1) Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E165/E165M. 2) Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E709; performed on root pass and on finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration are not accepted. 3) Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E164. 4) Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E94/E94M.
3.6 PROTECTION
A. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean areas where galvanizing is damaged or missing, and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A780/A780M.
END OF SECTION 051200
CUIS - 189275 051200 - 7 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
SECTION 099113 - EXTERIOR PAINTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Primers. 2. Finish coatings.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 051200 "Structural Steel Framing" for shop priming of metal substrates.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1. Include preparation requirements and application instructions. 2. Indicate VOC content.
B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of topcoat product.
C. Samples for Verification: For each type of paint system and each color and gloss of topcoat.
1. Submit Samples on rigid backing, 8 inches square. 2. Apply coats on Samples in steps to show each coat required for system. 3. Label each coat of each Sample. 4. Label each Sample for location and application area.
D. Product Schedule: Use same designations indicated on Drawings and in the Exterior Painting Schedule to cross-reference paint systems specified in this Section. Include color designations.
1.4 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1. Paint Products: 5 percent, but not less than 2 gallons of each material and color applied.
CUIS - 189275 099113 - 1 SECTION 099113 - EXTERIOR PAINTING Copyright © 2020 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec-based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Joseph K Oppermann Architect" for "CUIS Stabilization of Chimneys at Stafford Slave Settlement". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing and use of this document for any other project.(9531)
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Mockups: Apply mockups of each paint system indicated and each color and finish selected to verify selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects, and to set quality standards for materials and execution.
1. Contracting Officer Representative will select one surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each paint system. a. Vertical and Horizontal Surfaces: Provide samples of at least 100 sq. ft. b. Other Items: Contracting Officer Representative will designate items or areas required. 2. Final approval of color selections will be based on mockups. a. If preliminary color selections are not approved, apply additional mockups of additional colors selected by Contracting Officer Representative at no added cost to Owner. 3. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Contracting Officer Representative specifically approves such deviations in writing. 4. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F.
1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily.
1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and ambient air temperatures are between 50 and 95 deg F.
B. Do not apply paints in snow, rain, fog, or mist; when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following:
1. Tnemec Company, Inc.
B. Source Limitations: Obtain each paint product from single source from single manufacturer.
CUIS - 189275 099113 - 2 SECTION 099113 - EXTERIOR PAINTING Copyright © 2020 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec-based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Joseph K Oppermann Architect" for "CUIS Stabilization of Chimneys at Stafford Slave Settlement". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing and use of this document for any other project.(9531)
2.2 PAINT PRODUCTS, GENERAL
A. Material Compatibility:
1. Provide materials for use within each paint system that are compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience. 2. For each coat in a paint system, provide products recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturer for use in paint system and on substrate indicated.
B. Colors: As selected by Contracting Officer Representative from manufacturer's full range.
1. 100 percent of surface area will be painted with deep tones.
2.3 PRIMERS
A. Polyamidoamine Epoxy: High solids, high build, fast drying, polyamide epoxy designed to protect steel and concrete in industrial exposures.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: a. Tnemec Company, Inc., Series N69 Hi-Build Epoxoline II at 6.0-8.0 mils DFT.
2.4 FINISH COATINGS
A. Aliphatic Acrylic Polyurethane, Semigloss: Fast drying, polyester modified, aliphatic, acrylic polyurethane formulated for exterior exposure and highly resistant to abrasion, wet conditions, corrosive fumes, chemical contact, and exterior weathering.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: a. Tnemec Company, Inc., Series 73 Endura-Shield at 2.0-3.0 mils DFT. 2. Gloss Level: Manufacturer's standard semigloss finish.
B. Advanced Thermoset Solution Fluoropolymer, Satin: High-solids fluoropolymer coating that provides an ultra-durable finish with user friendly brush, roll and conventional spray application, as well as outstanding color and gloss retention in severe exposures.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: a. Tnemec Company, Inc., Series 1072 Fluoronar at 2.5-3.0 mils DFT. 2. Gloss Level: Manufacturer's standard satin finish.
CUIS - 189275 099113 - 3 SECTION 099113 - EXTERIOR PAINTING Copyright © 2020 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec-based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Joseph K Oppermann Architect" for "CUIS Stabilization of Chimneys at Stafford Slave Settlement". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing and use of this document for any other project.(9531)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
B. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility, with finishes and primers.
C. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
1. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions applicable to substrates and paint systems indicated.
B. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dust, dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants.
1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers or apply tie coat as required to produce paint systems specified in this Section.
C. Steel Substrates: Remove rust, loose mill scale, and shop primer if any. Remove all soluble and insoluble contaminants and corrosion. Remove any storage stains per Section 6.2 of ASTM D6386. Clean using methods recommended in writing by paint manufacturer.
1. Stainless Steel / Galvanized Steel: Sweep (abrasive) blasting per SSPC-SP 16 surface preparation of non-ferrous substrates to achieve a uniform anchor profile (1.0-2.0 mils).
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Apply paints in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Use applicators and techniques suited for paint and substrate indicated. 2. Paint surfaces behind movable items same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed items with prime coat only. 3. Primers specified in the Exterior Painting Schedule may be omitted on items that are factory primed or factory finished if compatible with intermediate and topcoat coatings and acceptable to intermediate and topcoat paint manufacturers.
B. Tint undercoats same color as topcoat, but tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat if multiple coats of same material are to be applied. Provide sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat.
C. If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform paint finish, color, and appearance. CUIS - 189275 099113 - 4 SECTION 099113 - EXTERIOR PAINTING Copyright © 2020 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec-based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Joseph K Oppermann Architect" for "CUIS Stabilization of Chimneys at Stafford Slave Settlement". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing and use of this document for any other project.(9531)
D. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks.
3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site.
1. Do not clean equipment with free-draining water and prevent solvents, thinners, cleaners, and other contaminants from entering into waterways, sanitary and storm drain systems, and ground. 2. Dispose of contaminants in accordance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Allow empty paint cans to dry before disposal. 4. Collect waste paint by type and deliver to recycling or collection facility.
B. After completing paint application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paints by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces.
C. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Contracting Officer Representative, and leave in an undamaged condition.
D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces.
3.5 EXTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE
A. Stainless Steel Substrates:
1. Acrylic Polyurethane / Fluoropolymer System: a. Prime Coat: Polyamidoamine Epoxy. b. Intermediate Coat: Aliphatic Acrylic Polyurethane, semigloss. c. Topcoat: Advanced Thermoset Solution Fluoropolymer, satin.
B. Galvanized Steel Substrates:
1. Acrylic Polyurethane / Fluoropolymer System: a. Prime Coat: Polyamidoamine Epoxy. b. Intermediate Coat: Aliphatic Acrylic Polyurethane, semigloss. c. Topcoat: Advanced Thermoset Solution Fluoropolymer, satin.
END OF SECTION 099113
CUIS - 189275 099113 - 5 SECTION 099113 - EXTERIOR PAINTING Copyright © 2020 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec-based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Joseph K Oppermann Architect" for "CUIS Stabilization of Chimneys at Stafford Slave Settlement". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing and use of this document for any other project.(9531)
Stafford Slave Settlement Cumberland Island National Seashore, Georgia
Masonry Materials Analysis and Testing
February 2020
BUILDING CONSER VATION ASSOCIATES INC.
Stafford Slave Settlement Cumberland Island National Seashore, Georgia
Masonry Materials Analysis and Testing
Prepared For Joseph K. Oppermann – Architect, P.A.
Prepared By Building Conservation Associates, Inc. 242 Cherry Street Philadelphia, PA 19106
BCA Team Dorothy Krotzer
February 2020
BUILDING CONSER VATION ASSOCIATES INC.
CONTENTS
1.0 INTRODUCTION ...... 1
2.0 METHODOLOGY ...... 2
3.0 SUMMARY OF FINDINGS ...... 15 3.1 Tabby Brick ...... 15 3.2 Red Clay Brick ...... 19 3.3 Mortar ...... 20 3.4 Visual Observations from Site Visit ...... 21
4.0 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS ...... 24
APPENDICES
Appendix A: “Report on Physical Properties of Tabby Brick” (Highbridge Materials Consulting, Inc., 11/18/19)
Appendix B: “Report on Tabby Brick Compositional Analysis” (Highbridge Materials Consulting, Inc., 12/23/19)
Appendix C: “Report on Mortar Compositional Analysis” (Highbridge Materials Consulting, Inc., 12/23/19)
Appendix D: “Report on Petrography of Red Clay Brick” (Highbridge Materials Consulting, Inc., 12/24/19)
Appendix E: “Report on Salt Analysis of Tabby Brick” (Highbridge Materials Consulting, Inc., 12/31/19)
Appendix F: “Report on Clay Analysis of Tabby Brick” (Highbridge Materials Consulting, Inc., 12/31/19)
February 2020
BUILDING CONSER VATION ASSOCIATES INC.
Stafford Slave Settlement, Cumberland Island National Seashore Page 1 Masonry Materials Analysis and Testing
1.0 INTRODUCTION
At the request of Joseph K. Oppermann – Architect, P.A., Building Conservation Associates, Inc. (BCA) performed testing and analysis of multiple historic masonry materials removed from the Stafford Slave Settlement on Cumberland Island National Seashore in Georgia. The materials tested were removed from the remaining chimneys that are present at the ruins of the Stafford Slave Settlement. The chimneys are constructed of four primary masonry materials: tabby brick, red clay brick, mortar, and stucco/parging. The testing and analysis performed by BCA was limited to the tabby brick, red clay brick and mortar.
The materials testing is being performed as part of a larger project involving the structural stabilization of select chimneys that remain at the site. The work performed by BCA and presented in this report involved both physical testing and evaluation in the laboratory, as well as in situ visual assessment. The goal of the testing and evaluation was to document the physical properties of the historic masonry to guide certain aspects of the chimney stabilization project. The following report summarizes the findings of both the field observations and laboratory testing.
The report is organized by material (tabby brick, red clay brick and mortar), with sections on methodology as well as final conclusions and recommendations. All work required for the execution of this testing and evaluation was performed by Dorothy S. Krotzer, BCA Regional Director with assistance from Highbridge Materials Testing, Inc. (Highbridge). Highbridge submitted six separate reports as part of their laboratory analysis and testing, all of which are appended to this report. While this report summarizes Highbridge’s findings and puts them in the context of the site, review of their in-depth and comprehensive reports is strongly recommended for a full understanding of the Stafford Slave Settlement’s masonry materials.
BUILDING CONSER VATION ASSOCIATES INC. February 2020
Stafford Slave Settlement, Cumberland Island National Seashore Page 2 Masonry Materials Analysis and Testing
2.0 METHODOLOGY
On 19-20 August 2019, BCA performed a site visit to Cumberland Island to remove masonry materials from the Stafford Slave Settlement for laboratory analysis and testing. A total of 21 individual material samples were removed, including several full brick units. A list of the samples is included on the following page (Table 1) and representative photographs of sample locations are included in Images 1-16. While on site, in addition to removing samples, BCA also examined the extant chimneys for typical conditions and patterns of deterioration. Observations from the site visit are summarized in Section 3.1 of this report.
All of the material samples removed by BCA were shipped to Highbridge. Once received, BCA and Highbridge collaborated to decide the type and extent of testing that should be performed in order to provide the most useful information to the National Park Service (NPS) and the project team. The testing regimen developed by BCA and Highbridge for the tabby brick, red clay brick and mortar is summarized below and the results are summarized in Section 3.0 of this report. For a detailed description of the methodology used for each testing procedure, see Highbridge’s reports in Appendices A- F of this report.
It should be noted that the tabby brick does not fit any modern material category, so the test methods had to be adapted from several different standards.
Testing and Analysis of Tabby Brick
• Compositional analysis of tabby brick. This testing combined petrographic examination and chemical analysis to identify constituents, estimate proportions, and assess overall condition of the tabby brick. An acid digestion to extract an aggregate sample for description and gradation was also performed.
• Gradation analysis of tabby brick aggregate. Acid digestion was performed on three additional brick samples and the content and gradation of the acid-insoluble constituents compared. The reason for this analysis was because it was anticipated that there may be some variation in the tabby brick mix proportions.
• Physical property testing of tabby brick. This testing included compressive strength, absorption, and saturation coefficient determination on a sample of five brick specimens.
• Qualitative identification of salts in tabby brick. Identification of water-soluble salts present within the brick through x-ray diffraction analysis. Three samples were chosen for the analysis, two identified by BCA as distressed and one identified by BCA as sound.
• Qualitative identification of clays in tabby brick. X-ray diffraction analysis was performed on clays extracted from one brick sample to determine whether swelling varieties are present. This testing was performed in order to evaluate the possibility that the weathering of the tabby brick is the result of the swelling behavior of clay constituents during wetting/drying cycles.
• Gradation analysis of local silt/clay. Analysis of a sample of local sediments removed from the shore of the island was performed because it is suspected that this material may have been used in the tabby manufacture. The laboratory disaggregated this loosely consolidated
BUILDING CONSER VATION ASSOCIATES INC. February 2020
Stafford Slave Settlement, Cumberland Island National Seashore Page 3 Masonry Materials Analysis and Testing
material and graded it through standard sieves. The color and gradation of the sediment was compared to the acid-insoluble material recovered from the tabby brick to see if there was any similarity.
Analysis of Mortar
• Compositional analysis of masonry mortar. This testing combined petrographic examination and chemical analysis to identify constituents, estimate proportions, and assess overall condition of the tabby brick bedding mortar. An acid digestion to extract an aggregate sample for description and gradation was also included.
Analysis of Red Clay Brick
• Petrographic examination of red clay brick. One sample of red clay brick was examined petrographically. The purpose of this petrographic examination is to evaluate the constituents and microstructural features of the brick and to assess any potential causes for deterioration.
BUILDING CONSER VATION ASSOCIATES INC. February 2020
Stafford Slave Settlement, Cumberland Island National Seashore Page 4 Masonry Materials Analysis and Testing
Table 1. Masonry Samples Removed
Sample No. Chimney Material Description No. Type Stafford.1 18 Tabby brick Taken from interior side of chimney above bedding mortar lintel. Stafford.2 11 Tabby brick Taken from location of roof peak, area of bedding mortar mortar build-up, mortar continues into adjacent joint, (i.e. same material as mortar in joints). Stafford.3 1 Tabby brick Small sample from exterior mortar joint, west bedding mortar exterior face Stafford.4 4 Parging Parging does not appear to be original (different color than mortar original, evidence of soiling on face of mortar under parging). Stafford.5 N/A – Sample Discarded Stafford.6 4 Red brick Found on ground next to chimney, presumed to be from west surround of hearth. Stafford.7 16 Tabby brick East side of hearth, “f” marked on face Stafford.8 1 Tabby brick West side of hearth, interior-facing side of chimney, removed from middle wythe Stafford.9 18 Tabby brick Interior-facing side of chimney (same location as Stafford.1), original orientation of brick not clear. Stafford.10 10 Tabby brick Found in rubble pile next to chimney Stafford.11 10 Tabby brick Found in rubble pile next to chimney Stafford.12 22 Tabby brick Found in rubble pile next to chimney Stafford.13 22 Tabby brick Found in rubble pile next to chimney Stafford.14 22 Tabby brick Found in rubble pile next to chimney Stafford.15 22 Tabby brick Found in rubble pile next to chimney Stafford.16 22 Tabby brick Found in rubble pile next to chimney Stafford.17 22 Red brick Removed from back wall of hearth Stafford.18 4 Tabby brick Removed from west side of chimney, significant erosion of brick face Stafford.19 3 Tabby brick Removed from back exterior face of chimney, significant erosion of brick face Stafford.20 16 Tabby brick Removed from northwest corner of chimney, face only, “B” marked on back/interior of brick) mild erosion of brick face Stafford.21 N/A “clay rock” from shore
BUILDING CONSER VATION ASSOCIATES INC. February 2020
Stafford Slave Settlement, Cumberland Island National Seashore Page 5 Masonry Materials Analysis and Testing
Image 1. Typical intact chimney with replaced wood lintel. Note the use of red brick for the hearth and firebox and the use of tabby brick elsewhere.
BUILDING CONSER VATION ASSOCIATES INC. February 2020
Stafford Slave Settlement, Cumberland Island National Seashore Page 6 Masonry Materials Analysis and Testing
Image 2. General setting of the majority of the chimneys, located in a shaded tree grove in approximately the middle of the island. Some chimneys were previously stabilized in 2008.
BUILDING CONSER VATION ASSOCIATES INC. February 2020
Stafford Slave Settlement, Cumberland Island National Seashore Page 7 Masonry Materials Analysis and Testing
Image 3. Location of the sample Stafford.1.
BUILDING CONSER VATION ASSOCIATES INC. February 2020
Stafford Slave Settlement, Cumberland Island National Seashore Page 8 Masonry Materials Analysis and Testing
Images 4 and 5. Location of the sample Stafford.2.
BUILDING CONSER VATION ASSOCIATES INC. February 2020
Stafford Slave Settlement, Cumberland Island National Seashore Page 9 Masonry Materials Analysis and Testing
Image 6. Location of the sample Stafford.3.
Image 7. Location of the sample Stafford.4.
BUILDING CONSER VATION ASSOCIATES INC. February 2020
Stafford Slave Settlement, Cumberland Island National Seashore Page 10 Masonry Materials Analysis and Testing
Image 8. Location of the sample Stafford.6.
Image 9. Location of the sample Stafford.9.
BUILDING CONSER VATION ASSOCIATES INC. February 2020
Stafford Slave Settlement, Cumberland Island National Seashore Page 11 Masonry Materials Analysis and Testing
Image 10. Location of the sample Stafford.17.
Image 11. Location of the sample Stafford.19.
BUILDING CONSER VATION ASSOCIATES INC. February 2020
Stafford Slave Settlement, Cumberland Island National Seashore Page 12 Masonry Materials Analysis and Testing
Images 12 and 13. Location of the sample Stafford.18.
BUILDING CONSER VATION ASSOCIATES INC. February 2020
Stafford Slave Settlement, Cumberland Island National Seashore Page 13 Masonry Materials Analysis and Testing
Images 14 and 15. Location of the sample Stafford.20.
BUILDING CONSER VATION ASSOCIATES INC. February 2020
Stafford Slave Settlement, Cumberland Island National Seashore Page 14 Masonry Materials Analysis and Testing
Image 16. Location of the sample Stafford.21, the “clay rock” or deposited sediment found along the shore of the island.
BUILDING CONSER VATION ASSOCIATES INC. February 2020
Stafford Slave Settlement, Cumberland Island National Seashore Page 15 Masonry Materials Analysis and Testing
3.0 SUMMARY OF FINDINGS
The chimneys of the Stafford Slave Settlement are constructed of four primary masonry materials: tabby brick (a cast product); red clay brick (a fired product); mortar; and stucco/parging. The parging is only present on some chimneys and is only partial where it does exist. It is unclear whether the parging, which is a similar brown color as the tabby brick, is original or added. The parging was not examined in detail as part of this study.
The findings summarized below are primarily derived from the results of the extensive laboratory analysis and testing performed by Highbridge (see Appendices A-F), with Section 3.4 summarizing BCA’s observations from the site visit.
3.1 Tabby Brick
The pale brown-colored tabby bricks at the Stafford Slave Settlement are handmade, cast products composed solely of non-hydraulic lime and sand. Unlike the more well-known tabby concrete, it does not include broken shells as a coarse aggregate addition, although numerous shell fragments are present in the brick and are readily observed. (Images 7 and 11) However, these shell fragments are interpreted to have originated from the burning of oyster shell to produce the lime used to make the brick, and not as intentional aggregate additions. These unburned shell fragments and other lime conclusions are fairly plentiful, making up between 7- 10% of the brick sample examined. In general, the tabby brick is more like a coarse lime mortar than a true tabby.
The aggregate found in the tabby brick is a very fine and narrowly-graded natural quartz sand typical of Southern coastal lime mortars of the 19th century. There is a trace amount of silt, clay, and organic matter, which were probably part of the sand originally. It is this material, even in a small amount, that is responsible for the pale brown color of the brick. The sands for the four brick examined are all essentially the same. In addition, the color and gradation of the sand in the tabby brick matches that of the sands in both the sediment sample and the mortar sample analyzed as part of this study. This evidence indicates that the sands for both the tabby brick and mortar came from the same general geological deposit, most likely on Cumberland Island. (Chart 1) It is interesting to note that the original sediment material has a high percentage of dark- colored fines (approximately 12%), which must have been rinsed off prior to being used for the tabby brick and the mortar because the percentage of these fines in the brick and mortar are significantly lower.
The proportion of ingredients was also examined in four different tabby bricks and found to be incredibly consistent. The bricks are made of lime and sand in a proportion of 1 part lime: 1.5 parts sand, by volume, with the lime interpreted as a dry hydrate and not a putty. If interpreted as a lime putty, the proportions are 1 part lime : 1.8 parts sand. The consistency of proportions is unusual and striking. It is at a level usually found only in modern premixed mortars where batching is done in a controlled plant setting. This level of consistency could have been the result of the bricks being made from a single, large, well-mixed batch of lime and sand. Or, more likely, the brick manufacturing process involved careful measuring procedures. Either way, the proportion consistency indicates a fairly controlled and somewhat sophisticated means of manufacture for the tabby brick.
The petrographic examination of the tabby brick shows a material of good quality and no inherent material flaws. Its ingredients are well-mixed, adequately consolidated, and effectively
BUILDING CONSER VATION ASSOCIATES INC. February 2020
Stafford Slave Settlement, Cumberland Island National Seashore Page 16 Masonry Materials Analysis and Testing
cured. The resulting product is highly cohesive. The binder is fully carbonated, as expected for the material and age. Typical of lime mortars, the tabby brick is soft and highly permeable. No deleterious effects from being in service were identified petrographically. The clay portion of the brick was extracted and analyzed to determine if they were of the swelling variety, which could contribute to the long-term erosion of the tabby brick. The analysis determined that swelling clays are not present in any appreciable concentration in the brick.
The physical properties of the tabby brick were also evaluated using a combination of test techniques and standards. The compressive strength of the brick ranges from 400to 600 psi, which is in the range expected for a well-cured, non-hydraulic lime based mortar. For the compressive strength testing, the laboratory took cores in two directions from each of the five bricks to determine compressive strength. The reason for this was to determine if there was any significant strength anisotropy, since the tabby brick could potentially contain relatively flat shell fragments that would likely have been compacted in a direction perpendicular to the bed face during the casting process resulting in a plane of weakness. Anisotropy can impact how the bricks decay in service. The results of the testing indicate that there is no statistically significant difference between the two groups of cores tested (perpendicular and parallel), suggesting the brick ingredients were not strongly preferentially aligned during casting. Therefore, anisotropy is not a concern. One additional core sample was tested in each orientation under saturated conditions because it was also suspected that the tabby brick may be appreciably weaker when wet. The results indicate that the strengths while saturated are 60% to 70% that of the dry values.
Absorption values of the tabby brick are rather high, as expected for non-hydraulic lime-based mortars. Strength is more variable than absorption and there is no good correlation between the two. This suggests that the variations in strength are not directly controlled by porosity.
The tabby brick were also tested for the presence of soluble salts. While salts were observed on the brick in several locations during the site visit, the quantity and type of salts was unknown. Knowing the type of salts present in masonry can help to identify the source(s), which can aid in eliminating the source when possible. Three tabby bricks were tested for salt content, two were in a deteriorated condition and one was in sound condition, provided as a control of sorts. The two bricks in deteriorated condition contain approximately 1% soluble salts by weight. The salts include halite (NaCl), niter (KNO3) and darapskite (Na3(SO4)(NO3)(H2O). These types of salt are likely from a combination of seawater (the chloride and sulfate salts) and the decay products of naturally-occurring matter in the soil (the nitrate salts). They are typical of those expected to be associated with low-lying marine environments. The brick in good condition was also tested and found to contain very little salt. Although the salts could have been introduced through the sands used to make the tabby brick, it is more likely that they are the result of rising damp, migrating upward through capillary action from the underlying soil. The very low concentration of salts in the sound brick sample indicates that the salts are not present in the same quantity for all bricks, which would be the case if the salts were in the original brick mix.
The variety of salts documented in the two damaged brick are certainly capable of causing progressive decay of the brick matrix through repeated wetting and drying cycles. The sulfates would tend to be the most destructive, but none of the salts are considered innocuous. This makes sense when one considers that some of the most pronounced damage observed on site was at the edges or sides of the chimney bases, where wetting and drying cycles would occur more frequently. Because there is no evidence for the presence of swelling clays in the brick matrix, nor are there other common environmental factors such as freeze-thaw cycling that
BUILDING CONSER VATION ASSOCIATES INC. February 2020
Stafford Slave Settlement, Cumberland Island National Seashore Page 17 Masonry Materials Analysis and Testing
would damage the tabby brick, it is possible that soluble salts are one of the more significant causes of erosion in the tabby brick.
BUILDING CONSER VATION ASSOCIATES INC. February 2020
Stafford Slave Settlement, Cumberland Island National Seashore Page 18 Masonry Materials Analysis and Testing
100
90
80
70
(%)
60
Passing
Tabby - Sample 07 50 Mortar - Sample 01 Percent
Local Sediment Sample 21 40 Local sediment without fines Sample 21
Cumulative 30
20
10
0 10.00 1.00 0.10 0.01 Grain Size (mm) Chart 1. This chart compares the sand profiles in the tabby brick (Sample 07), the bedding mortar (Sample 01), and the local sediment sample (Sample 21). Note that the profiles are essentially identical.
BUILDING CONSER VATION ASSOCIATES INC. February 2020
Stafford Slave Settlement, Cumberland Island National Seashore Page 19 Masonry Materials Analysis and Testing
3.2 Red Clay Brick
The red clay bricks at Stafford Slave Settlement are hand-molded, fired bricks. The brick is uniform in texture with a purplish-red matrix and darker spots distributed evenly throughout the unit. The material is sandy-textured, highly permeable and well-fired. Microscopically, the brick is found to have approximately even volumes of sintered clay, fine temper, and micropores. The temper, which constitutes approximately 30% of the total brick volume, is a fine quartz sand that was a natural component of the brick clay. The ingredients are well-mixed and there is no streaking of the clay. The overall composition and microstructure of these red bricks are typical of many Southern coastal bricks of the nineteenth century.
There is only minor hairline cracking is evident in the brick and no significant secondary mineralizations. The red brick material is intact and sound.
BUILDING CONSER VATION ASSOCIATES INC. February 2020
Stafford Slave Settlement, Cumberland Island National Seashore Page 20 Masonry Materials Analysis and Testing
3.3 Mortar
The mortar analyzed for the current study was removed from the tabby brick masonry. More specifically, it was removed from the interior (protected) side of Chimney 18 above the lintel. (Image 3) The mortar is off-white in color (Munsell code approximately 10YR 8/1) and contains visible lime particles and incompletely burned shell fragments. It is relatively uniform in appearance. Although it was not analyzed as part of this study, the parging on the interior of the chimneys appears to be the same white-colored mortar material.
Laboratory analysis determined that the mortar is a common lime mortar. The lime is a non- hydraulic fat (high calcium) lime prepared from oyster shell and apparently screened to remove coarser shell fragments. The aggregate is a very fine and narrowly graded natural quartz sand. It appears to be the same sand as documented in the tabby brick and the sediment deposit sample, but with the fines removed. The lack of these fines, which impart a brownish color to the sediment and the tabby brick, are what make the mortar white in color.
The proportions of ingredients in the mortar are estimated at 1 part lime : 1.4 parts sand by volume, with the lime calculated as a putty. If calculated as a dry hydrate, the proportions are 1 part lime : 1.1 parts sand, by volume. This is a fairly common proportioning for historical lime mortars, especially ones that contained narrowly graded sands such as the Stafford Slave Settlement tabby brick mortar. Such sands have high void contents and require a greater amount of binder to ensure thorough consolidation.
The materials were thoroughly mixed, adequately consolidated, and well-cured. There are no sand steaks or coarse binder inclusions. The resulting product is highly cohesive, though like the tabby brick, it maintains the softness and high permeability typical of lime mortars. Discontinuous microscopic shrinkage cracks were observed, but this is typical of lime mortars (especially those with a relatively high sand content) and not considered a defect. The binder is fully carbonated as expected for the material and age. Aside from the normal shrinkage cracks, there is no physical distress of any kind identified petrographically.
BUILDING CONSER VATION ASSOCIATES INC. February 2020
Stafford Slave Settlement, Cumberland Island National Seashore Page 21 Masonry Materials Analysis and Testing
3.4 Visual Observations from Site Visit
The condition of the masonry materials varies widely from chimney to chimney, and also on each individual chimney. However, in general, the tabby brick and the mortar exhibit the worst conditions. The red brick is generally in moderate to good condition. Typical material conditions observed for the tabby brick include: erosion, often severe and concave; cracking, through both brick units and mortar joints; and loss of entire units. The mortar shows signs of cracking in most joints, as well as separation of the mortar from the brick units in many locations. The mortar is also severely eroded in places, typically in locations where the tabby brick are also eroded. Salts were also observed on all of the masonry materials.
Although the conditions tend to be localized and somewhat random, some patterns of deterioration were observed. The most severe damage seems to be concentrated at the outside corners of the chimney bases, at the backs of the hearths, and in any location where a dense Portland cement re-pointing mortar or patching has been installed. In light of the information provided in the materials testing reports, this pattern makes sense. If cyclical wetting and drying of soluble salts is considered one of the primary causes of the severe tabby brick deterioration (namely erosion), then the pattern of eroded bricks at the bottom of the chimneys seems logical. The bricks at the bases of the chimneys are closer to the ground and the soluble salts are entering the brick masonry from the salt-laden ground moisture through rising damp and then hydrating or crystalizing (both of which cause damage to masonry). Damage from salts associated with rising damp tends to manifest themselves several inches or feet from the ground, depending on the type of salt and other environmental conditions, because this is the location where the salts are drying. The corners of the chimneys, which tend to exhibit some of the most extreme erosion, would tend to go through more frequent wetting and drying cycles than the rest of the chimneys, since they are exposed to air on two sides. The corners may also be more subjected to rain run-off from the “shoulders” of the chimneys, although this was not directly observed during the site visit.
The presence of Portland cement patches and repointing, although not prevalent, is also causing damage to the tabby brick where it does exist. The dense, impervious Portland cement material redirects moisture through the adjacent highly porous tabby brick and historic mortar, exacerbating their deterioration. Portland cements can also contain salts such as sulfates, which could also be entering the adjacent tabby brick masonry and contributing to their deterioration.
The loss of chimney stacks, which is a prevalent condition, is seen as a structural condition and not a material condition. However, where chimney stacks remain, the tabby brick tend to be in relatively good condition. This observation is consistent with the theory that the worst damage is occurring closer to the ground due to proximity to salt-laden ground moisture.
BUILDING CONSER VATION ASSOCIATES INC. February 2020
Stafford Slave Settlement, Cumberland Island National Seashore Page 22 Masonry Materials Analysis and Testing
Image 17. The thin, brown-colored parging that is present on some of the chimneys (usually in partial form) is visible on this chimney.
Image 18. The exterior side of the hearth is typically in poor condition on most chimneys, as is visible in this photograph.
BUILDING CONSER VATION ASSOCIATES INC. February 2020
Stafford Slave Settlement, Cumberland Island National Seashore Page 23 Masonry Materials Analysis and Testing
Image 19. This chimney clearly exhibits the typical deterioration pattern of eroded corners of the chimney base.
Image 20. Portland cement repair materials have caused deterioration in adjacent tabby brick.
BUILDING CONSER VATION ASSOCIATES INC. February 2020
Stafford Slave Settlement, Cumberland Island National Seashore Page 24 Masonry Materials Analysis and Testing
4.0 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
As a result of this study, the materials and properties of the primary masonry materials used to construct the chimneys of the Stafford Slave Settlement are much better understood. These materials include cast tabby bricks made of lime and sand, fired red clay bricks, and lime mortar. As documented by the analysis, the majority of these materials (the lime and sand used to make the mortar and the tabby brick, as well as the red brick) are typical of Southern coastal building materials of the 19th century. In addition, the ingredients for these materials (with the exception of the red clay brick) were most likely obtained from the island and manufactured on it as well. Of particular interest is the great consistency of ingredient proportions, or batching, exhibited by the tabby brick, which is unusual for a 19th century mortar material and more typical of contemporary industrial mixing. The proportion consistency indicates a fairly controlled and somewhat sophisticated means of manufacture for the tabby brick.
The results of the laboratory analysis, in tandem with the field assessment, indicate that all of the masonry materials used to construct the chimneys of the Stafford Slave Settlement are considered sound from a material perspective. When not exposed to external conditions such as salts, Portland cement repair materials or structural stresses, the tabby brick and mortar are in relatively good condition as individual building materials. Their composition and physical characteristics are not inherently flawed, and it is only when an external factor is introduced that they are damaged.
The fundamental good quality and sound composition of these materials affects the recommendations that are made for the repair and stabilization of the chimneys. Because they are not intrinsically flawed and do not contain any inherent deleterious ingredients or negative physical properties, replication of the materials can be considered.
The following recommendations for the masonry portions of the chimneys are made based on the findings of the field assessment and laboratory analysis:
1. Selective repointing, or as needed for structural stabilization and reconstruction.
Repointing of open or severely deteriorated mortar joints is recommended for the long-term preservation of the chimneys. Re-pointing and re-setting of tabby and red brick will also be required as part of any stabilization or reconstruction efforts associated with the current project. Because the mortar used for the chimneys is a fairly traditional high-calcium, non- hydraulic lime mortar that has performed adequately over its life, a replication mortar based on the original mortar is recommended with two adjustments.
First, the original sand used for the mortar is very fine and somewhat narrowly graded. It does not comply with modern masonry and gradation profiles as specified by ASTM C144. Therefore, the sand for the replication mortar should be fine-grained, similar in color, and graded to be similar to the original particle size distribution of the aggregate while meeting the requirements of ASTM C144.
Secondly, because a less fine sand and more well-graded sand will be used, a replication mix based on slightly more sand is recommended. While the original mortar ratio was 1 part lime putty to 1.4 parts sand, the recommended replication mortar mix is 1 part lime putty: 2 parts sand (by volume). This mix is also more in line with current industry standards.
BUILDING CONSER VATION ASSOCIATES INC. February 2020
Stafford Slave Settlement, Cumberland Island National Seashore Page 25 Masonry Materials Analysis and Testing
It should be noted that lime putty mortars require special precautions to ensure the proper installation and long-term durability. Because lime putty mortars take longer to cure and carbonate than lime-cement hybrid or hydraulic lime mortars (full carbonation of non-hydraulic lime can take years), it is important to protect the mortar during its initial cure. In order to ensure a proper cure, we recommend that the following precautions be taken when using lime putty mortars:
• Install at least 28 days prior to expected freezing temperatures to prevent the mortar from freezing. This should not be an issue on Cumberland Island, but is nonetheless important to note. • Do not install during the hottest summer months when mortar may dry out prematurely. • Do not install in areas of perpetual dampness. • Protect from sun, wind and rain for at least 14 days. • Moisten mortar and allow to dry in regular cycles during the initial cure to allow for carbonation. • Best results will be obtained from a mason who is familiar with lime putty mortars, as their workability and working time differ from that of cement-lime hybrid mortars.
The lime putty manufacturer’s precautions and recommended installation procedures should be consulted before beginning work.
It may also be necessary to add pigment to the mortar in order to match the original color. If pigment is used, only alkaline-resistant, non-fading types should be used and in amounts not exceed 10% of the binder, by volume.
2. Selective replacement of significantly deteriorated bricks, or as needed for structural stabilization and reconstruction.
Replacement of significantly damaged or deteriorated bricks, both tabby and red clay, is a significant part of any repair or stabilization effort for the chimneys. Fortunately, the tabby brick is a material that can be replicated fairly easily by hand and does not need to be made by a manufacturer. The original tabby brick, which were cast in molds or possibly shaped by hand, were composed of only lime and sand. New tabby bricks can be made that essentially replicates this mix. However, as with the replication mortar discussed above, two modifications to the original mix are needed: the use of a sand that matches the original as closely as possible while still meeting ASTM C144, and the use of slightly more sand than the original tabby brick. The recommended mortar mix for the replication tabby brick is 1 part hydrated lime: 2 parts sand (by volume). It should be noted that a dry hydrate is recommended for the tabby brick as opposed to a lime putty, which is what was used originally. The reason for this is that it will be much easier to thoroughly mix the required large batches of mortar for the tabby brick production if the mortar is initially mixed dry. Shrinkage will also be less of an issue if the dry hydrate is used instead of a putty, although some shrinkage is to be expected when casting these bricks of mortar.
The same considerations for working with lime-based mortars that are outlined above are also true for these tabby brick.
BUILDING CONSER VATION ASSOCIATES INC. February 2020
Stafford Slave Settlement, Cumberland Island National Seashore Page 26 Masonry Materials Analysis and Testing
It may also be necessary to add pigment to the tabby brick mix in order to match the original color. If pigment is used, only alkaline-resistant, non-fading types should be used and in amounts not exceed 10% of the binder, by volume. It may also be desirable to insert shell fragments into the outside portion of the brick to match the original appearance. This approach is preferred over mixing shell fragments into the dry lime and sand mix, as the addition of shells will increase the amount of aggregate and affect the overall mix proportions.
As for the red clay brick, these cannot be made by hand as they are a fired product. Instead, salvaged or newly manufactured bricks that visually match the original should be sourced. Fortunately, far fewer red clay replacement brick are needed than replacement tabby brick.
3. Removal of Portland cement repair materials. Existing Portland cement repair materials (parging, pointing) should be carefully removed and replaced with the recommended lime mortar above. The removal of the Portland cement materials will most likely damage the tabby and red clay brick masonry. However, the removal of this material is felt to be critical to the long-term preservation of the masonry and the long-term benefits of its removal are felt to outweigh any damage that might occur during the removal process.
4. Accept rising damp of salt-laden ground moisture. Although salts have been identified as one of the primary causes of the deterioration of the tabby brick and mortar, it is virtually impossible to eliminate this factor from affecting the masonry. All of the chimneys come into direct contact with the soil and elimination of the salts from the ground is not an option. While damp proof coursing to address the issue of rising damp exists (in both physical and chemical applications), it is not felt to be appropriate for this site. It is an invasive procedure with sometimes limited benefit. The success of damp-proof coursing, especially chemical, is not proven and the idea of introducing another material into these chimney assemblies does not seem prudent.
5. Additional Testing and Research. The existing parging on the chimneys and when it may have been applied needs to be better understood. It was not clear from the work of the current project whether it was an original or historic application, or something done more recently. A study should be implemented that looks specifically at the parging. Historic photographs, including those from the recent past, could be reviewed to see if the parging was present and in what form. In addition, samples of parging could be analyzed to identify the binder type, which can sometimes aid in dating a mortar material. For example, if portland cement is found, it could date the parging to after the 1870s when Portland cements were first being manufactured in the United States. Understanding the chronology of the parging applications is important not only for documenting the material history of the site but also for contemporary treatment approaches. If there is historic precedence for the use of parging on the brick, then this could be considered as a possible treatment strategy, especially for the bases of the chimneys that have evidence of salts. In this approach, the parging would be acting as a sacrificial render that could be replaced on a cyclical basis, drawing out salts like a poultice and being frequently renewed. Such a treatment would have visual impacts, however, so it is important to understand the historic precedence for it.
BUILDING CONSER VATION ASSOCIATES INC. February 2020
Appendix A
“Report on Physical Properties of Tabby Brick” (Highbridge Materials Consulting, Inc., 11/18/19)
Report on Physical Properties of Tabby Brick
Stafford Slave Settlement, Cumberland Island National Seashore, Chimney Stabilization Cumberland Island, Camden County, GA
Prepared for Building Conservation Associates, Inc.
Client ID BUIL005
Report No. SL1443-01
Report Date 11/18/19
404 Irvington Street, Pleasantville, NY 10570 | 914-502-0100 | www.highbridgematerials.com
Confidentiality This report presents the results of laboratory testing requested by the client to satisfy specific project requirements. As such, the client has the right to use this report as necessary in any commercial matters related to the referenced project. Any reproduction of this report must be done in full. In offering a more thorough analysis, it may have been necessary for Highbridge to describe proprietary laboratory methods or present opinions, concepts, or original research that represent the intellectual property of Highbridge Materials Consulting and its successors. These intellectual property rights are not transferred in part or in full to any other party. Presentation of any or all of the data or interpretations for purposes other than those necessary to satisfy the goals of the investigation are not permitted without the express written consent of the author. The findings may not be used for purposes outside those originally intended. Unauthorized uses include but are not limited to internet or electronic presentation for marketing purposes, presentation of findings at professional venues, or submission of scholarly articles.
Standard of Care Highbridge has performed its services in conformance with the care and skill ordinarily exercised by reputable members of the profession practicing under similar conditions at the same time. No other warranty of any kind, expressed or implied, in fact or by law, is made or intended. Interpretations and results are based strictly on samples provided and/or examined.
Cover Image Photograph of a chimney structure at the Stafford Slave Settlement on Cumberland Island, GA courtesy of Ms. Dorothy Krotzer of Building Conservation Associates, October 2, 2019.
Respectfully submitted,
John J. Walsh President/ Senior Petrographer Highbridge Materials Consulting, Inc.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-01 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 2 of 12
1. Executive Summary This report presents compressive strength, absorption, and saturation coefficient values for tabby brick sampled from the Stafford Slave Settlement on Cumberland Island, GA. Five individual units were sampled for this testing and strength was performed in two orientations relative to the assumed casting direction. Testing was also performed in wet condition for Sample 12. Table 1.1 presents the average test results.
Table 1.1: Summary of Findings
Property Average Standard deviation Dry compressive strength - perpendicular (psi) 480 110 Dry compressive strength - parallel (psi) 450 70 Wet compressive strength - perpendicular (psi) 310 n/a Wet compressive strength - parallel (psi) 400 n/a Cold water absorption (%) 18.0 1.1 Boiling water absorption (%) 26.3 0.8 Saturation coefficient 0.68 0.04
The following statements may be offered regarding the test data:
• Compressive strengths range from about 400 to 600 psi. This is in the range expected for a well-cured non-hydraulic lime-based mortar. It is worth noting that any spalling of the brick faces would occur in tension. A rule of thumb for brittle solids is that tensile strength should be about an order of magnitude less than compressive strength. • A statistical analysis was performed on the strength testing performed perpendicular and parallel to the assumed casting direction (Appendix II). No statistically significant difference is identified between the two groups. This suggests that the constituents were not strongly preferentially aligned during casting. • For Sample 12, companion cores were tested under saturated conditions. This results in strengths that are 60% to 76% of the dry values. • Absorption values are rather high as expected for non-hydraulic lime-based mortars. The variance is small for both cold and boiling water absorption. • A graphical plot of strength vs. absorption is presented in Section 6. Strength is more variable than absorption and there is no good correlation between the two. This suggests that the variations in strength are not directly controlled by porosity.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-01 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 3 of 12
2. Introduction On August 27, 2019, Highbridge received a set of masonry samples from Ms. Dorothy Krotzer of Building Conservation Associates reported to have been sampled from chimney structures at the Stafford Slave Settlement on Cumberland Island, GA. A summary of the samples, their identifications, and locations is presented in Appendix III. It is understood from the client that the site represents the ruins of a 19th century slave housing settlement in which only the chimney structures survive. The chimneys are reported to have been constructed of tabby brick with red clay brick used for the hearth and firebox.
At Ms. Krotzer's request, laboratory testing is performed on the samples to provide information that may assist in an ongoing stabilization effort. The testing plan was developed in discussions between Ms. Krotzer and Mr. John Walsh of Highbridge. The plan was finalized in a telephone call on September 20 and includes the following:
1. Qualitative identification of salts in tabby brick Surface erosions on tabby brick may be the result of salt hydration or crystallization. The client has requested an identification of water-soluble salts present within the brick through x-ray diffraction analysis. Three samples are chosen for the analysis, two the client has identified as distressed and one the client has identified as sound. 2. Qualitative identification of clays in tabby brick Weathering of the tabby brick may also be the result of the swelling behavior of clay constituents during wetting/drying cycles. X-ray diffraction analysis will be performed on clays extracted from one brick sample to determine whether swelling varieties are present. 3. Compositional analysis of tabby brick This testing combines petrographic examination and chemical analysis to identify constituents, estimate proportions, and assess overall condition of the tabby brick. An acid digestion to extract an aggregate sample for description and gradation is also included. One sample will be examined comprehensively. 4. Gradation analysis of tabby brick aggregate It is anticipated that there may be some variation in the tabby brick mix proportions. Rather than examine several samples comprehensively, a less costly acid digestion will be performed on an additional three brick samples. The content and gradation of the acid-insoluble constituents will be compared. 5. Gradation analysis of local silt/clay The client has provided a sample of local sediments from the shore of the island. It is suspected that this material may have been used in the tabby manufacture. The laboratory will disaggregate this loosely consolidated material and grade it through standard sieves. The color and gradation of the sediment will be compared to the acid-insoluble material recovered from the tabby brick. 6. Physical property testing of tabby brick The testing includes compressive strength, absorption, and saturation coefficient determination on a sample of five brick specimens. Since the tabby brick potentially contains relatively flat shell fragments and would likely have been compacted in a direction perpendicular to the bed face, it is suspected that there could be significant strength anisotropy. If so, this might have a bearing on the manner in which the brick decays in service. The laboratory will take cores in two directions from each of the five bricks to determine compressive strength. It is also suspected that the tabby brick may be appreciably weaker when wet. One additional core sample will be tested in each orientation under saturated conditions. 7. Compositional analysis of masonry mortar This testing combines petrographic examination and chemical analysis to identify constituents, estimate proportions, and assess overall condition of the tabby brick bedding mortar. An acid digestion to extract an aggregate sample for description and gradation is also included. One sample will be examined comprehensively. 8. Petrographic examination of red clay brick One sample of red clay brick will be examined petrographically. The purpose of a petrographic examination is to evaluate the constituents and microstructural features of the brick and to assess any potential causes for deterioration observed by the client on site.
This report presents results of the physical properties of the tabby brick masonry units. Results for the other tests will be presented under separate cover when complete.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-01 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 4 of 12
3. Methods of Examination The tabby brick does not fit any modern standard material category. As such, test methods were adapted from several standards and optimized for the tabby.
Compressive strength testing was performed on five specimens chosen from rubble pile sample. Samples 10, 12, 13, 14, and 16 were selected for the testing. Since tabby brick is a cast material, there is the possibility of anisotropic mechanical properties due to the preferential alignment of elongate or plate-like particles during consolidation. In order to evaluate this, the laboratory chose to test compressive strength in two dimensions. A better statistical comparison could be made if the same population of five brick were used for comparison. Additionally, it was desired to test at least one specimen under saturated conditions in both orientations. This would allow an assessment of the worst possible conditions.
In order to achieve all of this, it was decided to take core samples from the bricks rather than cutting larger blocks. Cores were taken at 1.5" diameter on a drill press fitted with a diamond coring bit. For each brick, one core was taken perpendicular to the bed surface, and another parallel to the bed surface and perpendicular to the face. For Sample 12, an additional pair of cores were taken to test strength under saturated conditions. The perpendicular cores were labeled with an "E" suffix after the brick number. The parallel cores were labeled with an "A" suffix. A "W" was appended to the sample identifications for the cores intended to be tested under wet conditions.
The ends of each core were trimmed square to remove any irregularities. The cutting was done to keep the cores as close to a 2 : 1 length to diameter ratio without exceeding this ratio. Most of the preparation and conditioning from this point onward was done in partial accordance with ASTM C67, the standard for clay brick. All cores were dried to constant weight at 110°C for not less than 24 hours. A very thin application of shellac was applied to the cut surfaces. Just enough was applied to slow the absorption of mix water from the capping compound without achieving any penetration into the tabby. From here, the core ends were capped with a high-strength gypsum plaster and cured in a low temperature oven overnight. The cores for wet conditioning were further immersed in water for 48 hours prior to testing. All cores were tested to failure in a compression machine meeting the requirements of ASTM E4-16. The test results were rounded to the nearest 10 psi. No correction factors were applied to account for length to diameter ratios less than 1.75. This is not expected to result in any appreciable error.
The absorption and saturation coefficient testing was performed in general accordance with ASTM C67/C67M-19. Rectangular prisms were sawn from the portions of the tabby brick remaining after cores were sampled for strength testing. The faces of the prism were trimmed to remove any weathered or soiled material. The absorption method chosen includes the 24-hour cold water absorption followed by the 5-hour boiling water absorption. Calculation of the saturation coefficient is also included.
The following personnel contributed to the examination:
Technician: M. Pattie Supervisors: H. Hartshorn J. Walsh
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-01 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 5 of 12
4. Compressive Strength Testing
Table 4.1: Compressive Strength Results - Perpendicular Cores
Specimen ID 10E 12E 13E 14E 16E Capped length (in.) 2.55 2.45 2.17 2.31 2.10 Diameter (in.) 1.47 1.48 1.48 1.48 1.48 Length/diameter ratio 1.73 1.66 1.47 1.56 1.42 Area (sq. in.) 1.71 1.72 1.71 1.71 1.71 Load (lbf) 1033 914 912 632 635 Compressive strength (psi) 610 530 530 370 370 Average (psi) 480 Standard deviation (psi) 110
Table 4.2: Compressive Strength Results - Parallel Cores
Specimen ID 10A 12A 13A 14A 16A Capped length (in.) 2.76 2.94 2.95 2.94 2.96 Diameter (in.) 1.47 1.48 1.44 1.46 1.47 Length/diameter ratio 1.88 1.99 2.05 2.01 2.01 Area (sq. in.) 1.70 1.72 1.63 1.67 1.70 Load (lbf) 848 887 646 593 799 Compressive strength (psi) 500 520 400 350 470 Average (psi) 450 Standard deviation (psi) 70
Table 4.3: Compressive Strength Results - Wet-Conditioned Cores
Specimen ID 12EW 12AW Capped length (in.) 2.60 2.95 Diameter (in.) 1.47 1.48 Length/diameter ratio 1.77 2.00 Area (sq. in.) 1.70 1.72 Load (lbf) 533 696 Compressive strength (psi) 310 400
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-01 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 6 of 12
5. Absorption and Saturation Coefficient Determination
Table 5.1: Test Results
Cold water absorption Boiling water absorption Saturation coefficient Specimen ID (%) (%) (no units) 10 18.0 25.0 0.72 12 19.6 27.2 0.72 13 16.6 26.7 0.62 14 17.6 26.6 0.66 16 18.0 26.1 0.69 Average 18.0 26.3 0.68 Standard deviation 1.1 0.8 0.04
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-01 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 7 of 12
6. Strength vs. Absorption Analysis
Chart 6.1: Relationship Between Absorption and Compressive Strength The following graph plots the cold and boiling water absorption values against the compressive strength for the same test specimens. Each specimen was loaded perpendicular and parallel to the assumed casting direction of the tabby. The plot suggests that variations in compressive strength values do not appear to be related to the absorption or porosity of the material.
1000
900
800
700
(psi) 600
Cold absorption vs. perpendicular strength strength
500 Cold absorption vs. parallel strength Boiling absorption vs. perpendicular strength 400 Boiling absorption vs. parallel strength Compressive 300
200
100
0 0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 Absorption (%)
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-01 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 8 of 12
Appendix I: Photographs
Figure 1: Photographs of the tabby brick units from which compressive strength and absorption test specimens were prepared.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-01 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 9 of 12
Figure 2: (Upper left) An example is shown of the coring used to produce compressive strength specimens. For most samples, one core was made perpendicular to the presumed casting direction and the other parallel to this direction. (Upper right) The compressive strength cores are shown after the ends had been trimmed but before the gypsum caps were applied. (Lower) The five sawn prisms used for absorption testing are shown.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-01 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 10 of 12
Appendix II: Statistical Analysis Compressive strength testing for each brick specimen was done in two different orientations. The following t-test illustrates that a statistically significant difference cannot be shown to exist between the averages of the two orientations.
Table II.1: Student's t-Test - Compressive Strength
Perpendicular Parallel Mean 482.2044955 447.7078371 Variance 11365.328 4826.405211 Observations 5 5 Pearson Correlation 0.516514142 Hypothesized Mean Difference 0 df 4 t Stat 0.834666643 P(T<=t) one-tail 0.225427519 t Critical one-tail 2.131846782 P(T<=t) two-tail 0.450855038
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-01 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 11 of 12
Appendix III: Sample Log
Table III.1: Summary of Received Samples The laboratory has shortened the sample identifications for more convenient presentation in the reports. The shortened IDs are describe in the "HMC ID" column.
Material Client ID Chimney No. HMC ID Client description Testing Stafford.7 16 07 East side of hearth, "f" marked on face Compositional analysis, clay identification Stafford.8 1 08 West side of hearth Interior-facing side of chimney (same location as Stafford.1), original orientation Stafford.9 18 09 Soluble salt identification through XRD of brick not clear.
Stafford.10 10 10 Found in rubble pile next to chimney Strength, absorption
Stafford.11 10 11 Found in rubble pile next to chimney Stafford.12 22 12 Found in rubble pile next to chimney Strength, absorption Tabby brick Stafford.13 22 13 Found in rubble pile next to chimney Strength, absorption Stafford.14 22 14 Found in rubble pile next to chimney Strength, absorption Stafford.15 22 15 Found in rubble pile next to chimney Stafford.16 22 16 Found in rubble pile next to chimney Strength, absorption Stafford.18 4 18 Removed from west side of chimney, significant erosion of brick face. Soluble salt identification through XRD Stafford.19 3 19 Removed from back exterior face of chimney, significant erosion of brick face. Soluble salt identification through XRD Removed from northwest corner of chimney, face only, "B" marked on Stafford.20 16 20 back/interior of brick) mild erosion of brick face Stafford.6 4 06 Found on ground next to chimney, presumed to be from west surround of hearth. Petrographic examination Red clay brick Stafford.17 22 17 Removed from back wall of hearth Stafford.1 18 01 Taken from interior side of chimney above lintel. Tabby brick Taken from location of roof peak, area of mortar build-up, mortar continues into Stafford.2 11 02 Compositional analysis bedding mortar adjacent joint (i.e., same material as mortar in joints). Stafford.3 1 03 Small sample from exterior mortar joint. Parging does not appear to be original (different color than mortar original, Parging Stafford.4 4 04 evidence of soiling on face of mortar under parging). Clay Stafford.4 n/a 21 "Clay rock" from shore Gradation analysis
Notes: 1. The laboratory has shortened the sample identifications for more convenient presentation in the reports. The shortened IDs are describe in the "HMC ID" column. 2. Three additional tabby brick will be selected for limited insoluble residue testing to evaluate the type and content of siliceous aggregate. These samples have not been selected and the testing is not indicated in the table as of this writing.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-01 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 12 of 12
Appendix B
“Report on Tabby Brick Compositional Analysis” (Highbridge Materials Consulting, Inc., 12/23/19)
Report on Tabby Brick Compositional Analysis
Stafford Slave Settlement, Cumberland Island National Seashore, Chimney Stabilization Cumberland Island, Camden County, GA
Prepared for Building Conservation Associates, Inc.
Client ID BUIL005
Report No. SL1443-03
Report Date 12/23/19
404 Irvington Street, Pleasantville, NY 10570 | 914-502-0100 | www.highbridgematerials.com
Confidentiality This report presents the results of laboratory testing requested by the client to satisfy specific project requirements. As such, the client has the right to use this report as necessary in any commercial matters related to the referenced project. Any reproduction of this report must be done in full. In offering a more thorough analysis, it may have been necessary for Highbridge to describe proprietary laboratory methods or present opinions, concepts, or original research that represent the intellectual property of Highbridge Materials Consulting and its successors. These intellectual property rights are not transferred in part or in full to any other party. Presentation of any or all of the data or interpretations for purposes other than those necessary to satisfy the goals of the investigation are not permitted without the express written consent of the author. The findings may not be used for purposes outside those originally intended. Unauthorized uses include but are not limited to internet or electronic presentation for marketing purposes, presentation of findings at professional venues, or submission of scholarly articles.
Standard of Care Highbridge has performed its services in conformance with the care and skill ordinarily exercised by reputable members of the profession practicing under similar conditions at the same time. No other warranty of any kind, expressed or implied, in fact or by law, is made or intended. Interpretations and results are based strictly on samples provided and/or examined.
Cover Image Photograph of a chimney structure at the Stafford Slave Settlement on Cumberland Island, GA courtesy of Ms. Dorothy Krotzer of Building Conservation Associates, October 2, 2019.
Respectfully submitted,
John J. Walsh Heather Hartshorn President/ Senior Petrographer Chemist/ Staff Scientist Highbridge Materials Consulting, Inc. Highbridge Materials Consulting, Inc.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-03 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 2 of 28
1. Executive Summary This report presents the compositional analysis of a cast tabby brick unit that has been sampled from a chimney ruin at the Stafford Slave Settlement on Cumberland Island, GA. The material is similar to tabby concrete but differs in that it does not include broken shells as a coarse aggregate addition. Instead, the material is a simple mixture of lime and sand, with a volume proportion estimated at 1 : 1.8. Any shell fragments present are interpreted to have originated from an unscreened derived from the burning of oyster shell. The aggregate is a very fine and narrowly graded natural quartz sand. A trace amount of silt, clay, and organic matter were probably part of the sand originally. This small amount of material is responsible for the pale brown color of the brick in contrast with the bright white color of the adjacent bedding mortar (Munsell color approximately 10YR 7/2). White lime inclusions and partially burned shell fragments contrast against the brown matrix. These particles are evenly distributed and not densely packed, having sizes usually less than 2 centimeters. All of the materials were well-mixed, adequately consolidated, and effectively cured. The resulting product is highly cohesive though it maintains the softness and high permeability typical of lime mortars. The binder is fully carbonated as expected for the material and age. No deleterious service effects are identified petrographically.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-03 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 3 of 28
2. Introduction On August 27, 2019, Highbridge received a set of masonry samples from Ms. Dorothy Krotzer of Building Conservation Associates reported to have been sampled from chimney structures at the Stafford Slave Settlement on Cumberland Island, GA. A summary of the samples, their identifications, and locations is presented in Appendix III. It is understood from the client that the site represents the ruins of a 19th century slave housing settlement in which only the chimney structures survive. The chimneys are reported to have been constructed of tabby brick with red clay brick used for the hearth and firebox.
At Ms. Krotzer's request, laboratory testing is performed on the samples to provide information that may assist in an ongoing stabilization effort. The testing plan was developed in discussions between Ms. Krotzer and Mr. John Walsh of Highbridge. The plan was finalized in a telephone call on September 20 and includes the following:
1. Qualitative identification of salts in tabby brick Surface erosions on tabby brick may be the result of salt hydration or crystallization. The client has requested an identification of water-soluble salts present within the brick through x-ray diffraction analysis. Three samples are chosen for the analysis, two the client has identified as distressed and one the client has identified as sound. 2. Qualitative identification of clays in tabby brick Weathering of the tabby brick may also be the result of the swelling behavior of clay constituents during wetting/drying cycles. X-ray diffraction analysis will be performed on clays extracted from one brick sample to determine whether swelling varieties are present. 3. Compositional analysis of tabby brick This testing combines petrographic examination and chemical analysis to identify constituents, estimate proportions, and assess overall condition of the tabby brick. An acid digestion to extract an aggregate sample for description and gradation is also included. One sample will be examined comprehensively. 4. Gradation analysis of tabby brick aggregate It is anticipated that there may be some variation in the tabby brick mix proportions. Rather than examine several samples comprehensively, a less costly acid digestion will be performed on an additional three brick samples. The content and gradation of the acid-insoluble constituents will be compared. 5. Gradation analysis of local silt/clay The client has provided a sample of local sediments from the shore of the island. It is suspected that this material may have been used in the tabby manufacture. The laboratory will disaggregate this loosely consolidated material and grade it through standard sieves. The color and gradation of the sediment will be compared to the acid-insoluble material recovered from the tabby brick. 6. Physical property testing of tabby brick The testing includes compressive strength, absorption, and saturation coefficient determination on a sample of five brick specimens. Since the tabby brick potentially contains relatively flat shell fragments and would likely have been compacted in a direction perpendicular to the bed face, it is suspected that there could be significant strength anisotropy. If so, this might have a bearing on the manner in which the brick decays in service. The laboratory will take cores in two directions from each of the five bricks to determine compressive strength. It is also suspected that the tabby brick may be appreciably weaker when wet. One additional core sample will be tested in each orientation under saturated conditions. 7. Compositional analysis of masonry mortar This testing combines petrographic examination and chemical analysis to identify constituents, estimate proportions, and assess overall condition of the tabby brick bedding mortar. An acid digestion to extract an aggregate sample for description and gradation is also included. One sample will be examined comprehensively. 8. Petrographic examination of red clay brick One sample of red clay brick will be examined petrographically. The purpose of a petrographic examination is to evaluate the constituents and microstructural features of the brick and to assess any potential causes for deterioration observed by the client on site.
This report presents results of the tabby brick compositional analysis including an x-ray diffraction analysis of extracted acid- insoluble fines. Also included are the gradation analyses for the local silty clay deposit, and sands extracted from several additional tabby brick samples for comparison. Results for the other tests will be presented under separate cover when complete.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-03 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 4 of 28
3. Methods of Examination The petrographic examination was conducted in accordance with the standard practices contained within ASTM C1324-15. Data collection is performed or supervised by a degreed geologist who by nature of their education is qualified to operate the analytical equipment employed. Analysis and interpretation is performed or directed by a supervising petrographer who satisfies the qualifications as specified in Section 4 of ASTM C856-18a.
Chemical analysis was performed in general accordance with the procedures outlined in ASTM C1324-15. Water, carbon dioxide, and aggregate weight percentages are determined gravimetrically. Oxide weight percentages are determined by inductively coupled plasma - optical emission spectroscopy (ICP-OES). While ASTM classifies C1324 as a test method, it is intended to serve as a guideline for qualified practitioners with ample experience in the various materials under consideration. Section 10.2 indicates the need for discretion on the part of the laboratory to ensure that methods are tailored to specific mortar compositions. As such, Highbridge chooses specific digestion methods, supplementary tests, instrumentation protocols, and mathematical models to best characterize each individual mortar under consideration. Many of these are proprietary methods that have been researched internally.
Organic impurities testing was not part of the original testing scope. This testing was performed in general accordance with methods described in ASTM C40/C40M-19. The sample size and reagent volume were prepared in an approximate manner without attention to those required by the standard.
The following personnel contributed to the examination:
Technician: M. Pattie Chemist: H. Hartshorn Petrographer: J. Walsh
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-03 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 5 of 28
4. Petrographic Findings and Discussion
4.1 - Aggregate Materials The aggregate in the tabby brick is a natural sand consisting almost entirely of quartz. There are a variety of traces including the ZTR index minerals and metamorphic mineral grains. All of the aggregate constituents are hard, non-porous, and durable for use in masonry mortars. The sand extracted through acid digestion is semi-translucent and uniform in appearance. The sand is buff in color after removing any loose silt or clay (Munsell code approximately 10YR 6.5/2). The aggregate is sharp- textured with equidimensional particles that are subangular in shape on average. The extracted sand was graded through a standard sieve set and the results are presented in Section 5. The sand is very fine-grained and somewhat narrowly graded. About 75% of the sand is retained between the No. 50 and No. 100 sieves, and about 17% between the No. 100 and No. 200 sieves. The particle size distribution would not comply with modern masonry sand gradation profiles as specified by ASTM C33/C33M-18. However, as described for the bedding mortar in Highbridge Report No. SL1443-02, the fine gradation is typical of Southern coastal lime mortars of the nineteenth century.
Sands were extracted from an additional three tabby brick samples for comparison (Section 5). The gradation profiles are virtually the same for the four tabby brick samples (Chart 5.1). There are slight differences between the sands from the tabby brick and the mortar. However, the gradations are quite similar overall and it is clear that all derive from the same general geological deposit. The absence of phosphate traces in Sample 07 suggests that the sands probably did not derive from the same exact sedimentary layer.
The sand colors are within the same approximate palette though there is some variation. The sand in Sample 07 is the palest of the group but not nearly as pale as the sand extracted from the bedding mortar. The sand in Samples 09 and 19 are a little darker, and the sand from Sample 13 is a little richer in color. It is notable that the hand samples received for Samples 13 and 16 exhibited some reddish discoloration. The color differences are believed to relate to slight variations in minor organic contaminants originally present in the sand. If these impurities were part of the lime, it is unlikely that they would be so tenaciously adhered to every sand particle.
Though not part of the testing scope, the presence of organic impurities was checked by borrowing methods from ASTM C40. An acid-insoluble fraction was recovered from Sample 07 (tabby brick) and Sample 01 (bedding mortar). A dilute hydrochloric acid was used and then decanted after the digestion. Sample 21 representing the local sediment was simply disaggregated by hand. All three samples were then digested for 24 hours in a 1N NaOH solution. The color of the supernatant liquid was compared against Gardner color standards as an indicator of organic content. As described in Highbridge Report No. SL1443-02, the bedding mortar solution had a color equivalent to Gardner No. 5. This indicates a low organic content. In contrast, the supernatant solution for the tabby brick sample had a Gardner color of No. 11. This indicates a moderate organic content. Still, the solution over the local sediment had a Gardner color of No. 14 indicating an even higher organic content. With respect to the tabby brick sample, it is possible that the sand originally contained a higher abundance of organic impurities, but that some of this organic matter had broken down through alkaline hydrolysis in the high pH environment of the cast brick.
Silt and clay extracted from the brick through acid digestion represents 1% of the total aggregate weight. This is estimated by the weight of material passing a No. 325 sieve (Table 5.2a). The other tabby bricks have fines contents between 1.4% and 2.3% by weight. The darker color of these fines suggests that a significant proportion of these consist of the organic impurities identified through alkaline digestion. Interestingly, the local sediment contains over 12% fines. This suggests that if the same aggregate source was used for the brick, there may have been some rinsing of the sand before use. However, this was not as thorough as that performed for the bedding mortar. The other possibility is that the fines in the tabby brick derive from coarser shells in the unscreened lime. However, as described above, the fines content appears to influence the sand color in a manner that should only happen if both were originally part of the same deposit. Whatever the case, the presence and abundance of these fines are responsible for the color differences between the brick and mortar.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-03 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 6 of 28
4.2 - Binder Materials The binder is a non-hydraulic, fat lime manufactured predominantly from oyster shells. It was possible to estimate the lime composition through the chemical analysis and this estimate is presented in Table 6.2. The estimate for the bedding mortar sample described in Highbridge Report No. SL1443-02 is also included for comparison. The lime in the tabby brick has a high purity with a CaO content greater than 94% by weight. A hydraulicity index of only 0.04 and a cementation index of 0.08 indicates that there was no appreciable hydraulicity of any kind. Nevertheless, the SiO2 and Al2O3 contents are about three times higher than they are in the bedding mortar sample. This is probably due to the fact that the lime in the bedding mortar was screened, and this may have removed coarser impurities. However, it is also possible that the elevated SiO2 and Al2O3 is derived from the partial decomposition of clays in the sand, either through long exposure in the initially uncarbonated lime or through the acidification used in the chemical analysis.
The hardened lime paste is homogeneously distributed with a high capillary porosity typical of lime mortars. There are no shrinkage cracks observed, and this may be due to the stabilizing influence of the minor clay. The paste has a somewhat microgranular texture. This probably indicates that parts of the lime had become dry during slaking, before sufficient water was added to fully plasticize the mass.
A moderate quantity of lime inclusions and unburned shell fragments are distributed throughout the matrix. Most are oyster shell fragments though there appears to be a very minor quantity of other molluscan forms in this and other samples. The various shells and coarse lime inclusions represent about 7.5-10% of the volume in Sample 07. A visual review of the other dozen brick samples suggests similar quantities with a maximum content of perhaps 15% (±). While it is not always easy to distinguish burned from unburned shells visually, unburned shells identified petrographically in Sample 07 represent a minor quantity of the visible inclusions. It is interpreted here that the slaked lime was unscreened, and the entire mass was mixed with the sand to produce a mortar. If correct, there is technically no separate addition of broken shells. Of course, it is also possible that the lime was screened and then a portion of the coarser screenings was measured and added back to the mixture. However, the relatively minor quantity of shell fragments seems inconsistent with an intentional addition. The brick composition is not the same as that typically understood to represent tabby. Instead, it is more similar to a coarse lime mortar.
The size and microstructural qualities of the inclusions are varied. The microgranular parts of the binder include slaked and carbonated lime grains as fine as 0.02 millimeters. Thermal disaggregation of the shells during calcination has produced a minor quantity of very fine calcite or aragonite crystals in this same approximate size range. These are streaky in distribution and rarely that abundant even locally. Coarser grains that are visible in hand sample range in size from about 0.5 millimeters to several centimeters. Most are no greater than 2 centimeters in this particular sample, but nearly whole shell fragments up to about 4 centimeters are occasionally observed in the other tabby brick samples. When viewed petrographically, some shell fragments that appear unburned actually exhibit microscopic calcination spots that have since slaked and carbonated. Fully fired shell particles usually exhibit open partings that correspond to lamination structures in the original shell.
There is also a moderate concentration of burned quartz and clay associated with the lime. These represent impurities originally adhered to the oyster shells when fired. This is demonstrated by the presence of both unburned and lightly burned linings remaining on some of the fired shell fragments. There are also thin arcuate flakes of calcined impurities that retain the negative impression of the shell surface. The quartz is usually observed as several grains fused together with a transparent colorless glass. The calcined clays are more variable in texture though there are some high-fired clinkered particles observed petrographically.
Finally, there is a minor concentration of carbonaceous particulates distributed throughout the lime binder. These represent residues of the fuel used to calcine the lime. Most are texturally nondescript. However, a low proportion exhibits a cellular texture indicative of wood cinder.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-03 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 7 of 28
4.3 - Component Proportions Chemical analysis was used to estimate the component proportions, and these results are presented in Section 6. Calculating the lime as the equivalent of a modern dry hydrate, the lime to sand ratio is estimated at 1 : 1.5 by volume. This is about 35% sandier than the bedding mortar examined for Highbridge Report No. SL1443-02. A few more notes are warranted regarding the calculations. A little more elaboration on these points is offered in Section 4.2 of the bedding mortar report.
• When the lime is calculated as a putty, the lime to aggregate volume ratio decreases to 1 1.8. • Weight ratios are more accurate and are presented in Table 6.3. • The estimated sand content is inclusive of silt and clay. A separate weight percentage is given for these components in Table 6.3, but the volume ratio is not significantly affected either way.
Acid-insoluble residues were determined for three additional tabby brick samples to evaluate the consistency of the mix proportioning (Table 5.1). The residue represents the sand, silt, clay, and any remaining organic impurities. Since the lime has a simple composition, and all the lime is likely carbonated, differences in this one measurement should be linearly proportional with differences in original sand to binder ratios. In fact, there is a remarkable consistency between the four samples with residue weights ranging from 63.2% to 63.8%. Of course, it is possible that these four brick samples were prepared from the same batch of lime. This seems unlikely since the bricks were sampled from four different chimneys. But even if these represent the same batch, this would suggest an excellent blending of the ingredients.
The consistency between the four samples is at a level usually only found in modern premixed mortars where batching is performed in a plant setting. Most modern field mixes have sand content variations that are at least 2% by weight. This is often the case even when mortar boxes are used to improve the batching consistency. The author is at a loss to explain these findings. If these four samples are not from the same well-mixed lime batch, the builders may have used some type of careful measuring procedure that is not obvious from the material samples alone.
4.4 - Mixing and Casting Despite the presence of unscreened lime, the constituents of the brick were very well-blended. The shape of the molded brick appears to have been irregular when cast. Either way, the mortar is well compacted and consolidated into the mold. The total air content is estimated at 8-12% by volume though most voids are less than 0.5 millimeters in diameter. Visible consolidation voids are not at all abundant and rarely more than a few millimeters in size. There is no significant alignment of anisotropic constituents. Had the material been more similar to tabby concrete, there would be an expectation of shells lying mostly horizontally with respect to the original casting direction. This would generally result in anisotropic physical properties such as weaker strengths when loaded parallel to the horizontal plane. In this case, the relatively few underburned shell fragments are randomly oriented within the matrix. Strength tests performed on several samples in two orientations confirm that there is no significant anisotropy (Highbridge Report SL1443-01).
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-03 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 8 of 28
4.5 - Condition and Service Performance The qualitative properties of the mortar are typical for the composition, and similar to those of the bedding mortar. The paste is soft and highly water permeable. However, the brick is indurate and exhibits no friability. A qualitative survey of the other dozen samples suggests that the materials are consistent in quality with no obvious deficiencies.
Little physical distress is observed in this particular sample. Petrographically, there is an absence of any type of cracking including microscopic shrinkage cracks. Visually, there is only a softening of arrises without any discrete damage. Similarly, there is little evidence for chemical distress. The binder is fully carbonated but this is a normal and desirable consequence of curing. No secondary mineralizations are visible in hand sample and no salt deposits are identified petrographically within the pores of the mortar matrix. Of course, it is likely that there are submicroscopic salts within the capillary pores of the brick that are not visible petrographically. Qualitative salt analysis was performed for three other brick samples (Highbridge Report SL1443-05). Though this particular sample was not included in that testing, the client has identified Samples 07, 08, and 09 as intact. Though some chloride and sulfate salts are detected in Sample 09, the total salt content is only about 0.15% by weight. While this is not negligible, it is at a level where it is possible for no concentrated deposition to be visible either visually or microscopically.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-03 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 9 of 28
5. Aggregate Sieve Analysis Aggregate sieve analysis was done as part of the comprehensive analysis for Sample 07. The laboratory also recommended checking the consistency in mix proportioning between several samples without going through the expense of a full analysis for each additional sample. Performing the sieve analysis on three additional samples allowed the laboratory to estimate any differences in sand content relative to Sample 07, and to compare the appearance and gradation of the constituent sands. The laboratory chose Samples 09, 13, and 19 for this analysis. Preliminary testing suggested that there was some color variation in the sands and this was well represented by these three samples. The samples also appeared to have different sand and clay contents based on the digestion of small subsamples. Finally, the four brick samples were recovered by the client from four different chimneys.
For the tabby brick, aggregate analysis was performed by digesting the samples in an acid sufficient to dissolve the binder. The materials were examined visually and microscopically to ensure that all recovered material represents sand rather than undigested binder components. In all samples, most of the few grains recovered above the No. 30 sieve were identified as fused quartz. These represent impurities from the lime and were removed from the gradation analyses. There is certainly a very small concentration of these impurities in the finer sieve sizes but it is impracticable to extract them from the rest of the sand. Similarly there are traces of fine cinder from the lime production that cannot be conveniently separated. In any case, these combined factors represent an insignificant error. In contrast, there is a moderate concentration of incompletely burned shell fragments from the lime that behave as aggregate. These were all dissolved in the acid digestion and are not represented in the analysis below. The visual impact of shell fragments is discussed in the findings section.
The sand samples were also compared to weakly consolidated local sediment sampled from the shore by the client (Sample 21). A subsample of this material was physically disaggregated and graded for evaluation.
Table 5.1: Weight Percentage and Color of Acid-Extracted Sand and Fines
Sand color Fines color Sample ID Chimney No. Weight % Visual color Munsell code Visual color Munsell code 07 16 63.8 Buff ~10YR 6.5/2 Dark gray ~10YR 3.75/1 09 18 63.4 Light brown ~10YR 5.5/2.5 Dark gray ~10YR 3.75/1 13 22 63.6 Medium brown ~10YR 5/3 Dark gray ~10YR 3.5/1.5 19 3 63.2 Light brown ~10YR 5/2.5 Dark gray ~10YR 3.75/1 21 n/a n/a Buff ~10YR 6.5/2 Pale brown ~10YR 6.25/3
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-03 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 10 of 28
Table 5.2a: Acid Digestion Data - Weight Retained (grams)
21 fines 07 09 13 19 21 excluded No. 16 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.02 0.02 No. 30 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.05 0.05 No. 50 0.33 0.30 0.30 0.26 1.13 1.13 No. 100 5.19 4.66 4.87 4.78 30.73 30.73 No. 200 1.14 1.35 1.39 1.29 11.95 11.95 No. 325 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.04 0.61 0.61 Pan 0.07 0.09 0.13 0.15 6.17 0.00
Table 5.2b: Acid Digestion Data - Cumulative Percentage Passing
21 fines 07 09 13 19 21 excluded No. 16 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 No. 30 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.9 99.9 No. 50 95.2 95.3 95.5 96.0 97.6 97.3 No. 100 18.5 23.0 23.1 22.6 37.0 28.2 No. 200 1.7 2.0 2.4 2.8 13.4 1.4 No. 325 1.0 1.4 1.9 2.3 12.2 0.0
Table 5.2c: Acid Digestion Data - Cumulative Percentage Retained
21 fines 07 09 13 19 21 excluded No. 16 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 No. 30 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.1 No. 50 4.8 4.7 4.5 4.0 2.4 2.7 No. 100 81.5 77.0 76.9 77.4 63.0 71.8 No. 200 98.3 98.0 97.6 97.2 86.6 98.6 No. 325 99.0 98.6 98.1 97.7 87.8 100.0 Fineness modulus 0.86 0.82 0.81 0.81 0.66 0.75
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-03 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 11 of 28
Chart 5.1: Aggregate Sieve Analysis The following chart presents the particle size distribution curves for the sand samples extracted from the four tabby bricks. The chart plots the data from Table 5.2b.
100
90
80
70 (%)
60 Passing
Sample 07 50 Sample 09 Percent
Sample 13 40 Sample 18
Cumulative 30
20
10
0 10.00 1.00 0.10 0.01 Grain Size (mm)
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-03 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 12 of 28
Chart 5.2: Aggregate Sieve Analysis This chart compares the sand profiles of the tabby brick (Sample 07) and the bedding mortar evaluated for Highbridge Report SL1443-02 (Sample 01). The local sediment in Sample 21 is also plotted here. One curve represents the complete material and the other curve represents the material with the fines passing a No. 325 sieve removed.
100
90
80
70 (%)
60 Passing
Tabby - Sample 07 50 Mortar - Sample 01 Percent
Local Sediment Sample 21 40 Local sediment without fines Sample 21
Cumulative 30
20
10
0 10.00 1.00 0.10 0.01 Grain Size (mm)
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-03 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 13 of 28
6. Chemical Analysis
Table 6.1: Chemical Analysis Results
Sample ID 07 Component (wgt. %) SiO2 0.33 CaO 16.60 MgO 0.14 Al2O3 0.32 Fe2O3 0.06 Insoluble residue 66.73 LOI to 110°C 0.20 LOI 110°C-550°C 1.16 LOI 550°C-950°C 13.26 Measured Totals 98.80
Table 6.2: Estimated Original Lime Chemistry The binder consists of non-hydraulic lime with no other additives. As such, the lime chemistry is estimated from the acid- soluble oxide chemistry presented in Table 6.1. The five major oxides in the binder are normalized to a 99% weight yield. This normalizes the lime to a dry weight basis and is equivalent to the pre-slaked condition. The residual 1% is assumed to represent trace unmeasured constituents. Important ratios are calculated directly from the data. The reported indices are calculated as follows:
Hydraulicity index = (SiO2 + Al2O3) / CaO Cementation index = (2.8·SiO2 + 1.1·Al2O3 + 0.7·Fe2O3) / (CaO + 1.4·MgO).
The estimate is shown in comparison to an estimate made for the bedding mortar. The composition estimated for the brick is richer in SiO2 and Al2O3. It is suspected that this may represent some influence from clay incorporated in the sand. As such, there may be a small error in the estimate.
Sample ID 01 - Mortar 07 - Brick Component (wgt. %) SiO2 0.7 1.9 CaO 96.4 94.2 MgO 1.0 0.8 Al2O3 0.6 1.8 Fe2O3 0.2 0.3 Other 1.0 1.0 CaO/MgO ratio 92.1 117.3 Hydraulicity Index 0.01 0.04 Cementation Index 0.03 0.08
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-03 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 14 of 28
Table 6.3: Calculated Components
Sample ID 07 Component Lime expressed as dry hydrate (wgt. %) 25.5 Sand (wgt. %) 73.7 Silt and clay (wgt. %) 0.7 Lime : aggregate ratio (by volume with lime as dry hydrate) 1 : 1.5 Lime : aggregate ratio (by volume with lime as putty) 1 : 1.8
Notes: 1. The lime weight is calculated by mathematically converting the measured CaO and MgO to their respective hydroxides by molecular weight conversion. The three other measured oxides are assumed to represent minor impurities in the lime and are added directly to the calculated hydroxides. This represents the lime as a hydrate. The measured insoluble residue largely represents the natural aggregate with only trace impurities from the binder. The acid digestion used to extract the sand sample (Section 5) is used to partition this residue value into sand and fines (silt and clay). The weight percentage of material passing the No. 325 in the extracted sample is considered to be silt and clay, and this percentage is multiplied by the chemically-measured acid-insoluble residue. The lime, sand, and fines weights are all normalized to 100% to return the materials to a dry weight basis. Since the amount of clay is shown to be negligible, the fines are included with the aggregate for the purposes of calculating a lime to aggregate ratio. The volumetric ratios are calculated assuming bulk densities for nonhydraulic lime and damp, loose sand of 40 lbs./ft.3 and 80 lbs./ft.3, respectively. Another calculation is provided assuming the lime in putty form. This assumes a unit of dry lime hydrate will lose approximately 20% of its volume when mixed to the consistency of a stiff paste.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-03 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 15 of 28
Appendix I: Visual Description of Sample as Received
Sample ID Sample 07 – Tabby Brick Description The sample is a complete brick unit with a somewhat irregular shape. The nominal dimensions are approximately 9-1/4" x 4" x 2-1/2" to 3". Surfaces One bed surface is fairly planar and unbroken. This mortar on this side forms a tabular cap about 5/8" thick. It is suspected that this was the screeded face that required a second lift of mortar to fill the mold. The opposite bed surface is highly irregular and lumpy. There are some tool marks on this surface that consist of shallow, non-regular grooves radiating from a center point. The marks give the appearance of the impression that would form from a wrinkled plastic bag caught in the mortar at a point near the brick center. There appears to be a small dab of masonry mortar adhered to the irregular face but this is not certain due to the similarity of the materials. The bed faces are partially coated with biogrowth. The faces and head surfaces are more completely coated. Hardness / Friability The paste is soft but the mortar is cohesive and nonfriable. Appearance Fresh surfaces have a dull luster and are very pale brown in color (Munsell code approximately 10YR 7/2). Other details No cracks, efflorescence, or mineral deposits are visible in hand sample. Water absorptivity The matrix is rapidly water absorptive.
Sample ID Sample 21 – Local sediment Description The sample consists of 260 grams of clean, brown, silty clay as rounded and sometimes pitted lumps. The material is cohesive but not sticky, even when wet. The material can be disaggregated with moderate finger pressure. Appearance The material is uniform in appearance with a dull luster and a brown color (Munsell code approximately 10YR 5.5/3).
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-03 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 16 of 28
Appendix II: Photographs and Photomicrographs Microscopic examination is performed on an Olympus BX-51 polarized/reflected light microscope and a Bausch and Lomb Stereozoom 7 stereoscopic microscope. Both microscopes are fitted with an Olympus DP-11 digital camera. The stereoscopic microscope is used for simple magnification. Sample types examined under this microscope include fractured surfaces, fine constituents extracted through chemical or physical means, or honed or polished cross sections. The polarized light microscope (PLM) magnifies but also employs principals of optical crystallography. The most common sample preparation for the PLM is the petrographic thin section. For this preparation, cross-sectioned samples are mounted to glass slides and are milled to a thickness sufficient to allow light to be transmitted through the material. These are usually prepared without water and with minimal heat to avoid altering minerals that are water or temperature-sensitive. In many cases, the samples are impregnated with a low-viscosity, blue-dyed epoxy. When so treated, blue areas represent some type of void space (e.g., air-voids, capillary pores, cracks, etc.). The polarized light photomicrographs are taken using a variety of optical settings chosen to best demonstrate the feature(s) of interest. These are distinguished as follows:
Plane polarized light (abbreviated as PPL) This method uses the refractive power of different constituents to produce an artificial sense of surface relief. Otherwise, the method is the closest to a simple magnification of the material. The setting is often used to demonstrate granular relationships or microstructure. Pore spaces and cracks are observable with this setting if the blue-dyed epoxy is used.
Conoscopic polarized light (abbreviated as CPL) In this setting, the transmitted light is condensed just before passing through the thin section. The method tends to bring colors or finer particulates into higher contrast at the expense of image sharpness. The setting is often used to image grain boundary failures in dimension stone, pigment particulates in binders, or gel phases in the micropores of cement pastes.
Cross polarized light (abbreviated as XPL) The setting places the thin section between two pieces of polarizing film oriented at 90° to one another. In isotropic materials (e.g., glasses, simple salts), all light is absorbed and the materials appear black. In anisotropic crystals, two light rays traveling at different speeds are produced within the thin section and these offset waves interfere at the upper polarizing film. The interference produces a color that can be used to calculate properties of the crystal structure and aid in identification of mineral species. In essence, the colors are artificial. It should be noted that color is a function of orientation and color differences do not necessarily indicate material differences.
Compensator plates When in XPL mode, full-wave or quarter-wave compensator plates may be inserted into the light path to add or subtract interference. Technically, these methods are used to calculate properties of the crystal structure. However, they can also be used to alter the image appearance to help improve contrast between different constituents. They can also reveal preferred orientations in some materials (e.g., oriented residual crystallinity in fired ceramics).
Scale bars are included with all photomicrographs. In higher magnification images, the µm symbol represents microns. One micron is equal to 0.001 millimeter.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-03 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 17 of 28
Figure 1: (Left) Photograph of the tabby brick samples provided to Highbridge for various testing. Sample 07 was used for this compositional analysis. Samples 09, 13, and 19 was used for supplemental information. (Right) The client also provided a sample of the local sediment. This was compared to the sands extracted from the brick units.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-03 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 18 of 28
Figure 2: Photographs of Sample 07 used by the laboratory for the compositional analysis of the tabby brick. The whole brick is shown obliquely in the left image. A close-up of one bed surface is shown at right. There is an unusual set of tool marks on this surface
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-03 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 19 of 28
Figure 3: The texture of the tabby brick is shown in these images of sawn and ground cross sections. The right image is a close-up with a scale bar having units in centimeters. The matrix is a pale brown color likely due to the inclusion of trace organic impurities in the sand. Unscreened fragments of partly burned shell are evenly dispersed throughout the brick without producing a grain anisotropy.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-03 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 20 of 28
Figure 4: Photographs of the aggregate are shown after being extracted through acid digestion. In each image, the sand is shown to the left, and the silt and clay to the right. It is suspected that the latter also contains some organic matter. Note that the sand colors vary slightly while the color of the fines is somewhat consistent. Sample 21 represents the local sediment collected by the client. The fines content is much higher in this sample and the color does not differ from that of the sand.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-03 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 21 of 28
Figure 5: The extracted sand and fines shown in Figure 4 are shown here after gradation through a standard sieve stack. The sands are all fine and somewhat narrowly graded. The gradations are nearly identical.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-03 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 22 of 28
Figure 6: A simple organic impurities test was performed on the sands from the bedding mortar and the tabby brick (Samples 01 and 07 respectively). The local sediment was similarly examined (Sample 21). The color of the supernatant solution after a 24-hour base digestion is indicative of the organic content. The color is compared to the Gardner standard. The glass standard used for the comparison is shown at the left of the image.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-03 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 23 of 28
Figure 7: PPL photomicrographs illustrating the microtexture of the mortar. A lower magnification view is shown at left and a higher magnification view is shown at right. The binder (B) is highly permeable as shown by the strong absorption of blue-dyed epoxy used in the sample preparation. The arrows indicate microgranules of cured lime that suggest that the binder was not brought to full plasticity all at once. The sand (S) is sharp-textured and densely distributed throughout the matrix. Fine lime grains are distributed throughout the matrix (LG). While the mortar was well compacted into the mold, there is still a moderate concentration of microscopic voids (V).
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-03 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 24 of 28
Figure 8: PPL photomicrographs illustrating the quality of the fired lime. (Upper left) Unburned shell fragments (SF) are typically plate- like and no more than a few millimeters in length. (Upper right) Even where apparently unburned, fine spots of carbonated lime within the shells indicate that they were fired. These are not simply crushed shell fragments. (Lower images) Fully carbonated lime grains (LG) often contain evidence of the shell source. Both images show microscopic partings within the lime grains (LG) that correspond to microtextures originally present within the shell. The grain at left is typical of oyster shell. The grain at right appears to represent some type of scallop shell.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-03 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 25 of 28
Figure 9: Minor impurities are also associated with the lime. These represent variously fired sand and clay residues originally adhered to the shell surfaces. (Upper left PPL image) A cluster of quartz particles (Q) are fused together with glass (G). (Upper right PPL image) The arrows indicate a thin arcuate flake of clinkered clay that maintains the negative impression of the original shell. (Lower PPL image) A residue of lightly burned clay (C) is adhered to the surface of a shell fragment (SF). This provides evidence for the source of the various impurities otherwise distributed throughout the binder.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-03 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 26 of 28
Figure 10: PPL photomicrograph. Traces of wood cinder (WC) represent relicts from the fuel used to calcine the lime.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-03 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 27 of 28
Appendix III: Sample Log
Table III.1: Summary of Received Samples The laboratory has shortened the sample identifications for more convenient presentation in the reports. The shortened IDs are describe in the "HMC ID" column.
Material Client ID Chimney No. HMC ID Client description Testing Stafford.7 16 07 East side of hearth, "f" marked on face Compositional analysis, clay identification Stafford.8 1 08 West side of hearth Interior-facing side of chimney (same location as Stafford.1), original orientation Stafford.9 18 09 Soluble salt identification through XRD of brick not clear.
Stafford.10 10 10 Found in rubble pile next to chimney Strength, absorption
Stafford.11 10 11 Found in rubble pile next to chimney Stafford.12 22 12 Found in rubble pile next to chimney Strength, absorption Tabby brick Stafford.13 22 13 Found in rubble pile next to chimney Strength, absorption Stafford.14 22 14 Found in rubble pile next to chimney Strength, absorption Stafford.15 22 15 Found in rubble pile next to chimney Stafford.16 22 16 Found in rubble pile next to chimney Strength, absorption Stafford.18 4 18 Removed from west side of chimney, significant erosion of brick face. Soluble salt identification through XRD Stafford.19 3 19 Removed from back exterior face of chimney, significant erosion of brick face. Soluble salt identification through XRD Removed from northwest corner of chimney, face only, "B" marked on Stafford.20 16 20 back/interior of brick) mild erosion of brick face Stafford.6 4 06 Found on ground next to chimney, presumed to be from west surround of hearth. Petrographic examination Red clay brick Stafford.17 22 17 Removed from back wall of hearth Stafford.1 18 01 Taken from interior side of chimney above lintel. Tabby brick Taken from location of roof peak, area of mortar build-up, mortar continues into Stafford.2 11 02 Compositional analysis bedding mortar adjacent joint (i.e., same material as mortar in joints). Stafford.3 1 03 Small sample from exterior mortar joint. Parging does not appear to be original (different color than mortar original, Parging Stafford.4 4 04 evidence of soiling on face of mortar under parging). Clay Stafford.4 n/a 21 "Clay rock" from shore Gradation analysis
Notes: 1. The laboratory has shortened the sample identifications for more convenient presentation in the reports. The shortened IDs are describe in the "HMC ID" column. 2. Three additional tabby brick will be selected for limited insoluble residue testing to evaluate the type and content of siliceous aggregate. These samples have not been selected and the testing is not indicated in the table as of this writing.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-03 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 28 of 28
Appendix C
“Report on Mortar Compositional Analysis” (Highbridge Materials Consulting, Inc., 12/23/19)
Report on Mortar Compositional Analysis
Stafford Slave Settlement, Cumberland Island National Seashore, Chimney Stabilization Cumberland Island, Camden County, GA
Prepared for Building Conservation Associates, Inc.
Client ID BUIL005
Report No. SL1443-02
Report Date 12/23/19
404 Irvington Street, Pleasantville, NY 10570 | 914-502-0100 | www.highbridgematerials.com
Confidentiality This report presents the results of laboratory testing requested by the client to satisfy specific project requirements. As such, the client has the right to use this report as necessary in any commercial matters related to the referenced project. Any reproduction of this report must be done in full. In offering a more thorough analysis, it may have been necessary for Highbridge to describe proprietary laboratory methods or present opinions, concepts, or original research that represent the intellectual property of Highbridge Materials Consulting and its successors. These intellectual property rights are not transferred in part or in full to any other party. Presentation of any or all of the data or interpretations for purposes other than those necessary to satisfy the goals of the investigation are not permitted without the express written consent of the author. The findings may not be used for purposes outside those originally intended. Unauthorized uses include but are not limited to internet or electronic presentation for marketing purposes, presentation of findings at professional venues, or submission of scholarly articles.
Standard of Care Highbridge has performed its services in conformance with the care and skill ordinarily exercised by reputable members of the profession practicing under similar conditions at the same time. No other warranty of any kind, expressed or implied, in fact or by law, is made or intended. Interpretations and results are based strictly on samples provided and/or examined.
Cover Image Photograph of a chimney structure at the Stafford Slave Settlement on Cumberland Island, GA courtesy of Ms. Dorothy Krotzer of Building Conservation Associates, October 2, 2019.
Respectfully submitted,
John J. Walsh Heather Hartshorn President/ Senior Petrographer Chemist/ Staff Scientist Highbridge Materials Consulting, Inc. Highbridge Materials Consulting, Inc.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-02 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 2 of 20
1. Executive Summary This report presents a compositional analysis on tabby brick mortar sampled from the interior side of a chimney at the Stafford Slave Settlement on Cumberland Island, GA. The material is a common lime mortar that is relatively uniform in appearance with a nearly white color where fresh (Munsell code approximately 10YR 8/1). The lime is a non-hydraulic fat lime prepared from oyster shell and probably screened to remove coarser shell fragments. The aggregate is a very fine and narrowly graded natural quartz sand. The proportions are estimated at 1 : 1.4 by volume with the lime calculated as a putty. The materials were thoroughly mixed, adequately consolidated, and well-cured. The resulting product is highly cohesive though it maintains the softness and high permeability typical of lime mortars. The binder is fully carbonated as expected for the material and age. No deleterious service effects are identified petrographically.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-02 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 3 of 20
2. Introduction On August 27, 2019, Highbridge received a set of masonry samples from Ms. Dorothy Krotzer of Building Conservation Associates reported to have been sampled from chimney structures at the Stafford Slave Settlement on Cumberland Island, GA. A summary of the samples, their identifications, and locations is presented in Appendix III. It is understood from the client that the site represents the ruins of a 19th century slave housing settlement in which only the chimney structures survive. The chimneys are reported to have been constructed of tabby brick with red clay brick used for the hearth and firebox.
At Ms. Krotzer's request, laboratory testing is performed on the samples to provide information that may assist in an ongoing stabilization effort. The testing plan was developed in discussions between Ms. Krotzer and Mr. John Walsh of Highbridge. The plan was finalized in a telephone call on September 20 and includes the following:
1. Qualitative identification of salts in tabby brick Surface erosions on tabby brick may be the result of salt hydration or crystallization. The client has requested an identification of water-soluble salts present within the brick through x-ray diffraction analysis. Three samples are chosen for the analysis, two the client has identified as distressed and one the client has identified as sound. 2. Qualitative identification of clays in tabby brick Weathering of the tabby brick may also be the result of the swelling behavior of clay constituents during wetting/drying cycles. X-ray diffraction analysis will be performed on clays extracted from one brick sample to determine whether swelling varieties are present. 3. Compositional analysis of tabby brick This testing combines petrographic examination and chemical analysis to identify constituents, estimate proportions, and assess overall condition of the tabby brick. An acid digestion to extract an aggregate sample for description and gradation is also included. One sample will be examined comprehensively. 4. Gradation analysis of tabby brick aggregate It is anticipated that there may be some variation in the tabby brick mix proportions. Rather than examine several samples comprehensively, a less costly acid digestion will be performed on an additional three brick samples. The content and gradation of the acid-insoluble constituents will be compared. 5. Gradation analysis of local silt/clay The client has provided a sample of local sediments from the shore of the island. It is suspected that this material may have been used in the tabby manufacture. The laboratory will disaggregate this loosely consolidated material and grade it through standard sieves. The color and gradation of the sediment will be compared to the acid-insoluble material recovered from the tabby brick. 6. Physical property testing of tabby brick The testing includes compressive strength, absorption, and saturation coefficient determination on a sample of five brick specimens. Since the tabby brick potentially contains relatively flat shell fragments and would likely have been compacted in a direction perpendicular to the bed face, it is suspected that there could be significant strength anisotropy. If so, this might have a bearing on the manner in which the brick decays in service. The laboratory will take cores in two directions from each of the five bricks to determine compressive strength. It is also suspected that the tabby brick may be appreciably weaker when wet. One additional core sample will be tested in each orientation under saturated conditions. 7. Compositional analysis of masonry mortar This testing combines petrographic examination and chemical analysis to identify constituents, estimate proportions, and assess overall condition of the tabby brick bedding mortar. An acid digestion to extract an aggregate sample for description and gradation is also included. One sample will be examined comprehensively. 8. Petrographic examination of red clay brick One sample of red clay brick will be examined petrographically. The purpose of a petrographic examination is to evaluate the constituents and microstructural features of the brick and to assess any potential causes for deterioration observed by the client on site.
This report presents results of the mortar compositional analysis. Results for the other tests will be presented under separate cover when complete.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-02 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 4 of 20
3. Methods of Examination The petrographic examination was conducted in accordance with the standard practices contained within ASTM C1324-15. Data collection is performed or supervised by a degreed geologist who by nature of their education is qualified to operate the analytical equipment employed. Analysis and interpretation is performed or directed by a supervising petrographer who satisfies the qualifications as specified in Section 4 of ASTM C856-18a.
Chemical analysis was performed in general accordance with the procedures outlined in ASTM C1324-15. Water, carbon dioxide, and aggregate weight percentages are determined gravimetrically. Oxide weight percentages are determined by inductively coupled plasma - optical emission spectroscopy (ICP-OES). While ASTM classifies C1324 as a test method, it is intended to serve as a guideline for qualified practitioners with ample experience in the various materials under consideration. Section 10.2 indicates the need for discretion on the part of the laboratory to ensure that methods are tailored to specific mortar compositions. As such, Highbridge chooses specific digestion methods, supplementary tests, instrumentation protocols, and mathematical models to best characterize each individual mortar under consideration. Many of these are proprietary methods that have been researched internally.
Organic impurities testing was not part of the original testing scope. This testing was performed in general accordance with methods described in ASTM C40/C40M-19. The sample size and reagent volume were prepared in an approximate manner without attention to those required by the standard.
The following personnel contributed to the examination:
Technician: M. Pattie Chemist: H. Hartshorn Petrographer: J. Walsh
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-02 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 5 of 20
4. Petrographic Findings and Discussion
4.1 - Materials The aggregate is a clean natural sand consisting almost entirely of quartz. Fine phosphate grains are present in trace quantity, but are more abundant than the other trace constituents. The other traces include microcline, zircon, amphibole, kyanite, epidote, staurolite, and some undifferentiated minerals. There is a very minor quantity of silt and clay associated with the sand (~0.2% by weight), but no significant clay coatings or friable lumps. A roughly executed organic impurities test was performed on a sand sample extracted from the mortar through digestion in dilute hydrochloric acid. The insoluble reside was further digested in 1N NaOH for 24 hours, and the supernatant liquid had a color equivalent to Gardner Color Standard No. 5. This would suggest a low content of organic impurities and certainly less than that suspected in the tabby brick of otherwise similar composition. Overall, the mortar aggregate is considered hard, non-porous, and durable for use in masonry mortar.
The sand extracted through acid digestion is semi-translucent and uniform in appearance. The color is a light yellowish gray (Munsell code approximately 2.5Y 7/1.5). The aggregate is sharp-textured with equidimensional particles that are subangular in shape on average. The extracted sand was graded through a standard sieve set and the results are presented in Section 5. The sand is very fine-grained and somewhat narrowly graded. About 75% of the sand is retained between the No. 50 and No. 100 sieves, and about 25% between the No. 100 and No. 200 sieves. The rather sharp truncation below the No. 200 mesh suggests that the aggregate may have been washed prior to use. The particle size distribution would not comply with modern masonry sand gradation profiles as specified by ASTM C33/C33M-18. However, the fine gradation was typical of Southern coastal lime mortars of the nineteenth century. It is noted that the mortar aggregate gradation is very similar to that of the local sediment represented by Sample 21 once the fines are removed from this material. The color of the mortar sand is paler, but this may be related to the breakdown of submicroscopic organic coatings on the sand once in contact with the highly alkaline lime paste.
The binder is identified as a non-hydraulic, high-calcium fat lime manufactured from oyster shells. It was possible to estimate the composition of the original lime through the chemical analysis and this estimate is presented in Table 6.2. The lime has a high purity with a CaO content greater than 96% by dry unslaked weight. The hardened lime paste is homogeneously distributed with a high capillary porosity and a moderate concentration of microscopic shrinkage cracks. The porosity and cracking are both typical of lime mortars. Discrete lime inclusions are moderately abundant although comparison with the tabby brick suggests that the lime for the mortar was screened to remove any particles larger than a few millimeters. Approximately half of the particulates represent incompletely burned shells. Where unburned, there is not a lot of evidence for the shells having been fired. However, there is a moderate to moderately low concentration of very fine carbonate crystals caused by disaggregation of the shells during calcination. These fines are distributed throughout the paste but are locally variable in concentration. Where fully-burned lime particles are evident, these are fully carbonated and sometimes include partings that are coincident with structures present in the original shell. There is also a moderate concentration of fused quartz grains along with lesser calcined clay and more completely fired aluminous clinker. These all represent silt and clay that originally lined the surfaces of the oyster shells before firing. In fact, there are a number of examples where the fired impurities retain the arcuate impression of the underlying shell. There are also a couple of examples observed petrographically where lime and fired impurities are adhered to one another.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-02 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 6 of 20
4.2 - Component Proportions Chemical analysis was used to estimate the component proportions, and these results are presented in Section 6. Calculating the lime as the equivalent of a modern dry hydrate, the lime to sand ratio is estimated at 1 : 1.1 by volume. This was a fairly common proportioning for historical lime mortars, especially ones that contained narrowly graded sands. Such sands have high void contents and require a greater amount of binder to ensure thorough consolidation.
The lime is calculated as a dry hydrate. However, it is clear that the lime was burned from local shell, and the construction predates the commercial availability of prepackaged dry hydrates. Nevertheless, the calculation of the lime as a dry hydrate is convenient because it does not have to take into account the mix water used in a lime putty. Still, if it is assumed that a volume of dry hydrate will lose approximately 20% of its volume when water is added to produce a putty of stiff consistency, then the lime to sand ratio is calculated at 1 : 1.4 by volume.
It should be noted that where volume proportions are given, these are based on estimated original bulk densities of the materials. In Table 6.3, estimates are given for both dry hydrated lime and lime putty. However, limes are subject to great variation in volume due to factors such as settling or “fluffing” in dry powders and mix water content in putties. Furthermore, the assumed sand density is based on that of a more broadly graded aggregate. Table 6.3 also presents the weight percentages of dry ingredients (dry hydrated lime and sand). These are more accurate as they represent direct measurements of material mass. Of course, this discussion may be academic as the client may choose to design a repair mortar using materials other than common lime. The findings of a mortar analysis are best used to constrain possible repair designs rather than as a prescription for a specific formulation.
It should also be noted that the estimated sand content is inclusive of a minor abundance of silt and clay. A separate weight percentage is reported in Table 6.3 for these constituents. However, these do not have a significant impact on the calculated binder to sand ratios whether or not they are included as part of the total aggregate.
4.3 - Condition and Service Performance Based on the sample provide for examination, the mortar constituents were well mixed and there are no sand streaks or coarse binder inclusions. There are no local variations in microporosity that would suggest heterogeneous incorporation of original mix water. The mortar is compact and relatively well consolidated with an air content estimated at 7-10% by volume. Voids are mostly deformed spherical pores with sizes mostly finer than 0.5 millimeters in diameter.
The qualitative properties of the mortar are typical for the composition. The paste is soft and highly water permeable. However, the high degree of cohesion is indicative of a well-prepared and cured mixture. There is a moderate concentration of fine polygonal and discontinuous microscopic shrinkage cracks throughout the cured lime paste. These are typical of lime mortars, especially those with lower sand contents. The cracks are considered dormant and do not have a significant impact on the quality of the cured mortar.
The mortar is fully carbonated and this is a normal and desirable consequence of curing. There are no other mineralizations indicative of deleterious chemical attack on the mixture. Aside from the normal shrinkage cracking, there is no physical distress of any kind identified petrographically.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-02 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 7 of 20
5. Aggregate Sieve Analysis Aggregate analysis was performed by digesting the sample in an acid sufficient to dissolve the binder. The material was examined visually and microscopically to ensure that all recovered material represents sand rather than undigested binder components. Two grains captured on the No. 30 sieve are identified as fused quartz. These represent impurities from the lime and were removed from the gradation analysis. There is certainly a very small concentration of these impurities in the finer sieve sizes but it is impracticable to extract them from the rest of the sand. Similarly there are traces of fine cinder from the lime production that cannot be conveniently separated. In any case, these combined factors represent an insignificant error. In contrast, there is a minor concentration of incompletely burned shell fragments from the lime that behave as an aggregate. These were all dissolved in the acid digestion and are not represented in the analysis below. However, these are too minor to have any visual impact. The error associated with their exclusion from the gradation analysis is also negligible.
A qualitative description of the sand is given in the discussion above, and the recovered sample is returned to the client. The sample size is significantly smaller than would be required to perform a sieve analysis on fresh aggregate materials as per ASTM C136, and some small errors should be expected.
Table 5.1: Acid Digestion Data
Cumulative Cumulative Retention (g) passing (%) retained (%) No. 4 0.00 100.0 0.0 No. 8 0.00 100.0 0.0 No. 16 0.00 100.0 0.0 No. 30 0.00 100.0 0.0 No. 50 0.14 97.8 2.2 No. 100 4.48 26.3 73.7 No. 200 1.62 0.4 99.6 No. 325 0.02 0.2 99.8 Pan 0.01 0.0 100.0 Fineness Modulus 0.76
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-02 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 8 of 20
Chart 5.1: Aggregate Sieve Analysis The following chart presents the particle size distribution curve for the extracted sand sample. The chart plots the data from Table 5.1.
100
90
80
70 (%)
60 Passing
50 Percent
40
Cumulative 30
20
10
0 10.00 1.00 0.10 0.01 Grain Size (mm)
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-02 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 9 of 20
6. Chemical Analysis
Table 6.1: Chemical Analysis Results
Sample ID 01 Component (wgt. %) SiO2 0.15 CaO 19.78 MgO 0.21
Al2O3 0.13
Fe2O3 0.05 Insoluble residue 61.35 LOI to 110°C 0.35 LOI 110°C-550°C 1.26 LOI 550°C-950°C 15.51 Measured Totals 98.79
Table 6.2: Estimated Original Lime Chemistry The binder consists of non-hydraulic lime with no other additives. As such, the lime chemistry is estimated from the acid- soluble oxide chemistry presented in Table 6.1. The five major oxides in the binder are normalized to a 99% weight yield. This normalizes the lime to a dry weight basis and is equivalent to the pre-slaked condition. The residual 1% is assumed to represent trace unmeasured constituents. Important ratios are calculated directly from the data. The reported indices are calculated as follows:
Hydraulicity index = (SiO2 + Al2O3) / CaO Cementation index = (2.8·SiO2 + 1.1·Al2O3 + 0.7·Fe2O3) / (CaO + 1.4·MgO).
Sample ID 01 Component (wgt. %) SiO2 0.7 CaO 96.4 MgO 1.0
Al2O3 0.6
Fe2O3 0.2 Other 1.0 CaO/MgO ratio 92.1 Hydraulicity Index 0.01 Cementation Index 0.03
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-02 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 10 of 20
Table 6.3: Calculated Components
Sample ID 01 Component Lime expressed as dry hydrate (wgt. %) 30.4 Sand (wgt. %) 69.5 Silt and clay (wgt. %) 0.1 Lime : aggregate ratio (by volume with lime as dry hydrate) 1 : 1.1 Lime : aggregate ratio (by volume with lime as putty) 1 : 1.4
Notes: 1. The lime weight is calculated by mathematically converting the measured CaO and MgO to their respective hydroxides by molecular weight conversion. The three other measured oxides are assumed to represent minor impurities in the lime and are added directly to the calculated hydroxides. This represents the lime as a hydrate. The measured insoluble residue largely represents the natural aggregate with only trace impurities from the binder. The acid digestion used to extract the sand sample (Section 5) is used to partition this residue value into sand and fines (silt and clay). The weight percentage of material passing the No. 325 in the extracted sample is considered to be silt and clay, and this percentage is multiplied by the chemically-measured acid-insoluble residue. The lime, sand, and fines weights are all normalized to 100% to return the materials to a dry weight basis. Since the amount of clay is shown to be negligible, the fines are included with the aggregate for the purposes of calculating a lime to aggregate ratio. The volumetric ratios are calculated assuming bulk densities for nonhydraulic lime and damp, loose sand of 40 lbs./ft.3 and 80 lbs./ft.3, respectively. Another calculation is provided assuming the lime in putty form. This assumes a unit of dry lime hydrate will lose approximately 20% of its volume when mixed to the consistency of a stiff paste.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-02 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 11 of 20
Appendix I: Visual Description of Sample as Received
Sample ID Sample 01 Description The sample consists of five large bedding mortar pieces weighing a total of 294 grams. Surfaces Bed surfaces are roughly planar and compact with a fine sandy texture. Hardness / Friability The paste is soft but the mortar is cohesive and nonfriable. Appearance Fresh surfaces have a moderately dull luster and a nearly white color (Munsell code approximately 10YR 8/1). Other details No cracks, efflorescence, or mineral deposits are visible in hand sample. There is a moderately high concentration of white binder inclusions up to a maximum size of several millimeters in diameter. There is a low abundance of light gray shell fragments also at the millimeter scale. Water absorptivity The matrix is highly water absorptive.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-02 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 12 of 20
Appendix II: Photographs and Photomicrographs Microscopic examination is performed on an Olympus BX-51 polarized/reflected light microscope and a Bausch and Lomb Stereozoom 7 stereoscopic microscope. Both microscopes are fitted with an Olympus DP-11 digital camera. The stereoscopic microscope is used for simple magnification. Sample types examined under this microscope include fractured surfaces, fine constituents extracted through chemical or physical means, or honed or polished cross sections. The polarized light microscope (PLM) magnifies but also employs principals of optical crystallography. The most common sample preparation for the PLM is the petrographic thin section. For this preparation, cross-sectioned samples are mounted to glass slides and are milled to a thickness sufficient to allow light to be transmitted through the material. These are usually prepared without water and with minimal heat to avoid altering minerals that are water or temperature-sensitive. In many cases, the samples are impregnated with a low-viscosity, blue-dyed epoxy. When so treated, blue areas represent some type of void space (e.g., air-voids, capillary pores, cracks, etc.). The polarized light photomicrographs are taken using a variety of optical settings chosen to best demonstrate the feature(s) of interest. These are distinguished as follows:
Plane polarized light (abbreviated as PPL) This method uses the refractive power of different constituents to produce an artificial sense of surface relief. Otherwise, the method is the closest to a simple magnification of the material. The setting is often used to demonstrate granular relationships or microstructure. Pore spaces and cracks are observable with this setting if the blue-dyed epoxy is used.
Conoscopic polarized light (abbreviated as CPL) In this setting, the transmitted light is condensed just before passing through the thin section. The method tends to bring colors or finer particulates into higher contrast at the expense of image sharpness. The setting is often used to image grain boundary failures in dimension stone, pigment particulates in binders, or gel phases in the micropores of cement pastes.
Cross polarized light (abbreviated as XPL) The setting places the thin section between two pieces of polarizing film oriented at 90° to one another. In isotropic materials (e.g., glasses, simple salts), all light is absorbed and the materials appear black. In anisotropic crystals, two light rays traveling at different speeds are produced within the thin section and these offset waves interfere at the upper polarizing film. The interference produces a color that can be used to calculate properties of the crystal structure and aid in identification of mineral species. In essence, the colors are artificial. It should be noted that color is a function of orientation and color differences do not necessarily indicate material differences.
Compensator plates When in XPL mode, full-wave or quarter-wave compensator plates may be inserted into the light path to add or subtract interference. Technically, these methods are used to calculate properties of the crystal structure. However, they can also be used to alter the image appearance to help improve contrast between different constituents. They can also reveal preferred orientations in some materials (e.g., oriented residual crystallinity in fired ceramics).
Scale bars are included with all photomicrographs. In higher magnification images, the µm symbol represents microns. One micron is equal to 0.001 millimeter.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-02 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 13 of 20
Figure 1: Photographs of the mortar sample received by Highbridge for examination. The total sample is shown at left. A fractured surface is shown at right. The arrows illustrate undispersed lime grains and incompletely burned shell fragments.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-02 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 14 of 20
Figure 2: Photographs of the aggregate extracted through acid digestion. The total extraction is shown at left. The sand is uniform and light yellowish-gray in color. At right, the sand is shown after grading through a standard sieve stack. The sand is very fine and somewhat narrowly graded.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-02 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 15 of 20
Figure 3: PPL photomicrographs illustrating the microtexture of the mortar. A lower magnification view is shown at left and a higher magnification view is shown at right. The binder (B) is highly permeable as shown by the strong absorption of blue-dyed epoxy used in the sample preparation. The arrows indicate microscopic shrinkage cracks that are typical of lime-based mortars. The sand (S) is sharp- textured and densely distributed throughout the matrix. Phosphate grains (P) are distinctive trace constituents. Incompletely burned shell fragments (SF) also behave as aggregate though these are only moderately abundant. The mortar is well consolidated and voids (V) are not concentrated.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-02 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 16 of 20
Figure 4: Photomicrographs illustrating the quality of the fired lime. (Upper left PPL image) Unburned shell fragments (SF) are typically plate-like and no more than a few millimeters in length. (Upper right PPL image) Carbonated lime grains (LG) often contain evidence for the shell origin. As is evident in this image, microscopic partings correspond to lamination textures originally present in the shell. (Lower XPL image) The arrows indicate very fine carbonate crystals. These represent single crystals that became disaggregated from the original shell during firing. The adjacent binder (B) is fully carbonated.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-02 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 17 of 20
Figure 5: Minor impurities are also associated with the lime. These represent variously fired sand and clay residues originally adhered to the shell surfaces. (Upper left XPL image) A cluster of quartz particles (Q) are fused together with glass (G). (Upper right XPL image) The arrows indicate a thin arcuate flake of calcined clay that maintains the negative impression of the original shell. (Lower PPL image) The relationship between the shells and impurities are evident in this photomicrograph. A lime grain (LG) clearly has the shape of a former shell and is thickly lined with calcined clay (C) and quartz fused with glass (Q and G respectively).
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-02 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 18 of 20
Figure 6: PPL photomicrograph. Traces of wood cinder (WC) represent relicts from the fuel used to calcine the lime.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-02 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 19 of 20
Appendix III: Sample Log
Table III.1: Summary of Received Samples The laboratory has shortened the sample identifications for more convenient presentation in the reports. The shortened IDs are describe in the "HMC ID" column.
Material Client ID Chimney No. HMC ID Client description Testing Stafford.7 16 07 East side of hearth, "f" marked on face Compositional analysis, clay identification Stafford.8 1 08 West side of hearth Interior-facing side of chimney (same location as Stafford.1), original orientation Stafford.9 18 09 Soluble salt identification through XRD of brick not clear.
Stafford.10 10 10 Found in rubble pile next to chimney Strength, absorption
Stafford.11 10 11 Found in rubble pile next to chimney Stafford.12 22 12 Found in rubble pile next to chimney Strength, absorption Tabby brick Stafford.13 22 13 Found in rubble pile next to chimney Strength, absorption Stafford.14 22 14 Found in rubble pile next to chimney Strength, absorption Stafford.15 22 15 Found in rubble pile next to chimney Stafford.16 22 16 Found in rubble pile next to chimney Strength, absorption Stafford.18 4 18 Removed from west side of chimney, significant erosion of brick face. Soluble salt identification through XRD Stafford.19 3 19 Removed from back exterior face of chimney, significant erosion of brick face. Soluble salt identification through XRD Removed from northwest corner of chimney, face only, "B" marked on Stafford.20 16 20 back/interior of brick) mild erosion of brick face Stafford.6 4 06 Found on ground next to chimney, presumed to be from west surround of hearth. Petrographic examination Red clay brick Stafford.17 22 17 Removed from back wall of hearth Stafford.1 18 01 Taken from interior side of chimney above lintel. Tabby brick Taken from location of roof peak, area of mortar build-up, mortar continues into Stafford.2 11 02 Compositional analysis bedding mortar adjacent joint (i.e., same material as mortar in joints). Stafford.3 1 03 Small sample from exterior mortar joint. Parging does not appear to be original (different color than mortar original, Parging Stafford.4 4 04 evidence of soiling on face of mortar under parging). Clay Stafford.4 n/a 21 "Clay rock" from shore Gradation analysis
Notes: 1. The laboratory has shortened the sample identifications for more convenient presentation in the reports. The shortened IDs are describe in the "HMC ID" column. 2. Three additional tabby brick will be selected for limited insoluble residue testing to evaluate the type and content of siliceous aggregate. These samples have not been selected and the testing is not indicated in the table as of this writing.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-02 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 20 of 20
Appendix D
“Report on Petrography of Red Clay Brick” (Highbridge Materials Consulting, Inc., 12/24/19)
Report on Petrography of Red Clay Brick
Stafford Slave Settlement, Cumberland Island National Seashore, Chimney Stabilization Cumberland Island, Camden County, GA
Prepared for Building Conservation Associates, Inc.
Client ID BUIL005
Report No. SL1443-04
Report Date 12/24/19
404 Irvington Street, Pleasantville, NY 10570 | 914-502-0100 | www.highbridgematerials.com
Confidentiality This report presents the results of laboratory testing requested by the client to satisfy specific project requirements. As such, the client has the right to use this report as necessary in any commercial matters related to the referenced project. Any reproduction of this report must be done in full. In offering a more thorough analysis, it may have been necessary for Highbridge to describe proprietary laboratory methods or present opinions, concepts, or original research that represent the intellectual property of Highbridge Materials Consulting and its successors. These intellectual property rights are not transferred in part or in full to any other party. Presentation of any or all of the data or interpretations for purposes other than those necessary to satisfy the goals of the investigation are not permitted without the express written consent of the author. The findings may not be used for purposes outside those originally intended. Unauthorized uses include but are not limited to internet or electronic presentation for marketing purposes, presentation of findings at professional venues, or submission of scholarly articles.
Standard of Care Highbridge has performed its services in conformance with the care and skill ordinarily exercised by reputable members of the profession practicing under similar conditions at the same time. No other warranty of any kind, expressed or implied, in fact or by law, is made or intended. Interpretations and results are based strictly on samples provided and/or examined.
Cover Image Photograph of a chimney structure at the Stafford Slave Settlement on Cumberland Island, GA courtesy of Ms. Dorothy Krotzer of Building Conservation Associates, October 2, 2019.
Respectfully submitted,
John J. Walsh President/ Senior Petrographer Highbridge Materials Consulting, Inc.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-04 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 2 of 14
1. Executive Summary This report presents the results of a petrographic examination on a red clay brick unit sampled from the Stafford Slave Settlement on Cumberland Island, GA. The sample is a hand molded brick with no frogs or manufacturers marks. The brick is uniform in texture with a purplish-red matrix and darker spots distributed evenly throughout the unit. The material is sandy-textured, highly permeable, and well-fired.
Microscopically, the brick is found to have approximately even volumes of sintered clay, fine temper, and micropores. The clay is nonporous and vitrified with partially formed aluminosilicate minerals and well-formed hematite. The temper is a fine quartz sand that was a natural component of the brick clay. The micropores are found at the interstices of the temper grains and form an interconnected void network. The composition and microstructure are typical of many Southern coastal bricks of the nineteenth century.
Only minor hairline cracking is evident in the brick. No significant secondary mineralizations are identified. The material is intact and sound.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-04 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 3 of 14
2. Introduction On August 27, 2019, Highbridge received a set of masonry samples from Ms. Dorothy Krotzer of Building Conservation Associates reported to have been sampled from chimney structures at the Stafford Slave Settlement on Cumberland Island, GA. A summary of the samples, their identifications, and locations is presented in Appendix III. It is understood from the client that the site represents the ruins of a 19th century slave housing settlement in which only the chimney structures survive. The chimneys are reported to have been constructed of tabby brick with red clay brick used for the hearth and firebox.
At Ms. Krotzer's request, laboratory testing is performed on the samples to provide information that may assist in an ongoing stabilization effort. The testing plan was developed in discussions between Ms. Krotzer and Mr. John Walsh of Highbridge. The plan was finalized in a telephone call on September 20 and includes the following:
1. Qualitative identification of salts in tabby brick Surface erosions on tabby brick may be the result of salt hydration or crystallization. The client has requested an identification of water-soluble salts present within the brick through x-ray diffraction analysis. Three samples are chosen for the analysis, two the client has identified as distressed and one the client has identified as sound. 2. Qualitative identification of clays in tabby brick Weathering of the tabby brick may also be the result of the swelling behavior of clay constituents during wetting/drying cycles. X-ray diffraction analysis will be performed on clays extracted from one brick sample to determine whether swelling varieties are present. 3. Compositional analysis of tabby brick This testing combines petrographic examination and chemical analysis to identify constituents, estimate proportions, and assess overall condition of the tabby brick. An acid digestion to extract an aggregate sample for description and gradation is also included. One sample will be examined comprehensively. 4. Gradation analysis of tabby brick aggregate It is anticipated that there may be some variation in the tabby brick mix proportions. Rather than examine several samples comprehensively, a less costly acid digestion will be performed on an additional three brick samples. The content and gradation of the acid-insoluble constituents will be compared. 5. Gradation analysis of local silt/clay The client has provided a sample of local sediments from the shore of the island. It is suspected that this material may have been used in the tabby manufacture. The laboratory will disaggregate this loosely consolidated material and grade it through standard sieves. The color and gradation of the sediment will be compared to the acid-insoluble material recovered from the tabby brick. 6. Physical property testing of tabby brick The testing includes compressive strength, absorption, and saturation coefficient determination on a sample of five brick specimens. Since the tabby brick potentially contains relatively flat shell fragments and would likely have been compacted in a direction perpendicular to the bed face, it is suspected that there could be significant strength anisotropy. If so, this might have a bearing on the manner in which the brick decays in service. The laboratory will take cores in two directions from each of the five bricks to determine compressive strength. It is also suspected that the tabby brick may be appreciably weaker when wet. One additional core sample will be tested in each orientation under saturated conditions. 7. Compositional analysis of masonry mortar This testing combines petrographic examination and chemical analysis to identify constituents, estimate proportions, and assess overall condition of the tabby brick bedding mortar. An acid digestion to extract an aggregate sample for description and gradation is also included. One sample will be examined comprehensively. 8. Petrographic examination of red clay brick One sample of red clay brick will be examined petrographically. The purpose of a petrographic examination is to evaluate the constituents and microstructural features of the brick and to assess any potential causes for deterioration observed by the client on site.
This report presents results of the petrographic examination on the red clay brick. Results for the other tests will be presented under separate cover when complete.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-04 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 4 of 14
3. Methods of Examination The petrographic examination was conducted in accordance with the standard practices contained within ASTM C856-18a. The standard is referenced as a more generic document for petrographic examination of inorganic construction materials of all types though the document specifically references concrete. Data collection is performed or supervised by a degreed geologist who by nature of their education is qualified to operate the analytical equipment employed. Analysis and interpretation is performed or directed by a supervising petrographer who satisfies the qualifications as specified in Section 4 of ASTM C856-18a.
The following personnel contributed to the examination:
Technician: M. Pattie Petrographer: J. Walsh
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-04 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 5 of 14
4. Petrographic Findings
4.1 - Brick Constituents, Casting and Firing The sample examined petrographically is a solid red clay brick with no frog or manufacturer's mark. The brick is uniform and compact with a purplish-red color overall. The material is sandy and porous though well-vitrified.
The sintered clay consists of a homogeneously developed ultrafine-grained matrix, the constituents of which are barely resolvable at the magnifications available on a typical light microscope. The clay is sparsely distributed and represents approximately 30% of the total brick volume. In general, there are three discernible components. An amorphous vitrified component is reddish brown under plane polarized light. Very little if any submicroscopic microporosity is noted in the vitrified mass. Within the vitrified mass are diffuse, skeletal, and sometimes dendritic crystals up to several tenths of a millimeter in size. These likely consist of mullite, an aluminosilicate mineral common in fired clay products. Finally, discrete hematite crystallites are dispersed throughout the sintered mass. These are generally a few microns in size and are either blocky or rod-like. The hematite crystals are often clustered into small groupings up to 10 µm in diameter and sometimes as thin linings around open micropores. Both the mullite and hematite are coarser-grained and more abundant within darker purplish-red spots distributed evenly throughout the brick. No carbonate or sulfide minerals are identified within the fired clay. There is no evidence for any significant organic matter though certain constituents such as humic acid would likely not be evident after firing.
The brick contains a densely distributed fine quartz temper representing approximately 30% of the total brick volume. As is typical for most Southern coastal brick of the nineteenth century, the temper is a natural component of the brick clay rather than a separate addition. No grog or artificial tempers are detected petrographically. The temper consists almost entirely of quartz mostly as a fine sand. The sand is well sorted with most grains between about 0.125 and 0.20 millimeters. 98% of the grains range in size from 0.075 to 0.30 millimeters. The particles are equant and subangular in shape on average. All of the quartz has reacted to produce thin concentric reaction rims of approximately 2 to 8 microns thickness. These are clear in plane light and dark under crossed polars. The rims likely represent a glass phase though some higher temperature varieties of quartz cannot be excluded. Needle-like mullite crystallites from the adjacent vitrified clay are frequently found within the outer portion of the reaction rims. The quartz grains themselves rarely exhibit internal thermal cracking or localized melting. Trace heavy accessory minerals are also present and these include zircon, kyanite, rutile, and other undifferentiated phases. One trace phase has reacted in the kiln to produce a thick rim of larnite (?). However, this has no impact on the quality of the brick.
The brick matrix is mostly uniform in composition. There are no coarse stone or woody inclusions. Fine clay lumps are relatively infrequent and never more than a few millimeters in diameter. Purplish-red spots are randomly distributed throughout the brick that are locally darker than the surrounding matrix. These are typically several millimeters in size. Petrographically, these are found to contain materials that are essentially the same as those in the surrounding brick. Sometimes they contain a somewhat higher clay proportion, but generally they show different firing characteristics. This suggests that they represent sites of slightly different clay chemistry, possibly areas locally enriched in alkalis. There is often a greater amount of glass in these regions, along with aluminosilicate phases that are more well-crystallized, and coarser blocky hematite crystals.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-04 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 6 of 14
The brick constituents were well-mixed and there is no streaking of the clay or other similar heterogeneities. The tempered clay was consolidated and adequately compacted into the brick mold. Consolidation voids are present at roughly 10% by volume but these are evenly distributed and not concentrated along molded surfaces to produce significant bugholes. The pores are usually rounded in shape and no more than about 1 centimeter in diameter.
The microscopic porosity of Sample 06 is typical of that observed in other Southern coastal bricks such as Savannah grey bricks. The narrow gradation and high content of temper results in a distinctive microtexture similar to that of a sandstone. Bloating of the clay during firing causes voids to develop and grow within the interstitial space between sand grains. The pore structure is estimated at about 30% by volume. The voids are amoeboid in shape and range in size from tens of microns to about 0.25 millimeters. Due to the high sand content, the voids result in an interconnected pore structure that increases the permeability of the brick. The void structure is uniform and isotropic throughout most of the unit. Toward the edges of the brick, the voids have weakly coalesced to form sheave-like pore structures that are parallel to the brick surfaces. The void structures are not sufficiently continuous for them to behave as cracks.
4.2 - Condition and Service Performance Though only a half brick was provided for examination, the unit is intact and in relatively sound condition. There is one discrete hairline crack parallel to the head surface. However, this is a relatively minor feature. There is no microscopic cracking identified petrographically. Salt deposits appear to be minimal though some of these may have been washed out during sample preparation for petrography. Some carbonate crystallites are detected within the brick pores but these are not considered deleterious.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-04 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 7 of 14
Appendix I: Visual Descriptions of Petrographic Sample as Received
Sample ID 06 Dimensions and details The sample is a half-brick broken along the length with a width of approximately 4" and a height of approximately 3". The brick is slightly deformed in shape. The material is a solid red clay hand-molded brick with no frogs or manufacturer's impressions. Minor mortar residues and green biogrowth are noted on the surfaces. Brick quality Minor folds and molding planes are evident. Otherwise, the brick is compact in texture. The brick has a sandy, sintered texture and the fired clay is rapidly absorptive. The matrix has a purplish red color (Munsell code approximately 2.5YR 4/1.75). Darker purplish spots are randomly distributed throughout the matrix. These are usually millimeter-scale features though are sometimes observed at over a centimeter. Cracks or mineralizations The broken surface is hackly and is lightly coated with white salt deposits. Another hairline crack is found about halfway between the broken surface and the opposite head face. The crack has a transverse orientation and does not transect the full cross section of the unit.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-04 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 8 of 14
Appendix II: Photographs and Photomicrographs Microscopic examination is performed on an Olympus BX-51 polarized/reflected light microscope and a Bausch and Lomb Stereozoom 7 stereoscopic microscope. Both microscopes are fitted with an Olympus DP-11 digital camera. The stereoscopic microscope is used for simple magnification. Sample types examined under this microscope include fractured surfaces, fine constituents extracted through chemical or physical means, or honed or polished cross sections. The polarized light microscope (PLM) magnifies but also employs principals of optical crystallography. The most common sample preparation for the PLM is the petrographic thin section. For this preparation, cross-sectioned samples are mounted to glass slides and are milled to a thickness sufficient to allow light to be transmitted through the material. These are usually prepared without water and with minimal heat to avoid altering minerals that are water or temperature-sensitive. In many cases, the samples are impregnated with a low-viscosity, blue-dyed epoxy. When so treated, blue areas represent some type of void space (e.g., air-voids, capillary pores, cracks, etc.). The polarized light photomicrographs are taken using a variety of optical settings chosen to best demonstrate the feature(s) of interest. These are distinguished as follows:
Plane polarized light (abbreviated as PPL) This method uses the refractive power of different constituents to produce an artificial sense of surface relief. Otherwise, the method is the closest to a simple magnification of the material. The setting is often used to demonstrate granular relationships or microstructure. Pore spaces and cracks are observable with this setting if the blue-dyed epoxy is used.
Conoscopic polarized light (abbreviated as CPL) In this setting, the transmitted light is condensed just before passing through the thin section. The method tends to bring colors or finer particulates into higher contrast at the expense of image sharpness. The setting is often used to image grain boundary failures in dimension stone, pigment particulates in binders, or gel phases in the micropores of cement pastes.
Cross polarized light (abbreviated as XPL) The setting places the thin section between two pieces of polarizing film oriented at 90° to one another. In isotropic materials (e.g., glasses, simple salts), all light is absorbed and the materials appear black. In anisotropic crystals, two light rays traveling at different speeds are produced within the thin section and these offset waves interfere at the upper polarizing film. The interference produces a color that can be used to calculate properties of the crystal structure and aid in identification of mineral species. In essence, the colors are artificial. It should be noted that color is a function of orientation and color differences do not necessarily indicate material differences.
Compensator plates When in XPL mode, full-wave or quarter-wave compensator plates may be inserted into the light path to add or subtract interference. Technically, these methods are used to calculate properties of the crystal structure. However, they can also be used to alter the image appearance to help improve contrast between different constituents. They can also reveal preferred orientations in some materials (e.g., oriented residual crystallinity in fired ceramics).
Scale bars are included with all photomicrographs. In higher magnification images, the µm symbol represents microns. One micron is equal to 0.001 millimeter.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-04 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 9 of 14
Figure 1: Photographs of the red clay brick provided to Highbridge for analysis. (Upper left) Two red clay bricks were delivered. Highbridge selected Sample 06 for the petrographic examination. (Upper right) A close-up of a bed surface in Sample 06 depicts one minor hairline crack that only partly transects the brick (arrow). The feature is considered minor. (Lower) Photograph of a honed cross section used in the petrographic examination. The brick is uniform in texture with a purplish-red color, and darker spots that are evenly distributed throughout the matrix.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-04 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 10 of 14
Figure 2: PPL photomicrographs illustrating the overall microtexture of the brick. (Left) Natural quartz temper (T) is abundant and produces a sandy texture. Note the thin reaction rims surrounding each of the temper particles. These formed during firing. A matrix of sintered clay (M) binds the temper. Bloating of the mixture during firing has resulted in abundant micropores (P) located at the interstices between sand grains. These form an interconnected permeability network. (Right) The brick texture is shown near one edge of the sample. Note that the pores (in blue) display a weak parallelism due to coalescence of the voids. This texture is only found near the edges where greater bloating has occurred.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-04 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 11 of 14
Figure 3: CPL photomicrographs providing high magnification views of the fired clay matrix. The arrows in the left image indicate well- formed hematite crystals dispersed throughout the sintered clay (C). At right, a brighter area in the clay represents a skeletal mullite crystal (M).
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-04 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 12 of 14
Figure 4: (Left PPL image) Fine clay lumps (CL) are found in minor concentration. Shrinkage of the clay-rich area has resulted in a concentric pore (P). (Right) This CPL photomicrograph was taken within the interior of one of the darker spots. The same constituents are identified. However, the hematite (H) is often coarser-grained with a dendritic texture. Additionally, the mullite (M) is sometimes more thoroughly crystallized.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-04 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 13 of 14
Appendix III: Sample Log
Table III.1: Summary of Received Samples The laboratory has shortened the sample identifications for more convenient presentation in the reports. The shortened IDs are describe in the "HMC ID" column.
Material Client ID Chimney No. HMC ID Client description Testing Stafford.7 16 07 East side of hearth, "f" marked on face Compositional analysis, clay identification Stafford.8 1 08 West side of hearth Interior-facing side of chimney (same location as Stafford.1), original orientation Stafford.9 18 09 Soluble salt identification through XRD of brick not clear.
Stafford.10 10 10 Found in rubble pile next to chimney Strength, absorption
Stafford.11 10 11 Found in rubble pile next to chimney Stafford.12 22 12 Found in rubble pile next to chimney Strength, absorption Tabby brick Stafford.13 22 13 Found in rubble pile next to chimney Strength, absorption Stafford.14 22 14 Found in rubble pile next to chimney Strength, absorption Stafford.15 22 15 Found in rubble pile next to chimney Stafford.16 22 16 Found in rubble pile next to chimney Strength, absorption Stafford.18 4 18 Removed from west side of chimney, significant erosion of brick face. Soluble salt identification through XRD Stafford.19 3 19 Removed from back exterior face of chimney, significant erosion of brick face. Soluble salt identification through XRD Removed from northwest corner of chimney, face only, "B" marked on Stafford.20 16 20 back/interior of brick) mild erosion of brick face Stafford.6 4 06 Found on ground next to chimney, presumed to be from west surround of hearth. Petrographic examination Red clay brick Stafford.17 22 17 Removed from back wall of hearth Stafford.1 18 01 Taken from interior side of chimney above lintel. Tabby brick Taken from location of roof peak, area of mortar build-up, mortar continues into Stafford.2 11 02 Compositional analysis bedding mortar adjacent joint (i.e., same material as mortar in joints). Stafford.3 1 03 Small sample from exterior mortar joint. Parging does not appear to be original (different color than mortar original, Parging Stafford.4 4 04 evidence of soiling on face of mortar under parging). Clay Stafford.4 n/a 21 "Clay rock" from shore Gradation analysis
Notes: 1. The laboratory has shortened the sample identifications for more convenient presentation in the reports. The shortened IDs are describe in the "HMC ID" column. 2. Three additional tabby brick will be selected for limited insoluble residue testing to evaluate the type and content of siliceous aggregate. These samples have not been selected and the testing is not indicated in the table as of this writing.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-04 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 14 of 14
Appendix E
“Report on Salt Analysis of Tabby Brick” (Highbridge Materials Consulting, Inc., 12/31/19)
Report on Salt Analysis of Tabby Brick
Stafford Slave Settlement, Cumberland Island National Seashore, Chimney Stabilization Cumberland Island, Camden County, GA
Prepared for Building Conservation Associates, Inc.
Client ID BUIL005
Report No. SL1443-05
Report Date 12/31/19
404 Irvington Street, Pleasantville, NY 10570 | 914-502-0100 | www.highbridgematerials.com
Confidentiality This report presents the results of laboratory testing requested by the client to satisfy specific project requirements. As such, the client has the right to use this report as necessary in any commercial matters related to the referenced project. Any reproduction of this report must be done in full. In offering a more thorough analysis, it may have been necessary for Highbridge to describe proprietary laboratory methods or present opinions, concepts, or original research that represent the intellectual property of Highbridge Materials Consulting and its successors. These intellectual property rights are not transferred in part or in full to any other party. Presentation of any or all of the data or interpretations for purposes other than those necessary to satisfy the goals of the investigation are not permitted without the express written consent of the author. The findings may not be used for purposes outside those originally intended. Unauthorized uses include but are not limited to internet or electronic presentation for marketing purposes, presentation of findings at professional venues, or submission of scholarly articles.
Standard of Care Highbridge has performed its services in conformance with the care and skill ordinarily exercised by reputable members of the profession practicing under similar conditions at the same time. No other warranty of any kind, expressed or implied, in fact or by law, is made or intended. Interpretations and results are based strictly on samples provided and/or examined.
Cover Image Photograph of a chimney structure at the Stafford Slave Settlement on Cumberland Island, GA courtesy of Ms. Dorothy Krotzer of Building Conservation Associates, October 2, 2019.
Respectfully submitted,
John J. Walsh Heather Hartshorn President/ Senior Petrographer Chemist/ Staff Scientist Highbridge Materials Consulting, Inc. Highbridge Materials Consulting, Inc.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-05 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 2 of 15
1. Executive Summary This report presents a qualitative identification of soluble salts in three tabby brick samples from the Stafford Slave Settlement on Cumberland Island, GA. The client requested testing on two samples described as representative of a distressed condition (Samples 18 and 19), and one representative of a sound condition (Sample 09).
The distressed samples contain approximately 1% soluble salts by weight. These include halite, niter, and darapskite, likely derived from a combination of seawater and the decay products of organic matter in the soil. The salts are certainly capable of producing long-term erosion through wetting and drying cycles. Salt may be the sole contributor to distress given the absence of swelling clays and the relative rarity of freeze-thaw cycles.
Sample 09 contains very little salt. Calcite, halite, syngenite, anhydrite, and an unnamed sulfate are all detected through x-ray diffraction analysis. However, none are considered threatening given the low concentrations.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-05 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 3 of 15
2. Introduction On August 27, 2019, Highbridge received a set of masonry samples from Ms. Dorothy Krotzer of Building Conservation Associates reported to have been sampled from chimney structures at the Stafford Slave Settlement on Cumberland Island, GA. A summary of the samples, their identifications, and locations is presented in Appendix III. It is understood from the client that the site represents the ruins of a 19th century slave housing settlement in which only the chimney structures survive. The chimneys are reported to have been constructed of tabby brick with red clay brick used for the hearth and firebox.
At Ms. Krotzer's request, laboratory testing is performed on the samples to provide information that may assist in an ongoing stabilization effort. The testing plan was developed in discussions between Ms. Krotzer and Mr. John Walsh of Highbridge. The plan was finalized in a telephone call on September 20 and includes the following:
1. Qualitative identification of salts in tabby brick Surface erosions on tabby brick may be the result of salt hydration or crystallization. The client has requested an identification of water-soluble salts present within the brick through x-ray diffraction analysis. Three samples are chosen for the analysis, two the client has identified as distressed and one the client has identified as sound. 2. Qualitative identification of clays in tabby brick Weathering of the tabby brick may also be the result of the swelling behavior of clay constituents during wetting/drying cycles. X-ray diffraction analysis will be performed on clays extracted from one brick sample to determine whether swelling varieties are present. 3. Compositional analysis of tabby brick This testing combines petrographic examination and chemical analysis to identify constituents, estimate proportions, and assess overall condition of the tabby brick. An acid digestion to extract an aggregate sample for description and gradation is also included. One sample will be examined comprehensively. 4. Gradation analysis of tabby brick aggregate It is anticipated that there may be some variation in the tabby brick mix proportions. Rather than examine several samples comprehensively, a less costly acid digestion will be performed on an additional three brick samples. The content and gradation of the acid-insoluble constituents will be compared. 5. Gradation analysis of local silt/clay The client has provided a sample of local sediments from the shore of the island. It is suspected that this material may have been used in the tabby manufacture. The laboratory will disaggregate this loosely consolidated material and grade it through standard sieves. The color and gradation of the sediment will be compared to the acid-insoluble material recovered from the tabby brick. 6. Physical property testing of tabby brick The testing includes compressive strength, absorption, and saturation coefficient determination on a sample of five brick specimens. Since the tabby brick potentially contains relatively flat shell fragments and would likely have been compacted in a direction perpendicular to the bed face, it is suspected that there could be significant strength anisotropy. If so, this might have a bearing on the manner in which the brick decays in service. The laboratory will take cores in two directions from each of the five bricks to determine compressive strength. It is also suspected that the tabby brick may be appreciably weaker when wet. One additional core sample will be tested in each orientation under saturated conditions. 7. Compositional analysis of masonry mortar This testing combines petrographic examination and chemical analysis to identify constituents, estimate proportions, and assess overall condition of the tabby brick bedding mortar. An acid digestion to extract an aggregate sample for description and gradation is also included. One sample will be examined comprehensively. 8. Petrographic examination of red clay brick One sample of red clay brick will be examined petrographically. The purpose of a petrographic examination is to evaluate the constituents and microstructural features of the brick and to assess any potential causes for deterioration observed by the client on site.
This report presents results of the qualitative salt analyses for the tabby brick. Results for the other tests will be presented under separate cover when complete.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-05 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 4 of 15
3. Methods of Examination X-ray diffraction analysis was performed using proprietary methods. Sample preparation was performed at Highbridge's laboratory facility. Instrumentation was performed by H&M Analytical Services in Cream Ridge, NJ. Additional information on methods is presented in Section 4 of this report.
The following personnel contributed to the examination:
Technician: M. Pattie Chemists: H. Hartshorn G. Wheeler Petrographer: J. Walsh
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-05 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 5 of 15
4. X-Ray Diffraction Analysis X-ray diffraction analysis (XRD) was used to identify the water-soluble salts present within samples of the tabby brick. The client requested that two samples be selected from a distressed group of brick including Samples 18, 19, and 20. The client also requested one be selected from a group of visually sound brick including Samples 07, 08, and 09. The decision was left to the laboratory's discretion. The author chose Samples 18 and 19 because Sample 20 was too small. The author also chose Sample 09 because there was a desire to reserve Samples 07 and 08 for other testing.
For each sample, an approximately one-third section of brick was dry cut using a diamond-coated saw blade. The subsample was broken up with a hammer and then ground in a porcelain mortar and pestle without excessive force. The subsamples were ground so that most of the material was fine enough to pass a No. 20 sieve. An aliquot of approximately 400 grams was further subsampled from each ground sample. The subsample was digested in approximately 800 mL of distilled water for seven days following a 15-minute boiling water digestion. The solutions were then decanted and filtered through a fine- textured filter paper. The filtrate was slowly evaporated in an oven at 60°C to precipitate out the salts. Approximate weights and visual descriptions of the precipitated salts are presented in Table 4.1.
Table 4.1: Description of Extracted Salts
Extracted salts Sample ID Description (wgt. %) Orange-brown, fine-grained crystals. The recovered material was noticeably sticky when 09 0.04 attempting to crush suggesting some deliquescence. 18 0.88 Flaky, pale yellow crystals. Brittle. 19 1.00 Flaky and blocky, pale yellow crystals. Brittle.
Notes: 1. The weight percentages of the extracted salts are only semi-quantitative. The values represent the amount of material that was able to be removed from the bottom the beaker in a dry state. The salt contents are likely underestimated by a modest amount.
Aliquots of the extracted salts were placed in glassine envelopes and delivered to H&M Analytical Services for instrumental analysis. According to Dr. Steven Mercurio, the samples were further ground with a mortar and pestle, loaded into zero background sample holders, and then placed into a Panalytical X'pert MPD diffractometer using Cu radiation at 45KV/40mA. The scans were run over a 2θ range of 6° to 80°, with a step size of 0.0131° and a counting time of 250 seconds per step.
The identified phases are described in Table 4.2. The original spectra from which these phases are interpreted are presented in Appendix I. It should be noted that the sampling for x-ray diffraction involves drying water-soluble extracts. During the drying, ions can be reorganized into new compounds that may not have been present in the specific form identified by XRD.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-05 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 6 of 15
Table 4.2: XRD - Interpreted Phases Rietveld refinement is not applied to these spectra and a formal quantification of the phases would not be meaningful. The major, minor, and trace categories given here are rough approximations based on the strength of any given signal relative to the most intense peak.
Major Minor Trace Sample ID (> 10% by weight) (2-10% by weight) (< 2% by weight) 09 Calcite, Halite, DHB 1, Syngenite Anhydrite III 18 Halite, Niter, Darapskite 19 Halite, Niter Darapskite
Notes: 1. DHB = Dipotassium hexaquamagnesium bisulfate
Table 4.3: Chemical Formulas
Mineral name Chemical formula
Anhydrite III CaSO4
Calcite CaCO3
Darapskite Na3(SO4)(NO3)(H2O)
Dipotassium hexaquamagnesium bisulfate K2(Mg(H2O)6)(SO4)2 Halite NaCl
Niter KNO3
Syngenite K2Ca(SO4)2(H2O)
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-05 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 7 of 15
For the most part, the salts extracted from the brick are typical of those expected to be associated with a low-lying marine environment. Specifically, these include chloride and sulfate-based salts that derive from seawater or marine aerosols, and nitrates derived from the decay of organic matter in the soil. The ions contributed by these extrinsic sources may combine in various ways depending on factors such as temperature, humidity, and pore water chemistry. In this way, a salt may precipitate such as darapskite, that possibly contains ions from both seawater and decayed organic matter.
The salts identified through XRD may have migrated upward through capillary action from the underlying soil. However, it is also possible that soluble salts were introduced with the sands used in the tabby brick. A compositional analysis of the tabby brick suggests that some small amount of organic impurities were contributed by the sand (Highbridge Report SL1443-03). Furthermore, the fines that contain these organic residues were detected in lower concentration in Sample 09. It could be argued that this explains the different levels of salt contamination in these samples. However, with Samples 18 and 19 each containing nearly 1% salt contamination by weight, rising damp is a much more likely explanation.
Whatever the source, the variety of salts are capable of resulting in progressive decay of the brick matrix during wetting and drying cycles. The sulfates would tend to be the most destructive, but none of the salts would be considered innocuous. The salts are not necessarily the only cause of erosion in the tabby brick. However, there is no evidence for the presence of swelling clays in the brick matrix (Highbridge Report SL1443-06), and other common environmental factors such as freeze- thaw cycling are clearly minimal. Furthermore, the quantity of recovered salt correlates with the client's description of condition. Specifically, the sample described as sound (Sample 09) contains a negligible amount of soluble salt at only 0.04%, while the two distressed samples (Samples 18 and 19) contain approximately 1% soluble salt.
Finally, the nature of the salts identified for Sample 09 are a function of the low content of soluble phases. For example, calcite is almost certainly a residue from the lime binder that was not completely digested in the sample preparation. Calcite is likely present at the same quantity in the extractions for Samples 18 and 19. However, its signal would be too low to distinguish from the noise in these samples. None of the salts identified in Sample 09 should be considered especially concerning given their low concentrations.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-05 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 8 of 15
Appendix I: X-Ray Diffraction Spectra
[Highbridge_M101401.xrdml] Sample 9 2 (1) 97-004-0112> Calcite - Ca(CO3) 100 (2) 97-002-8948> Halite - NaCl (3) 97-016-2313> K2(Mg(H2O)6)(SO4)2 - Dipotassium Hexaaquamagnesium Bis(sulfate(VI)) (4) 97-002-0006> Syngenite - K2Ca(SO4)2(H2O) (5) 97-002-4473> Anhydrite - CaSO4 90 1
80
70 2
60
50
Intensity(%) 40
4 1 30 3 5 1 3 1 1 3 1 2 2 4 4 3 2 1 20 3 4 3 3 3 34 3 43 5 5 3 1 345 34 43 43 43 1 5 3 43 3 2 4 344 45 4 3 3 3 1 1 5 5 53 4 4 434 3 5 3 53 3 10 4 4 4 43 4534 543 43 3 4 4 45 35 4 4 4 4 4 4 45 4 54 5 5 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 2θ (°)
Chart I.1: X-ray diffraction spectrum of Sample 09.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-05 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 9 of 15
[Highbridge_M101402.xrdml] Sample 18 1 (1) 97-002-8948> Halite - NaCl 100 (2) 97-002-6972> Darapskite - Na3(NO3)(SO4)(H2O) (3) 97-001-0289> Niter - K(NO3) 90
80
70
1
60
50
Intensity(%) 40
30
1 1 20 2 1 10 3 1 2 2 3 3 2 22 2 3 3 332 2 23 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 233 3 3 3 3 3 3 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 2θ (°)
Chart I.2: X-ray diffraction spectrum of Sample 18.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-05 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 10 of 15
[Highbridge_M101403.xrdml] Sample 19 1 (1) 97-002-8948> Halite - NaCl 100 (2) 97-002-6972> Darapskite - Na3(NO3)(SO4)(H2O) (3) 97-001-0289> Niter - K(NO3) 90
80
70
1
60
50
Intensity(%) 40
30
1 1 20
1 1 10 2 3 3 2 2 3 33 3 33 22 2 2 2 23 33 23 32 2 2 233 3 3 3 3 3 3 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 2θ (°)
Chart I.3: X-ray diffraction spectrum of Sample 19.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-05 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 11 of 15
Appendix II: Photographs
Figure 1: Photographs of the three tabby brick samples used for the qualitative salt determination through x-ray diffraction analysis.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-05 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 12 of 15
Figure 2: The samples are shown during the water digestion used to extract soluble salts from the crushed brick.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-05 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 13 of 15
Figure 3: The salts extracted after evaporation are shown in these images. Much less salt was extracted for Sample 09.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-05 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 14 of 15
Appendix III: Sample Log
Table III.1: Summary of Received Samples The laboratory has shortened the sample identifications for more convenient presentation in the reports. The shortened IDs are describe in the "HMC ID" column.
Material Client ID Chimney No. HMC ID Client description Testing Stafford.7 16 07 East side of hearth, "f" marked on face Compositional analysis, clay identification Stafford.8 1 08 West side of hearth Interior-facing side of chimney (same location as Stafford.1), original orientation Stafford.9 18 09 Soluble salt identification through XRD of brick not clear.
Stafford.10 10 10 Found in rubble pile next to chimney Strength, absorption
Stafford.11 10 11 Found in rubble pile next to chimney Stafford.12 22 12 Found in rubble pile next to chimney Strength, absorption Tabby brick Stafford.13 22 13 Found in rubble pile next to chimney Strength, absorption Stafford.14 22 14 Found in rubble pile next to chimney Strength, absorption Stafford.15 22 15 Found in rubble pile next to chimney Stafford.16 22 16 Found in rubble pile next to chimney Strength, absorption Stafford.18 4 18 Removed from west side of chimney, significant erosion of brick face. Soluble salt identification through XRD Stafford.19 3 19 Removed from back exterior face of chimney, significant erosion of brick face. Soluble salt identification through XRD Removed from northwest corner of chimney, face only, "B" marked on Stafford.20 16 20 back/interior of brick) mild erosion of brick face Stafford.6 4 06 Found on ground next to chimney, presumed to be from west surround of hearth. Petrographic examination Red clay brick Stafford.17 22 17 Removed from back wall of hearth Stafford.1 18 01 Taken from interior side of chimney above lintel. Tabby brick Taken from location of roof peak, area of mortar build-up, mortar continues into Stafford.2 11 02 Compositional analysis bedding mortar adjacent joint (i.e., same material as mortar in joints). Stafford.3 1 03 Small sample from exterior mortar joint. Parging does not appear to be original (different color than mortar original, Parging Stafford.4 4 04 evidence of soiling on face of mortar under parging). Clay Stafford.4 n/a 21 "Clay rock" from shore Gradation analysis
Notes: 1. The laboratory has shortened the sample identifications for more convenient presentation in the reports. The shortened IDs are describe in the "HMC ID" column. 2. Three additional tabby brick will be selected for limited insoluble residue testing to evaluate the type and content of siliceous aggregate. These samples have not been selected and the testing is not indicated in the table as of this writing.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-05 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 15 of 15
Appendix F
“Report on Clay Analysis of Tabby Brick” (Highbridge Materials Consulting, Inc., 12/31/19)
Report on Clay Analysis of Tabby Brick
Stafford Slave Settlement, Cumberland Island National Seashore, Chimney Stabilization Cumberland Island, Camden County, GA
Prepared for Building Conservation Associates, Inc.
Client ID BUIL005
Report No. SL1443-06
Report Date 12/31/19
404 Irvington Street, Pleasantville, NY 10570 | 914-502-0100 | www.highbridgematerials.com
Confidentiality This report presents the results of laboratory testing requested by the client to satisfy specific project requirements. As such, the client has the right to use this report as necessary in any commercial matters related to the referenced project. Any reproduction of this report must be done in full. In offering a more thorough analysis, it may have been necessary for Highbridge to describe proprietary laboratory methods or present opinions, concepts, or original research that represent the intellectual property of Highbridge Materials Consulting and its successors. These intellectual property rights are not transferred in part or in full to any other party. Presentation of any or all of the data or interpretations for purposes other than those necessary to satisfy the goals of the investigation are not permitted without the express written consent of the author. The findings may not be used for purposes outside those originally intended. Unauthorized uses include but are not limited to internet or electronic presentation for marketing purposes, presentation of findings at professional venues, or submission of scholarly articles.
Standard of Care Highbridge has performed its services in conformance with the care and skill ordinarily exercised by reputable members of the profession practicing under similar conditions at the same time. No other warranty of any kind, expressed or implied, in fact or by law, is made or intended. Interpretations and results are based strictly on samples provided and/or examined.
Cover Image Photograph of a chimney structure at the Stafford Slave Settlement on Cumberland Island, GA courtesy of Ms. Dorothy Krotzer of Building Conservation Associates, October 2, 2019.
Respectfully submitted,
John J. Walsh Heather Hartshorn President/ Senior Petrographer Chemist/ Staff Scientist Highbridge Materials Consulting, Inc. Highbridge Materials Consulting, Inc.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-06 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 2 of 9
1. Executive Summary This report presents a qualitative identification of the clay constituents extracted from a tabby brick sample at the Stafford Slave Settlement on Cumberland Island, GA. The purpose of the testing is to determine whether any potentially swelling clays are present in the sample that might have contributed to the long-term erosion of the material.
Swelling clays are clearly not present at any appreciable concentration based on the lack of any shift in the x-ray diffraction spectra after glycolation. Instead, the clay fraction includes mostly a trioctahedral mica such as phlogopite. A small amount of chlorite is also present. Other identified phases are simply the normal constituents of the tabby brick that were not completely removed in the sample preparation.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-06 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 3 of 9
2. Introduction On August 27, 2019, Highbridge received a set of masonry samples from Ms. Dorothy Krotzer of Building Conservation Associates reported to have been sampled from chimney structures at the Stafford Slave Settlement on Cumberland Island, GA. A summary of the samples, their identifications, and locations is presented in Appendix II. It is understood from the client that the site represents the ruins of a 19th century slave housing settlement in which only the chimney structures survive. The chimneys are reported to have been constructed of tabby brick with red clay brick used for the hearth and firebox.
At Ms. Krotzer's request, laboratory testing is performed on the samples to provide information that may assist in an ongoing stabilization effort. The testing plan was developed in discussions between Ms. Krotzer and Mr. John Walsh of Highbridge. The plan was finalized in a telephone call on September 20 and includes the following:
1. Qualitative identification of salts in tabby brick Surface erosions on tabby brick may be the result of salt hydration or crystallization. The client has requested an identification of water-soluble salts present within the brick through x-ray diffraction analysis. Three samples are chosen for the analysis, two the client has identified as distressed and one the client has identified as sound. 2. Qualitative identification of clays in tabby brick Weathering of the tabby brick may also be the result of the swelling behavior of clay constituents during wetting/drying cycles. X-ray diffraction analysis will be performed on clays extracted from one brick sample to determine whether swelling varieties are present. 3. Compositional analysis of tabby brick This testing combines petrographic examination and chemical analysis to identify constituents, estimate proportions, and assess overall condition of the tabby brick. An acid digestion to extract an aggregate sample for description and gradation is also included. One sample will be examined comprehensively. 4. Gradation analysis of tabby brick aggregate It is anticipated that there may be some variation in the tabby brick mix proportions. Rather than examine several samples comprehensively, a less costly acid digestion will be performed on an additional three brick samples. The content and gradation of the acid-insoluble constituents will be compared. 5. Gradation analysis of local silt/clay The client has provided a sample of local sediments from the shore of the island. It is suspected that this material may have been used in the tabby manufacture. The laboratory will disaggregate this loosely consolidated material and grade it through standard sieves. The color and gradation of the sediment will be compared to the acid-insoluble material recovered from the tabby brick. 6. Physical property testing of tabby brick The testing includes compressive strength, absorption, and saturation coefficient determination on a sample of five brick specimens. Since the tabby brick potentially contains relatively flat shell fragments and would likely have been compacted in a direction perpendicular to the bed face, it is suspected that there could be significant strength anisotropy. If so, this might have a bearing on the manner in which the brick decays in service. The laboratory will take cores in two directions from each of the five bricks to determine compressive strength. It is also suspected that the tabby brick may be appreciably weaker when wet. One additional core sample will be tested in each orientation under saturated conditions. 7. Compositional analysis of masonry mortar This testing combines petrographic examination and chemical analysis to identify constituents, estimate proportions, and assess overall condition of the tabby brick bedding mortar. An acid digestion to extract an aggregate sample for description and gradation is also included. One sample will be examined comprehensively. 8. Petrographic examination of red clay brick One sample of red clay brick will be examined petrographically. The purpose of a petrographic examination is to evaluate the constituents and microstructural features of the brick and to assess any potential causes for deterioration observed by the client on site.
This report presents results of the qualitative clay analyses for the tabby brick. Results for the other tests have been presented under separate cover in Highbridge Reports SL1443-01 through SL1443-05.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-06 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 4 of 9
3. Methods of Examination X-ray diffraction analysis was performed using proprietary methods. Sample preparation was performed at Highbridge's laboratory facility. Instrumentation was performed by H&M Analytical Services in Cream Ridge, NJ. Additional information on methods is presented in Section 4 of this report.
The following personnel contributed to the examination:
Technician: M. Pattie Chemists: H. Hartshorn Petrographer: J. Walsh
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-06 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 5 of 9
4. X-Ray Diffraction Analysis
4.1 - Laboratory Methods X-ray diffraction analysis (XRD) was performed on clays extracted from a tabby brick sample to evaluate their susceptibility to swelling behavior during wetting and drying cycles. Sample 07 was chosen for this analysis as it was the same sample used to determine the composition of the material.
A subsample of approximately 10 grams was taken from the powder sample already used for compositional analysis. This was added to 250 mL of buffered acetic acid solution with a pH of approximately 5. The solution was heated for 30 minutes at a temperature just below boiling. The digestion was continued at room temperature for 6 days at which point the pH was confirmed to have remained at the buffer point. The fines were suspended and decanted along with the supernatant. The extract was centrifuged to concentrate the solids. After centrifugation, the supernatant was decanted and replaced with fresh distilled water. The solids were stirred into the water and the centrifugation was repeated. These steps were repeated until the acid was fully rinsed from the sample. The clean fines were transferred to a beaker and heated to dryness in an oven set to 42°C. The final recovery of dry material was approximately 3% of the total sample weight.
The recovered fines were sent to H&M Analytical Services in Cream Ridge, NJ for instrumental analysis. According to Dr. Steven Mercurio, the powder was dispersed in 50 mL of deionized water, then sonicated for 2 minutes. Then, using a pipette, a small amount of the suspension was placed on a standard microscope slide and allowed to dry at room temperature. The slide and resulting sample film was placed in a Panalytical X'pert MPD diffractometer using Cu radiation at 45KV/40ma and high resolution optics. The scan was run over a 2θ range of 3˚ - 35˚with a step size of 0.0167° for 250 seconds per step. Following the initial scan, the sample was placed in a vacuum desiccator and exposed to ethylene glycol vapor for 12 hours at 60°C. After glycolation, a second XRD scan was run. Lastly, the sample was heated to a temperature of 550˚C for one hour and, after heating, a third XRD scan was run. The crystalline phases were then identified with the aid of the Powder Diffraction File published by the International Centre for Diffraction Data and "X-Ray Diffraction and the Identification and Analysis of Clay Minerals" by Duane Moore and Robert Reynolds.
4.2 - Laboratory Findings The total x-ray diffraction spectrum is shown in Chart 4.2a below. The most important finding in the context of this study is the absence of any appreciable swelling clay. This is demonstrated by the lack of a horizontal shift in any peak following glycolation. This would normally be prominent at low 2ϴ values. Instead, within the clay portion of the signal, the most abundant mineral is phlogopite or other mica with a related trioctahedral structure. The exact phase cannot be characterized in this context but it is certain that it is not a potentially deleterious clay. Chlorite is also detected, and it is confirmed based on the removal of secondary reflections after heating. It is possible that some kaolinite is also present. If so, it is in exceedingly trace concentration.
Other minerals are identified and all are interpreted to be normal constituents of the tabby brick that were not completely removed during the sample preparation. These include a large quantity of dolomite with lesser amounts of quartz and calcite. A small amount of feldspar is also detected. The quartz and minor feldspar are clearly constituents of the aggregate. The calcite and dolomite are undissolved portions of the lime binder. The dolomite is so much more prevalent since it is much less soluble than calcite when treated with the buffered acid solution. It is actually a very small component of the high- calcium lime.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-06 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 6 of 9
Chart 4.2a: X-ray diffraction spectrum of the acid-insoluble fines extracted from Sample 07, a tabby brick sample. The baseline spectrum for the untreated extract is shown in black. A red-colored curve traces out the background signal, The subsequent runs are vertically offset for clarity. The spectrum after glycolation is shown in red and the spectrum after heating is shown in blue. The strips below the x-ray spectrum contain stick patterns for minerals that are considered matches for those that have produced the signal.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-06 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 7 of 9
Appendix I: Photographs
Figure 1: (Left) Photograph the tabby brick sample used to extract a clay sample. Sample 07 was used for this purpose. (Right) Photograph of the clays extracted from Sample 07. The extracted material is shown in the centrifuge tube.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-06 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 8 of 9
Appendix II: Sample Log
Table II.1: Summary of Received Samples The laboratory has shortened the sample identifications for more convenient presentation in the reports. The shortened IDs are describe in the "HMC ID" column.
Material Client ID Chimney No. HMC ID Client description Testing Stafford.7 16 07 East side of hearth, "f" marked on face Compositional analysis, clay identification Stafford.8 1 08 West side of hearth Interior-facing side of chimney (same location as Stafford.1), original orientation Stafford.9 18 09 Soluble salt identification through XRD of brick not clear.
Stafford.10 10 10 Found in rubble pile next to chimney Strength, absorption
Stafford.11 10 11 Found in rubble pile next to chimney Stafford.12 22 12 Found in rubble pile next to chimney Strength, absorption Tabby brick Stafford.13 22 13 Found in rubble pile next to chimney Strength, absorption Stafford.14 22 14 Found in rubble pile next to chimney Strength, absorption Stafford.15 22 15 Found in rubble pile next to chimney Stafford.16 22 16 Found in rubble pile next to chimney Strength, absorption Stafford.18 4 18 Removed from west side of chimney, significant erosion of brick face. Soluble salt identification through XRD Stafford.19 3 19 Removed from back exterior face of chimney, significant erosion of brick face. Soluble salt identification through XRD Removed from northwest corner of chimney, face only, "B" marked on Stafford.20 16 20 back/interior of brick) mild erosion of brick face Stafford.6 4 06 Found on ground next to chimney, presumed to be from west surround of hearth. Petrographic examination Red clay brick Stafford.17 22 17 Removed from back wall of hearth Stafford.1 18 01 Taken from interior side of chimney above lintel. Tabby brick Taken from location of roof peak, area of mortar build-up, mortar continues into Stafford.2 11 02 Compositional analysis bedding mortar adjacent joint (i.e., same material as mortar in joints). Stafford.3 1 03 Small sample from exterior mortar joint. Parging does not appear to be original (different color than mortar original, Parging Stafford.4 4 04 evidence of soiling on face of mortar under parging). Clay Stafford.4 n/a 21 "Clay rock" from shore Gradation analysis
Notes: 1. The laboratory has shortened the sample identifications for more convenient presentation in the reports. The shortened IDs are describe in the "HMC ID" column. 2. Three additional tabby brick will be selected for limited insoluble residue testing to evaluate the type and content of siliceous aggregate. These samples have not been selected and the testing is not indicated in the table as of this writing.
Building Conservation Associates, Inc. Report #: SL1443-06 Stafford Slave Settlement, CINS, Chimney Stabilization Page 9 of 9